Home
        2015 ADMS User Manual
         Contents
1.                    e Lidar grd or RTK Topo grd used to create the m  Drawings In Map Vy  Tile Plan projected to match Control Points raara rY een  08 inch Pi  e    Print Map to Bitmap      BMP   BPW created to 10 inch Pipe  work with plan  Surfaces In Map  Lidar Topo  Images In Map  SH8SE NAIP bmp  Exporting data to AGPS  OA PO GE sy DDE sana AP Sr oe  1  Open    Map Window     2  Turnon all    Drawing   Surfaces   Images    to  be exported  this would include the     Topography grd    that was used for design  3  Open the    Points shp    that CONTAINS the  Export  Control Points FODM Device  Shape Grid  4     Select    all the    Control Points    for this field   Topcon Zynx Export     John Deere    project  example    2 control points  Mid Tech ARM File    Flesa Coil PRE File  5  Menu Bar   Export      AGPS Setup Files                       gt _ AGPS Setup Files    This will open the    AGPS Setup Wizard       Welcome to the AGPS Field Setup Wizard     Before Beginning this Process you should have   Instructions on this page will tell you what to do  o 1  A Map Window open with     The next couple pages of the book are    step by E  i    c  A bitmap for display created and loaded    step    instructions with    Notes     amp     Suggestions      T el N a    lf you do not have these layers loaded  cancel out   add the required data and start the Wizard again    Click    Next          GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc co
2.                 Port Settings          Data Logging Opti  GPS Port  coma    Parity None  gt   ata Logging Uptions  Swath Width    BaudRate 19600 v Use RTS CTS    Minimum GPS Quality Filter  Dass  gt   Prke     Stop Bits fo ne    Open Device Manager       GPGG4 104725 86 4721 11532 N 09647 00000 W 1 04 2 3 100 00 M  33 3 M    0000  6D   GPRMC 104725 96 5 4721 11532 N 09647 00000 W 21 60 0 00 100909 0 0 E 3  10   GPGS44 3 01 02 03 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2 10 2 40 2 30  08    GPGG4 104726 09  4721 11652 N 09647 00000 1 04 1 1 100 00 M  33 9 M  0000  6D                              GPGSA A 3 01 02 03 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 40 2 10        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 253    Veris Logging                            Me  Software Setup      Data Storage   User Interface   Unit Of Measure   GPS Settings   GPS Config  UTM Zone Wers Settings   Yield Settings  Next  we move on to selecting the    comm  port for the Veris  veris Comm Port CO  With the Veris hooked up and in the    SsoersFotoMens jis    mode to log to an external computer  Initial Map Low value jo  lt    click on the    Veris Settings    tab  Initial Map Haone 1100    The baud rate is fixed so it is just to  select the port  Select a port and click  the    Test    button     If you see numbers coming in the  white box on the bottom  the settings  are successful        NOTE  The Veris box will not output d
3.                Eom eBo NZS H            Ly MELO i Tia  JB TUDE et gs  u aL iitute oe  H  LI Ate at  b I Fer BE  b D TI    Fald Dramaga Planning Lape Woda shy    LELEI TE  I ii tks             za  BET By Immun wie aT y i      ine Leva  5 Li    TLE    5   ee Luce 2 SDR   Poe Fu a hil    Lat RUSE im MO Tisis Poets Lii lss faa re        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 186    Creating Tile Plan       Directions for the Project    Land Owner wants to    Steps     1    2     Here is the ROUGH plan sketched out on a  FSA map       Determine the locations of the    Mains        Choose    Pattern    design  amp  guide lines     Use Tile Calculator   Determine    Tile Size            Draw in    Sized Tile Plan          Pattern Tile   Red  amp  Orange areas of the field    Spacing   100    m    Drainage Coefficient   1 4       Soil Types   Sandy Clay Loam    Wetland Setbacks   Yes    Buffer   200    set back on the 15ac  wetland on south end    Minimum Grade   0 1   1    drop per 1 000        Minimum Install Depth   2        Optimum Install Depth   4        Maximum Install Depth   6             Create outlet points grd  if required      Merge with Topography grd  if required        Create set back for wetland  amp  utilities        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 187    Creatin
4.              Short Name  K ppm I  Full Name  SoilK l  These color themes can be changed Units  i m    in the future by editing the     Common Name Mapping    data   base     Decimal Precision  0 v    lor Theme Soil K 40 300 ppm  None  Nitrogen 1 150 Ibs    Soil CEC 7 40 mec  Soil K 40 300 ppm    Sail OM 1 6         GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 79    Nutrient Layers       Color Layers By Theme    2  Load Fixed Thematic Table   Editing The Common Name Mapping Database    Setu Tools Wind Hel   To open up the    Common Name Mapping    database go to   j     Sum P    Setup  gt  Common Name Mapping at the top of the window  Fertilizers iA  Crops    This will open Common Name Mapping  u     Hybrids   Add Map Units    Mark Attributes    All previous entries can be edited and have a color  theme applied  removed  or changed     Operators  Tasks  Machines    Common Name Mapping       By default all default entries will be set to    None              ld 4 3 a A  Shari Marie   iiare Linda Dumm   Cortyn   y Short Name  pH  F for za E ari i So EACH a 1  art ar       FullName pH  cm Lege  Same Fe er j eb  Nihal shu  Er La che 2 Monten F   Unts pH    Pl  Cages ger Peep bey NR Er i Deomal Preceseon 1  Sib Safir   E Lint here a Ror    FI  She a a Mira i Coor By Value Tabie  Fr  pp IFE Hee P dear    Sai Sahibin Labi DE wert wr cH 2  re u B  aid Gaai Yami Gs pem li Mer j ie ee  om  aie S
5.             Drenig rv B      Cmap    be e te mhi Meg bree ra  en  Sn A    eed ete ne Tide ike    fon wed cick OF  ualacae ja Mij L   Diim urr bs Ha  Time she  AKTE Cate  Sel fe ee    Dii bre Vee  bi he Are ie  ta ri ae    Images In Map    m Se  Cha tha bare  Ciyecten Yankee 1 D Cesare Selen My Gus   si s   W x  mam Padas Reno    re  easel aiiis aihir Ey thei 5 Lomi   oe ae        i hn i Dn EN  5  it rk F be    m 82 ote    hen Lire  l   ee ne una   a      al nt Cake ee in Byg bee See biar   2 Tegrity thes las 1 AEROS SE    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 213    Normalizing Yield Data       The final step in Normalizing Yield Data is merging the data set  amp   adjusting the data back to YIELD   ACRE       1  Start out by doing a    Clear Map    under the    Layer Info    tab    2  Turn on    Combine 1 shp     amp     Combine 2 shp     amp     Combine 3 shp    and so on   Only turn on the    Yield Data     NO boundaries or images     3  Right Click on either    Combine   shp    file    4  Choose    Utilities    and    Merge all Visible SHP files       5  Set the    File Name    of the new layer to represent the    Year Crop Merged shp      In this example  2009 Wheat Merged shp    E    ME TE i Tuki    2eombinemecad    6  Turn on the New  2009 Wheat Merged shp    N Zn 1 Senne nen 1  Fir quire  OH When erga  7  On the bottom Toolbar click the    Preform Math aoe li ene  Oper
6.         aa     a  Naming Quick Marks   Go to the    GPS    tab TEE  Log Atinbute 2  b  Click on Settings Button DKS wv 164 0 Starle v  C  Recommend settings like below   GPSON Semen Dale  d  Name  Quick Marks    as you see fit Eeteloizieluiennee y    i  Limited to 8 characters    ii  Continuous   Will collect a point every second or every 2  feet     GPS Mark Quck   Guide Gnd    Settrigs Quick Marien    CtriPt Continuous      Generate New Quick Marks File Daily DIB 4 Conii   tBtm ontnuous  Minimum Distance Between 2 0072 Inlet Continuous  Quick Mark Points  Feet  2 Outlet Cision    Update Mark Interval  secs      1 00418 SamPt Continuous    Min Marking Speed for lines 0 30 za Culvert Continuous    and Polygons Rock Continuous    JoSamp Continuous    4  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9    Path     Continuous       8  To use the Quick Marks  simply click on the button you want to mark     9  Go to your new field and start at the top of the page     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 245    Quick Notes For GPS   In Field Lines  amp  Boundaries    Qe       Starting a New Data Collection          1  Open the    Map Window    or    Log and Sample     Map Window Log and Sample  2  Select the Grower  Farm  and Field you want to work with   GPS Mark Quick   Guide Grid  3  Go to the    GPS Mark    tab  Bro kan Wind    Selings    scahen  4  Under the    GPS    tab Connect to GPS     a  Click   
7.       Data    Mappin  GK Technology PP INg    For Agriculture    Solution    Soil Sampling    Fertilizing  Seeding    Drainage er  ei    WEN   lt      s       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual       Contents  File Storage  amp  Structure LO VOU euere nen 8  Getting Started with Ag Data Mapping Solution        zzessuennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn non nun nun nnnnnn nenn 9  SELLINGS me E ee een 10 17  WINGON  DOCK Set ING ee a a er ee 18 20  Toolbars  Top Tolba  Map POON A area ee ee leid  21 22  Bottom Toolbar   Drawings   Surfaces  Web Layers  Multi Band Images                   23 28  Drawing Tools  Polygons  Lines  amp  Points     esensnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnun nun nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ernennen nn nun nenn 29  Extracting Drawing Layers from a Mass Collection           u222ssssss0nnnnnnn nun nn nennen nn nenn 30 32  Hand Drawang   Boundarles neuen aa 33  Merging Boundaries  Poly PolygonS  ssisticcsaratncasaceveeccecannassdaniessesataseantanbeasatanaonsanoetes 34  Hand Drawi  ng EHE SE POMS ee 35  Hand  Paving     MAP ONS  e ee aa ne aaa ee meer 36  Collect with GPS Using Ag Data Mapping Solution  Map Window            ccceeeeeeee seen eee e eens 37  Decomposing  PO  P Oy ON aca ates sce aan teenie une 38  Moving Vertices  amp  Moving PO  NTS vera ae re rer 39  MY NOTES ve ee ehe ee E E 40 41  Quick Notes for Satellite IMagerfy     ssssssososssnnsnnnnsnnnsnnnsnsnnunnnnnnsunnneunnunsnnunsunsnsnnunenenneunnnenns 42  Creating Zones from Imagery  Creating Grower Farmy Field e
8.      LA       er   All ynia    I Bee Le  ZU TE SBE  gt  wenn          GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 105    Grid Sampling   Creating Custom Grid Points       8  Click    Save    on the bottom toolbar    9  Your image should now be cropped to the field  boundary    Creating Your Sample Points  1  Click    Clear Map    x       2  Under    Templates    L  on the bottom of layer  selection  choose    Sample Points           A new Point Shape File will be created labeled     SamplePoints                                     Salt  Aree  Sol 0 3  Make your colored grid image    grd file  your  Test active layer   Veen Wirt gg  Wat E Soundary chp  Ten     WR CustomGrid grd  al mE  EIH Grid shp     T GridPoints shp           as ESP SamplePoints shp    4  Go to the  County Data    button and check on a NAIP  image that represents the field you are working on   This will allow you to have a visual image when you are  deciding where to drop the new points           County Data       Web Layers None       5  Go back to the    Field Data    button     6  Check on the Grid shp file Field Data Count    7  Check on the SamplePoints shp file    iv IGE CustomGnd grd  IE Grid shp  BEY GrdPoints shp      MP SamplePoints shp     nothing will appear when SamplePoints shp is checked  on        This allows you to make a custom grid while remaining  in the selected grid size    GK Technology  Inc
9.      NO TEST 05465 08185 0 8825 65 8 18 464  NO TEST MN 03525 09385 1 077 271 37    Step 3  NO TEST mr 10548 1 0933 455 23 46 00   Select the Column that NO TEST BE 103 1 137 1 179 459 2 1 46 00   contains the Zone ID NO TEST BE 1 175 1259 13832 240 27 map  82 00   Step 4   F  Inte  Soil Test Layers   F  Eni    Open   Zn      K  7   Mapping   They Pw    CHEIE T Pana iraj  af Panama   amp    vurnieal   Bj Tei Di Se  E Tmnbicp  Bar Fe  SF  Hegh  i Kanne isa  i Ors  aa lihri  wf  mein  E Laini  Lees  D Ic  Ba Lentur dh    HP RECOVERY a  a HP TOS  Fi  File pima ghe  H ak jiji ry  Leari  Load Zone Image Soil Test Results View Nutrie  a E Using the drop down boxes next to each Zone Colo  Step 2  MOND ieee  fren ties Sol Teak Pesca iha maches up wil  Load Sample Results File  A eR APP EP  Enter Result Manually NO TEST 0 8185 0 8825  NO TEST 0 9585 1 0077  Step 3  NO TEST 1 0548 1 0933  Select the Column that NO TEST 1 1337 1 179  een NO TEST 1 2279 1 3832  Ref No a    GrowerlD 25  E  Ad ID 1st     Crop 2013   Crop 2014    Gtr 11  l   Sect No 7 Ref No   GrowerID 25   Fid ID 1st 8    Sample ID  oH     10493126     null  110680 GREEN i  ib 10493127  null  110680 YELLOW i  OM 10493123  null  110680 RED 1   N1 lb    IN2Ib IE    N3 Ib    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    83    Nutrient Layers       Using CSV   XLS Soil Test Results   Phosphorous Conversion    Soil phosphorous values may be tested and reported in several different ways such as Olsen  Bray   and Mehlich 2  amp 
10.     204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 106    Grid Sampling   Creating Custom Grid Points       8  With    SamplePoints shp    as your new active layer  select the    Multi Point Draw  Tool    on the bottom toolbar below your map window     ld Field   Laien  Sa    oase bea     Vi tk wo      9  Click in the grids in the order in which you would like them sampled   Start at the  first one and go to the last one   10  When you are finished  de select the  Multi Point Draw Tool     Your new points    will automatically save   hakid  Field 1 La    OASEN hAAT AEX      11  You now should have your custom points that look similar to the image below        oA Poe y DPE DE setana ERT E       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 107    Grid Sampling   Creating Custom Grid Points       Labeling Sample Points  1  Select the sample points file under    Field           Field Data County Data          Data     2  On the bottom toolbar below the map     Boundary shp  window  select the labels tool   ABC    button   GE CustomGrid grd  E Grid shp  SampiePoints shp gari GrdPoints shp       id   RR    Ma SamplePoints shp    3  Check on    Labels Visible      4  Select  MPVal    from the source database dropdown   5  Select height  in feet  recommended for field view is  50 100 feet   6  Click    Apply       Changing
11.     3  For example a column named BpH in an Agvise Export  if used to create a layer   will create a layer named    Buffer pH    and the units will be set to pH  and set to  display 2 decimal points    4  To Edit the names  Go to the Top Toolbar  Setup  Common Name Mapping     Diala for Coum Klare      Tha skeet tual i iiss capil ik ia  death thes shot name re used Io orale data mm then Huluna      s     Ill help to proada corsaslon  naming of Gulpul yes Hin    eh SX            Olsen Phosphorus grd    Organic Matter grd       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 75    Q    y    Nutrient Layers       Color Layers By Theme    In ADMS there are some tools that allow raster layers to be colored by certain values or color  themes  The benefit of having color themes is that it gives visual consistency when looking at cer   tain types of maps such as nutrient layers  Traditionally when a map gets created a color table  gets applied which ranges from the low end color to the high end color despite the values  For ex   ample a rainbow color table would always have all the colors no matter what the values are  When  dealing with nutrient maps you may want certain colors to always represent certain values  For  example red will equal low nutrient levels while purple will equal adequate or excess nutrient lev   els    See the phosphorous Olsen map below as an example     23 29 35 41 4
12.     4  When working with Topography data  there  are usually columns for signal correction or   signal quality  You need to find out what values  are acceptable for your application and use this       Table    to delete unwanted or invalid points     Columns to Cleanup  amp  Suggestions    5  There is also a  DB Operations   Select    By Query    function  By using this  you can HDOP Delete anything greater than 3 0   choose  lt  gt   functions to help select values to VDOP Delete anything greater than 3 0   delete  Choose or type in a value to query  amp  RTK Use ONLY RTK FIXED Data   Click    Run     Al Delete unwanted Points x RTK Extend or Float   DELETE   GPSAccV Delete anything greater than 13   6  Save the edited layers  You can either save   them as the same name you imported them and There are many more column names and   you will have to re import them if you want to values  Generally delete out data that indi    see or use any ofthe deleted data  or name the cates the potential for vertical error over      file with a  New File Name     This allows the user   to come back and look at the    original    data 0 4 foot   again at any time  5 0 inches    0 13 meters    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 164    Creating Topography  amp  Watersheds    Creating the Topography Map  Set Up the Input Data    The input data required for creating a topography map is a point 
13.     Fi   JB Utilities     S GE Drawing   GP Tile send To Recycle Bir SHP File  a  ERIL TEE bocce  Gad a Ge aay ara bee AAL  KML File Erpat SHEE eport nt meh Pope dette  Add To Existing KML       The KML file can now be opened in Google Earth or other applications     EW   oc 0a   1 ark       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual       154  Exporting KML Files For Google Earth     oO  __  Adding to KML files ss    There are times when you may want to add additional types of vectors to an existing KML file     These could include boundaries  different pipe sizes  or any other shapefile  This can be done us   ing a similar process as saving them individually                 1  Turn on the SHP file to add to the existing KML file  uw ne    2  Right click on the file to add and select   e Save As    Add To Existing KML gr       Field Data ounty Data Imagery  3  Browse to the location of the exist      WISP 04 inch Phestp   ing KML file   BA  4  Click    Open        Unload Layer 5  The file is now saved to the existing   JES Boundar s     Zoom to This Layer KML and can be opened in Google  Order Earth                          a  SE Merged R Appearance  e Dein e Sip     4 3   F  SE   Norman N  F   Create Grid m   WB SH8SE NA J   Utilities NN  HOI Tile Save As GK Drawing  Send To Recycle Bin SHP File  KML File    Add To Existing KML    Fae pime Dach Ak                         This pro
14.     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 223    Summarize Another Layer       This will open the Summarize Layer window   Since we are using a Yield shp we need to choose    Use Drawing     This tool will add database fields to the Source Layer for Count  Min  Mean  and Max     Then from the Layer of Data to Summarize  it will go through each area calculating Count   Min Mean  and Max of the data        Source Layer for Areas  Grid       x Go down to the    Drawing Layer of  Data to Summarize    and choose the     2014 Corn Yield shp    Drawing Layer of Data to Summarize    Database Column to Summarize     e  Use Drawing       2014 Com Yield shp          x Choose the    Database Column to  Summarize    in this example it is     CornyYld          Raster Layer of Data to Summarize         Click    Run                      Once done running  Make sure your active layer is    Grid shp     layer that was the source of the  summary         Click    Save As    T JL    El 10 63    gt  2014 Grid Sample v  amp    Search 2014 Grid Sample P  RENAME to something different  Save as type  SHP files   shp  v             EX  Grid Yield shp   Browse Folders    Ey Curie Data   m      BEF     W 2014 Com Yield ord  oer 2014 Com Tiati shy   gt   2014 Grid Sample    E CEO gri  B Grd shp                  u ME Grel Yel shp   r ba   Obyacis Selected  DE Operations Select By Quer   ale     HX          
15.     OK         aoun 100 0027         Feet C  Meters         Ok    Cancel       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 191    Creating Tile Plan   Main Locations       Choosing Outlets and laying out Mains is the heart of a tile plan  Make  Sure your outlet has the depth to handle all the holes of the field        1  Turn on all the layers needed for planning  2  Go to the    Profile    tab and set the    Grade    to the    Minimum Grade               As you are planning from the outlet back into the field  the    Grade Line    a E  should not come higher than your    Minimum Depth     T  3  Click on the    Profile    button  amp  click out the Main   7     From Outlet to furthest Lateral N  4  Check    Show Grade Line    P  5  Slider Bar for Tile Height ki  4   We suggest using the    Grade Line    as the bottom of the tile  Example   24     tile needs to be in at 4    to get 2    of cover  ee D ri  6     Create New Layer     amp  name it  ex    tile plan 1    a  7  Click the    Add Current Profile to Layer    Button  8  Repeat 3 7 ba  9  Click  Save Layer    under the profile tab  aan    10  Once saved  use the  Review Profile    button to recall lines     nn  Fam E  Cr  rue  EEE      Ly WEL  WA Tia  AB Wengen  a Eine     Lo  Neben  are  p Ey Far ESE  are 71 Sw    EBD NZ         E               al    Polit amaga Penny Liter kodira shp    LEL u   ARE nione IE    Lune   Le bs   
16.     i Dropbox    he Sy Drive race fa Ali Data    for that field and saved as    El Hlsllala ll     J Libraries   Grid  amp  GridPoints    Documents  a Mirig    rie name WEE 4  Click    Save     aea ppe SHP fies Ph     5  Uncheck    Show Grid         Show Grid      Hide Folder       Layer Selection       Statistics   Query   GPS Mark      GPS Not Connected    Layers      Field Data County Data   Imagery   GPS     wi Boundary shp   SHE Grid shp      Guide          Mark  Quick Grid              z MF GridPoints shp        e Go back to the    Layers    tab    e Grid Points  amp  Grid Polygons  should now be located under    your    Field Data    tab     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 101    Grid Sampling   Labeling The Grid       Labeling Grid Points  e You can now choose which label your grid points have when you are out in the field  Sampling    rie vaw zussey were  1  Check    GridPoints        eee SE Boundary shp  Select the    ABC    option below the map window   J     Ps Grid shp    i W5   MEF GridPoints sh  Satans hears Eumex    i     Note  make sure your grid points is your active layer       3  The label options box should come up  J Laber Yeuble  x W Se I  3  Make sure    Labels Visible    is selected paisa th ba    Premi    4  From the dropdown menu  you can select rae    which data points you want to show up as labels  ii ln red    Example    PointID Select Fo   
17.     normally set to    Average        Max Count Rate      set to    JD Rx  175        Precision    column   set to    0     this is   of Decimal Points     Export Selected Rasters       File Name    use the Field Name    WON AW    On the data card  the SHP SHX DBF must be put in a folder named    RX    on the root of  the data card or USB drive     Era LO Feld  Foriti Mapi    tee    Aeris pr Wi  ir Bappi Hast ll en  Dessert    Vir gee Feel   ka     emai bee    SHI len FY    Cup Boh Wt oh  ee MH  Ceo Men     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Export Prescription Maps   Shape Grids       Precision Planting 20 20     Export will create a Shape file which exists as a xxx shp   xxx shx   xxx dbf files     Note  All 3 files must be sent out to the spreader  SHP   SHX   DBF    Boundary   not required to be turned on for this export  1  Select all the files to export  2  Select one layer as master  3  Note the    Precision    Column for exporting low rate products like Micro Nutrients   change the    0    to a value of 1 or 2  1 digit after the decimal point or 2 digits after the  decimal point    4  Adjust your    Output Resolution       Recommendation from GK    8 meter  less than 15 000 polygons       Cell Merge Mode      normally set to    Average        Max Count Rate      set to    JD Rx  175         Precision    column   set to    0     this is   of Decimal Points     
18.     rat Fate Ps   Cell Rate Method    Weighted Average  2    Jik HA Er   Aip La F Setting    Target Device  eee mul Bern  Insight  je  alse     ea a Fas ie iia    Pao Steen        i Cancel       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 142    Export Prescription Maps   FODM Device       Mid Tech     Extension   xxxx arm   Boundary   is required to be turned on and selected from the drop down list   Assign each map to its appropriate product   Output resolution   normally Set to 18 meters  up to 200 acres   Set to 20 meters  up to 300 acres   Set to 30 meters  up to 600 acres   Note this is vector based prescription map   Select Publisher   Mid Tech Publisher   Browse   Save the file back into the    Field    folder location     Filename Template    Product Name    Export Boundaries   False       a  Ppor Pawo fier POCA Dec    Gasa HT foe Cee Cam   Ipo  i Haim      Bid Ye Hm    rum Fa Ming Tal Morya Bice  Deut Sake Task  N   He   Inder  Inner   E Aiii ikia laiii rm      Sem m Prieka te  Lach Leer To De Ind                         11 220 hazar   _  m    Fe E Milii m     Kunkaner Prousrties Billing   Tre Feilen Fam Ir   Filename Template  FroductN ame   s  a   ES    cy Cell Size  Dak Far NIE    Cell Rate Method  Agen   dea b    Export Boundaries False  E Mirae Lia    zjm  la     ole   Fahy tom F   m  See Stree            o     nn       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Hal
19.    Case Output P  Return CalcPhospateUofMRec  OlsenPST  ExpYield  0 52  0 11  NFromP     Case Output K  Return CalcPotashUofMRec  KST  ExpYield  0 6     End Select  Else   Return NullVal  Ena If    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Map Math Controls                               e Wop Wisik     ef  i ig  K  Erz Can  Puke Sheed Finde kyrrum Ag ng   Ser ENE  cm ae I IHERT I Te  P Wit Efet Pos ABERE Tees LAE  Die Mai Elie pe Ag Chote  Dimi Gip ST ae Srngie   Rasur OLSEN    Valun  Dim Eran ieie Aa Sagie   Rames i Sam Y vie  Den K5T Aa Single   Haren E UNSPEC  Wabse  Enpi Errea  The Scorn Cimpa eho wem     CEA Fa Ube        i Fiat  La  O DAmni tum    Hoor Tai      Vika   kma Pcl E Gia     Im    Fata   lowe Geeta e   l    hin zu rO Oiii f  F  n     ers  Saeed   It Festen 1   ie a  i x     kis   Som    Sma     heni   SSOP     Lya  Theses ces   Gr    a  cata Fe oe Fes ber eee Fee Si 5A Ti    237         A list of raster layers loaded in the map that can be used in the script       An attribute for the layer  Min  Max  or Mean for that layer that can be accessed       Click this button to add any new layers that have been turned on in the map since the    Map Math window was opened       Adds a string to the script that provides access to the value in a map layer       Adds a string to the script that provides access to the layer as a Raster    Object          Selects how far th
20.    FOOD Import Wizard     sls Source  Dala Folders  Select a folder that contains daia fies hai you wan  to read      12711973  NT   PTS   afar fous  TEN     BE Deskiop   D Dann  a8 Public    a Computer  pe AR  Local Dek  Cy   Fey WENO  DI  FT op  Cate iE         DVO RW Deve F  mental  Tr 498 DVD RW Dre  a  GKTECH     ge SEAGATEREO  HI  Fe GK BACKUP      T m Rermovadle Dick Uc   ER   2   EM Donn s Smartphone  a  Network      4 Control Fane  E Recyche Bin  dh WOos     GKT Tramung 2008  a5 Od Desktop                fetter se    eh Se ee ocon       Quarter has been selected for processing  Click Finish to bring up the data  Then click  the USA Icon to open the field in Yield Editor     Mie   Properties    2 wera tie 4 2090           GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 203    Processing Yield Data    TEW Hi    rere    Aa nn a TT  I   PLL j     i  it    ila hi hi I wt vein ii ji ay    ANNU Huet      DIYALA NEA Hh    i IN     un ii oe  i i ll litin ij hr  Ht    a hin MH ial BUI    daili Il i  ele ili NN ii 1 Hall wi ie sij I Hath Ht   i  h    u um I  ata hui   Ka Wh ih IN  Hill  Wit  tains  ana  ome Mrd bl ie i Ae laut ul itt  toting  EUGIN TERETE 1   I ir Hall Hi I  Hh iit My HN i IN kl  i  T Adal Ma  Egat yy Ir i A   eh IW i Wh I N rel Hint if   33   Mania dentine Saing i Mi i 1 1  t a iii Wak i    RE Sarri Bisa    cay il    Upati l Wat tite ttt IN  br ET 7   ii il i n fie I Il 
21.    If you are on a    Dialup internet connection     we recommend not using this site  Find a  DSL or Broadband connection  Download sizes are 120 MB to 200 MB      gt  gt  gt  gt  gt  Before getting started  either    Login    or    Register     lt  lt  lt  lt  lt     Keep in mind Landsat imagery is Free    There are images on this site that must be purchased and you will be charged  for these other images       So pay attention to what you are clicking on and ordering     Set    Select Collection    to    Landsat Archive    and    Landsat 4 5 TM    or    Landsat 7   SLC on  1999 to 2003     or    Landsat 8 OLI     note must download    Level 1 Products   These are usable Landsat Images   Other Landsat Images may not work    Take your mouse and CLICK on the map where you want to get an image from     PAIS AS    ek       USGS Global Titualitaton Viewer           Beet ga CHet  hen ch if  aa Colleton Landeai Archive  Niatiude  2 Longitude 225                GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    264    Downloading  amp  Processing USGS Imagery   GLOVIS       A new window will open     Click on the    Map Layers    and Check     Cities    to help you navigate    Use the    Arrows    to navigate to the Sce   ne you want to download    Click on    Resolution    and    240m     give a  larger view of the maps     Choose your    Month    and    Year    and  Click    Go       When y
22.    Right Click    the name    Elevation shp   3  Select    Create Grid       And    Create Grid from Points    C te Cont  Adjust your settings like this create contours    4     Column Name Mapping    NE Zu u 1  Create Contour Layers   set  Click    Create Grid    a    Break Points    to    1 0     6  Go to    Layer Info     amp     CLEAR MAP    a     ae ag Contour Layers       Ul  U  N    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 156    Quick Notes For Topography   LiDAR       Creating Project Boundary    1    2   3     Select the desired Client  Farm and Field    Turn on your County Data   To Create Boundary from Sections   turn on the    County Sections shp    and make sure  it   s the active layer  u   Click on the    Select Mode Replace          select multiple  hold down    Ctrl        The Section will appear Lime Green  Click    Save Selected Objects    top toolbar  Name  Save        button and click inside of the correct Section boundary  to       e O e      To Hand Draw a Boundary   Click the    Create New Layer from Template    button and select    T  f        Boundary    from the list     Check the    Boundary SHP    Eoundary  SHP   file to turn it ON  amp  making it the active layer on the  bottom toolbar     Select    Draw New Object    button on the bottom toolbar  Crop to Raster  Draw the boundary by    Left Clicking    around the field  hold down the     Alt    key
23.    lerprew 21 1991 7N IQR 17 16 R1 194 27 12 AQ IRA 20 IR A1 NEN 2197       rang Crimea   GPS Cirsa Dammi Gong Ger ag    Connect to the GPS on the GPS Settings Tab  I    Connect to the GPS on the GPS Settings Tab   Make Changes to the settings here  and view them on the GPS   Make Changes to the settings hare  and view them on the GPS Settings Page   Birey OT Dritput H   Change Baud Amie 5700   Sel    J GGA ihe  Siocon  Brand    T oe 1   Ashnsch    e GST 1    The woche sireni for GPS ane i AAS fro o PS cean pee GLA GRA  AWG  aid AME Yon con nee whal Ginna mim coming Wi  lg citar Tes and leg oi the Manche aie A GTA airing Fit ern ell a eth FEAR       Above settings are recommended if working with one of these three GPS receivers     To use these options you must have the    GSP Settings    tab in the    View GPS Data    mode  This  means that data is    STREAMING    across the viewing area of the screen  Then go to the    GPS  Config    tab either the General or Garmin setting     Check on the data strings you want the device to put out   Set the Hz rate  Data strings per second   2   1 data string every 2 seconds or 1 string every 2 seconds  1   1 data string every 1 second or 1 string per 1 second  0 2   1 data string every 0 2 seconds or 5 strings per 1 second  If you want to change the baud rate check the box and adjust the rate     Click the    Set    button    If this does not work you may Nave to check the    Use RTS CTS    button in the    GPS Settings       GK Technol
24.   25   10 10 15  0 10 15 150   174  165 85 120 60 70 40 25  10 15  0 10 15  150   174 100 50 70 35   40   30   15  10 15  O  10 15 175   199  185   90 135 70 80 50 25  10 15  0   10 15  175   199 110   55 75 40   45   30   15  10 15  0  10 15 200    205   105   160 80 90 55 30  10 15  0   10 15  200   120 60 85 45   50   35   15  10 15  0 10 15   Use one of the following equations if a K O recommendation for a specific soil test value and a specific    Use one of the following equations if a P O  recommendation for a specific soil test value and a specifice expected yield is desired    P Osp      0 700     035  Bray P ppm    expected yield  K O  gec    1 166    0073  Soil Test K  ppm    expected yield     P O5p      0 700     044  Olsen P ppm    expected yield     No phosphate fertilizer is recommended if the soil test for P is higher than 25 ppm  Bray  or 20 ppm  Olsen   No potash fertilizer is recommended if the soil test for K is 175 ppm or higher     Above are the tables from the University of Minnesota with their recommended rates for  fertilizing corn  We will work our way through the process of converting this to a script for  creating a fertilizer map from a P and K soil test value map  and a yield goal map     Below the tables  you can see formulas that allow us to calculate P and K fertilizer rates  for a specific yield goal and soil test value     While these scripts calculate nutrient Ibs  they aren   t quite done  They need to have some  traps for error condition
25.   6  Save the file back into the field folder and use a simple field name so you can identify this later    ex       sec32sw AGP_PRF    for AGPS or    MainsTemp shp    for use in ADMS     Repeat the steps above for doing your Drainage Planning     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 185    Creating Tile Plan       Tile Design    The idea of tile design can be as simple  or complex  as you want it to be  Tile plans have  many factors that can influence the decision making process  At this point in time  our  software can calculate the number of acres within a watershed  We do not calculate  drainage co efficient and pipe size  Users need to use a pipe size calculator for this  determination  Always remember the most important part of the whole project is your  outlet elevation reading     Components that should be completed before starting a tile design       Collection of RTK  or LIDAR  topography data      Outlet elevations have been determined  data collected       Data has been processed into ADMS through Watershed Modeling  amp  Contours  1 foot      Tile    Templates    have been built in ADMS    Wetland and utility locations have been defined   final verification required       Permission  Project permitting and the ability to do the project has been verified     NUBWNE    The following    Tile Planning    example will require the data sets shown below                 
26.   ADMS User Manual 93    Creating a Yield Goal Map       This will shift the scale values to make it more represent yield more closely         Statistics        188  Yield Goal  bu Acre     0 25 0 55 0 86  Zones  Unitsi4c         Average  202 5 Area  147 46 Acres  Std Dev   9 34 Total  29665 bu    Average  0 7 Area  147 46 Acres  std Dev   0 05 Total  100 Units       There is now an amended    Yield Goal bmp     To Finish Click    Save       Method 2   Assign New Values to    Imagery   os  amp   1  Go into the    Merge Zone Results    Window Muse Zone Fiatu    Load Zone Image Vie       2  Select the zone map you are using step 1  Load a Zone Map    3  Go to    Soil Test Results    tab E GKT Class 1    Fam Nutrient Mapping v  Field  Shelly21SW          Aoi 2013 Zone Output      HE Boundary shp   MIE SH21 Zones 2012 bmp  Chalks  I Fall F011 rew    2a C REA          0 73 0 93 1 14  SH21 Zones 2012  Units Ac     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 94    Creating a Yield Goal Map       4  Select    Enter Result Manually    at  Step 2  From ihe Lai baine moteri mie pelea jo pid  fo tie appicahon gid Malbgi   dems can be  Se     44 0 0  iio   17 20  Ente  14 40       5  Choose    Yield Goals     amp  Click    OK          Step 5  Using the drop down boxes next to each Zone Color Select the  P Y  Zone from the Soil Test Results that matches up with the Zone    Zone ID Color Min Mean 
27.   Fink  MEIL 39_NW Tile Layer  Noten shp  02 222    th fo Ace Vl Bs 190      infe aig T       reni    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com       192          Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 193    Creating Tile Plan   Main Depths       Once you have all the Points drawn  amp  Saved  Need to add DEPTHS then LABELS  1  Make sure the    Notes shp    is the active layer   2  Go to the Bottom Left corner and click on    DATABASE     when it opens click and hold on  the header and drag it up over the screen  Size to your preference  will be entering  depths in the    Note 1    column     In Database click on the Gray Cell on the Left   this will highlight the point on the Map  Move your cursor around in the    Profile    area  match the cursor with highlighted point  Key in the    Grade Depth    value    Repeat till finished  amp  go to bottom toolbar  amp     Save     Make sure the    Notes shp    is the active layer     Click on    Change Label Settings    AS  on the bottom toolbar     _      You now have    Main Depths     NOTE  When finished  Re Dock    the    Database    at bottom           ius  T    f m E  ni ee a      ones amd 1 OB Operatore  Select By Quer     EEE       1  q       Y Tiln Layer  Noles shp vis shp    mD ERT be       s  A t00      Pte ope all F  i  E a   i  Grout Lie    II  Cursor devel   1150 53                Cure   7 AS fect bei Sorta  Grace Depth  3 66 tent Below Surtace    GK Technology  I
28.   GET ER CALCACRES GET Lempi GKT_Aren       Only has 1 Database entry    Note   The Database of each object     Lat 47381311 Lon 9635549 79 102 90    Fiakel  Exempla Fk   yer  Bosmcary 2012 shy    pasando HARERZOBEX  10      Phata  Cie Selected 7 DIE Operators Select fy Quer      GET INK CALCACRES GAT Length ct Armi  HD SS99G8  ISIEAIE 113 253       Has multiple database entries    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    39    Drawing Layers  Polygons  Lines   amp  Points        Moving Vertices or Moving Points    Some Points   Lines   Polygons may have imperfections in one or two areas that are drawn incorrectly   These objects may not need to be totally redrawn  There is a tool for moving these vertices and points   These instructions will show you how to do this  This example will show how to remove 2 tree rows from    a field boundary     1  Turn on Points   Line   Polygon SHP file that needs to be edited  polygon in this example     2  Click on or in a single object to edit  making it a    Selected Object      Lime Green     3  Bottom toolbar click on the    Move Vertices of a Selected Object    button to turn it    On        Note  This is a    Toggle On Off button       4  Move your Cursor over one of the    Vertices    or    Point    you will get a    4 Way Pointer    and Left Click   Note  Lines and Polygons will break down to show all vertices     5  TO move one of  
29.   Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 150       Printing             Print   Print Map to Bitmap  Muli Map Layout       Print Map to Outback PNG and INI    Print Map to Bitmap takes a    Geo Referenced    screen shot of the map window  These maps can be  taken to other software packages and allow you to have 1 map to show many pieces of data  This  function is designed for    FIELD DATA     NOT FOR Township or County viewing  This does not work  well on data AREAS larger than 2 or 3 miles square     1  Turn on all the data you want to see in final map    2  Layer the data in the correct order                      3  Zoom in tightly on the data 220A SEF S bp pe yerino   l pm XQOrvroe  you want to Print  ne EL an a m  4  If you are using labels  New   Farm   SET   Se  make sure they are large New   Fit GEES    WE Sh i SE Zoras  enough to read  r  A   ar  5  Go to    File       Print       Print     EE muma     Map to Bitmap    ee      SH 8 SE Zones grd    6  Assign a    File Name      Typically Field Event  Ex   SH 8 SE Sampling Map    135 63  S  8 SE Zones Zones     l i l Lat  47 47195529  Lon   96 80032755   97 112 113  Destination  GKData GkKDate GK User Marua GRT Farm SH E SE    Field SHBSE Layer Norman NAIP 2005_ext tf    EP arre  eQageGh gt   gahe     File Type       Average 1549 Area 58 98 Acres  Std Dev 1651 Total 9138       BMP    7  Choose  File Type     Depends on what software you are going to   Most support 
30.   Images NAIP    Folder    7  Check on the new    County NAIP tif     make it the active layer  in RED     Su a       8  Follow the image extraction instructions    Using      Manual Extractions    prams reg ery ea Sd a      tim Gr   VRT Zone Creston        tem   Ra Marea    Mew Feat   Shey BSE                Consultant Users       1  Turn on your    Boundary shp    en    Note  you must be zoomed to the Su     Field    en  2  Go to the    County Data    Tab  3  Turn on a NAIP image sid  or  jp2   4  Click the extract from SID JP2 icon Lae  5  Several different options will appear in a  list  2g C  ars Ps isi pa aca LN    Extract RGB Image      Extract Visible Vegetation Index  Extract Red  Extract Red and Invert         6  Choose the appropriate extraction method  7  Go to the    Field Data    tab   e Refresh the data tree   e Open    Images NAIP    Folder    8  The extracted file will have an extension  on it to define the extraction type   ex  _Red  _RGB_VisVI     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 50    Extracting Images From Web Layers          Starting at ADMS version 7 0 0 there is added functionality to give users access to web  based background imagery    In order to use these options  the computer must have an active internet connection  This allows  the software to connect to a WMS  Web Map Service  server  Once the connection is made a geo   referenced background
31.   Kies folder  x Fortis   is Downloads b 2013 Gra Sampie    Gevkton L 2013 Grid amale Good   gt  Recent Places    ie Dropbox    L image    4 NAIP Images  k Sey Drive A Yould Goa     a Libraries  Ostern  a  Music    Finer nerve 3  Rename to    Yield  Cane a ype   Wii Tyrer zl Goal     Surfer 6 GRO  es   Ht 4  Save as Windows    Hide Foiders Tif Fikes  if  beh nn   BMP files    bmp        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 92    Creating a Yield Goal Map    5  Under    Field Data    make the   Field Data County    yield goal  bmp file the active   CE 2013 Grid Sample    layer J     4 2013 Grid Sample Gooc       Boundary shp   Field  Field 1 Layer  Yield Goal bmp   LIGE Grid Point 1D grd   of SYP Grid Points shp   LEE Grid shp    O GridPoints shp    I EE Grids shp   H  Images      NAIP Images                    SIS SamplePoints shp  N El Soil Test Results csv                                                             aa    6  On the bottom toolbar below map window select the    Surface Properties    button                                                        GET Sen    a    POSE  TESEESAS  i a    Select  Min Yield Value  Mirsemum Daig Vakie CZATA Max Yield Value  Minoru Dats viele 0 DSSS Units Acre    gt  Bu   birta had crm Acre    Click    Apply          GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution 
32.   Line 24   Seeding Rate Increment  1000 will give seeding rates of 30 000  amp  31 000 with no  rates between      The    Math    is done on line 31 37    Merge All Visible   Uses the    null values    function  This script will return the value at each pixel on  each map  Ifthe maps overlap  it will return the value of the first map turned on       To assign different    UNITS    on line 7  default  Units Ac     Runs Script on all Surfaces that are turned on       The    Math    is done on line 18 19     Useful for merging data from multiple adjacent fields      Creates a new Surface named    Merged Layers grd       Merge All Visible Normalized   Uses the    null values    function  The script will    Normalize    all the sur   faces that are turned on and visible  This script will return the value at each pixel on each map   If the maps overlap  it will return the value of the first map turned on       To assign different    UNITS    on line 7  default  Units Ac      Runs Script on all Surfaces that are turned on       The    Math    is done on line 18 19     Useful for merging data from multiple adjacent fields      Creates a new Surface named    Merged Layer Normalized grd       Min Max Lbs Ac   Uses the  null values    function  The script will take a  Prescription map grd    and al   low you to set the Max and Min rates you will use  So if you had a map that went from 0   330  Ibs  of UREA with a rate at every pound 0 1 2 3        and your    Spreader    could only spr
33.   NAIP   NAJF CRS can be selected     Ne acquires digital gtfo imagery  ee a n EPSG 26915  NAD83 UTM15N   Normal   EPSG 32615  WGS84 UTMI5N     EPSG 4326  WGS84   EPSG 3857  Web Mercator     Image Format  Some WMS servers will have  options to select different image formats   Some are better quality than others  By de   fault if image tiff is available it will automati   cally be selected  because of quality this for   mat is always recommended  but not always  available as an option           formats from ND WMS server       a   Example of different image                      5  Click    OK      6  The image will be saved back to the County Data folder that    Web Layers    is set as the root in settings with the title shown in Layer DEN un  Details above   7  This server is now ready to be used within ADMS    008 color FSA wms       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 263    Downloading  amp  Processing USGS Imagery   GLOVIS       GLOVIS may not work with some internet browsers such as FireFox  You may also need  to have your    Internet Explorer    Browser up to date to the latest version and also need  JAVA enabled on your browser     Goto http   glovis usgs gov    We recommend that you read through the GLOVIS Tutorial to get a full overview of the  web site  The instructions listed below are for getting data into GK Technology Inc    Ag  Data Mapping Solution software  
34.   Return InF    End Function    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 227    Declaring and Using Variables       When we write code  one of the most important features is a    variable     A variable is a  name for an object that you are using in your script  A variable can contain a number  a  group of letters  or a complex object that contains a whole map layer    For Map Math the Variables you may want to use are     e A variable that stores a number without decimal points known as an    Integer        Declaring an integer like this  tells the program that you are going to use an integer named    A     Dim A as Integer    Declaring an integer like this  tells the program that you are going to use an integer named    A    and  sets its value   10    Dim A as Integer 10    e A variable that stores a number with decimal points known as a    Single        Dim A as Single  Dim A as Single 0 46    Declaring like this creates a variable that stores a value from a map at a certain location   Dim A as Single Rasters   Yield Goal     Value  e A variable that allows you to access a map layer  Known as a    Raster        Dim A as Raster    Declaring like this creates a variable that stores a reference to a layer  This is an object and allows you  to access the Minimum  Maximum  Average  and the value at a location     Dim A as Raster Rasters    Yield Goal        To access the various v
35.   Seat minia mi J   ia Seh s  1008         GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 293    Downloading  amp  Processing USGS LiDAR   Earth Explorer       Navigation is done by either   Typing in an address  type in City  State   amp     Zoom     amp     Pan    to location  OR  Use the    Zoom     amp     Pan          Once your location is found  you must    Define    your area by simply    left clicking    on the  map  If you typed an address  you can move the    Red    pin marker    1    by    left click   hold  drag    and move it   s location  Or    Clear Coordinates    and start fresh     Once the area is    Defined      Click    Data Sets                             tr       Fo 7 Pin   E 3 p 7 Ez   ute  Pnacthensl ere angegovi    Mi Eartht  p er        Fila Edit Yew Favorited  ooi Help  1  Enter Search Criteria ect ei  fo narow your search area type m an address or  pisce name enter Coordenales or click ihe map Ic  deine your search area  for advanced man foots  were  Ihe hes docuraniehon   andor choose a date range             Er 0 79 Epitet       sina oa      E Predetred Ama    i   pE ae     el Le eee aT ee N  a  Let 4   IT Ge A  Low Cee  Ir OS i   I  S Lat aut 92 466  Lon 099  25 ir W     4 at 46   29 AFN  Lon  O80  oor Ser Ww    E Laias ar Lon ee 2 aw          i   u Lanter  i Seaich fom  S10 11420 ba aan    I    each mans  pl n    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street E
36.   Twin Engine Aircraft  flectance time back to the plane     Aircraft Elevation       700 meters  A  Flight Info        30 degree    Plane is equip with RTK  amp  Data collection PC   Scan Angle    Equip with special LIDAR sensing tools i     High winds  amp  gusts cause inaccurate read   Ings    Flight Elevation  approx     2 300      EY  lt A Dis   Scan Width    Pass Width  approx     985      ts NE Selena       Flight Speed  approx     100 200 mph    Flight Direction   _    N  parallel to beach        LIDAR may be an excellent topography data source  in many cases  Typically it is going to be a 1 time collection event in most areas  and it has some  limitations we need to understand  It is important to have a good idea of when  year  the data was  flown  LIDAR is typically collected at times of minimum vegetation  Fall   Winter   Spring     LIDAR Facts       Elevations at the top of dense vegetation  cattails  heavy grass  amp  weed patches     Reads the tops of buildings and structures    Reads the elevation of the surface of water or snow    Accuracy in tree covered areas are always questionable  density of trees  amp  organic matter  on the ground     Road ditch bottoms are always questionable due to the previous points    Know the year of LiDAR collection  useful for surface drainage changes or standing water     Know the    accuracy    rating for your LIDAR data  MN  ND  SD  rated at 8    accuracy and the  Red River Valley MN ND at 6    accuracy     GK Technology   s 
37.   Vertices    or a    Point    and left click hold and move  Note  Holding the    CTRL    button and a    Right Click    will add a vertices  Holding the    ALT    button and a    Right Click    will delete a vertices    6  Click on the    Move Vertices of a Selected Object    button to turn it    Off        7  Repeat steps 2 6 as needed on any other object in this SHP file     8 Click    Save    on the bottom toolbar     otf  G rad a DEP BOF ES pE sc 1 p pA       737267 Lon  98 35097 0 11 80  Field  Example Field Layer Bourntery 2012 shgi  822 07 b  2 4  AOR xX    Move Vertices of a Selected Object    Or oe       Lat 47 377417 Lor  36 34583 79 90 89  Field  Essenpde Field Lines Boundary 2012 2hp    Bad  L422 e208 X       Make sure you    Turn Off    the    Move Vertices     shown below  a  Qasas LARER LOB    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    My Notes    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    40       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    My Notes    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    41       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 42    Quick Notes For Satellite Imagery          Creating Boundaries and Guidelines    1  Draw a field boundary or save it from a CLU file  Refer to creating boundaries section    2  Turn on a NAIP image  County Da
38.   Wale Tria ae kr      a  q  i    Miama Ape ae 50     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 72    Nutrient Layers       Creating Prescription Maps    For this section  we will be combining your soil test   application rates to your zone map  for the purpose of creating an application map for single or multiple products  It is your  responsibility to understand the output maps and what the values on the maps mean     1  Start up Ag Data Mapping Solution and  Select the    Merge Zone Results    Icon  or  go to the top tool bar and select the     Process    button and    Merge Zone                 Results      2  Select the Correct    Grower        Farm    and Step I  Load a Zone Map     Field    where you created the zone maps        y    Gower   VRT Zone Creation u  3  Select the    Zone Map    you will be using    NewFam   Rx Mapping z  for this field     New Field   Shelly21SW    Sane ie ae      i Land one image     Tara ne to Maps  Stop 1  Load a 220A  gt  RiP RS      A fies   For Mapping      me Fon   Se       se      2a Cas             0 548 i ia  353  cote HA             Fit Say IF Layer few lg    OQeehe   660 2   MEG AHR        HESTIA        Avaruge Ti dun  4 OP dere  Sa Dev 01 Total BIO limta    Use one of the following sections       CSV Soil Test Results         Creating Prescription Maps   Manually        Using Blend Groups       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Stree
39.   When the email arrives  click on the  links to do the downloads  They will  connect you directly to a FTP download  link from the USDA site   You may be  limited to the number of downloads  you can do at a time due to file type     file size and connection speed   En ey Garin sun     gt  ens Pr F     2 u  Ab a     id   1    ish Tassen sofa Urs    205 Dune eee nn are ols EL ear 85 un  ney Boel Ey brs    le Oownsy L i  Site  Dia ergaben  6 Files Doanioad Come Ete   4 0  megabytes  i man   ipri are Ta Fe nee ads gou eee ET topographie jmages HDTONACE BET 2  sho       22  Click the    Save    button     j 97 Name  common _land_unit_CLU 634769_01 zip  Note  Example using Internet Explorer 7  LS Bey ee  In newer IE 8  amp  9 choose  SAVE AS     From  Ftp apfo usda  gov    Always ask before opening this type of file    While files from the Internet can be useful  some files can potentially  harm your computer  IF you do not trust the source  do not open or  save this file  What s the risk        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    259    Downloading USDA Geospatial Data       23  Save the files into the  C  GKData CountyData  Name of  County    folder as shown to the right     24  All of the downloads are  zip files   They must be unzipped or extracted     25  It is recommended to rename every   thing and to create a file structure  Similar to the example listed below   This i
40.   Window Dock Settings       Within ADMS there are many different window configurations  Depending on which unlock you  have there may be different panels available to you  At a minimum there will be Drawing Tools   1    Statistics  2    Layer Info 3    Layer Selection  4    and Database  5    By default the Layer  Selection panel is pinned open when the software first is started     4 The fg Carte Mapprg Tan  Map Wiriciow f   a Minden Be    i f are Setar   Ta FF    mo oo tk  gt  ne      RE Maong 2      Dows  6 NE F    Cet Cale    Lal Lam    Ta  T ITE a nn       Drawing Tools    The drawing tools window has tools to merge polygons together to create poly   polygons as interior or exterior polygons    Statistics    This panel will show layer statistics of the active surface layer    Layer Info    This breaks apart the layers that are loaded into the software in three different cate   gories  Drawings in Map  Surfaces in Map  and Images in Map  In this panel layers can be cleared   made active  and re ordered    Layer Selection    This panel has the data tree in it along with the query tool and GPS   Database    The database gives the user access to the database in a SHP file  or a attribute table  in a CSV  Data can be queried  sorted  added  deleted  and have math operations performed on it     Docking the Windows    Each of these windows will have a thumbtack icon in the top right corner  If the thumbtack is  clicked on the window will be permanently docked open  This can be
41.   box  check the     Replace with this Value    radio button and type in the KNOWN  elevation     12  Click OK and save  You have now successfully adjusted your  topography map to reflect the correct outlet elevation        Lat  45 25354192  Lon   96 6864422 1 158 320 Feet  Field  Topography Demo Layer  ModArea shp    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 189    Creating Tile Plan   Merging Topography       Our OUTLET  Sample Point shp  is not in the correct  format  needs to be a  grd surface     Check on the Sample Point shp    Right Click Sample Point shp  Create Grid   From Polygon    Click on    Create Grid       Click the    Fill Null Values    button 3 times   Or until you get to the size you want       Turn both    Altitude grd    and    Sample  Points grd     must be able to see both maps     SLAPS TEF a DEP I PE um       Click on the    Multi Layer Map Math    on the top  toolbar     pen h    Open the    2 Layer Merge    Script    Change Line 8 from    Ibs ac    to    Feet    for     topography maps     Line 23   Highlight everything behind   n nte Tanan Tna    Mr    Ribara AA or  ila  AN I n 1        Select    Altitude    under    Data Raster Lay     ers    and Click    Add as Value         Line 24   Repeat previous 2 steps assign       ing the    Sample Points    layer  bene Sai Oi Deene  2 ila DERO Daie Far Te  lar Fehl     Click    Compile Script             Run 
42.   creates    TaskData    folder Unique for each field  containing a GRDOOOOO bin   TaskData xml   tc xls files   Boundary   is required to be turned on and selected from the drop down list   Assign each map to its appropriate product   Output resolution   normally set to 8 meters  Note this is raster based prescription map   Select Publisher   ATS Task Controller Publisher   Browse   Save the file back into the    Field    folder location for single field export  Save back to    FODDExp    folder for multiple field export   Cell Size   8 meters  Value same as previous screen    Cell Merge Mode   Average   Choose the appropriate device  Note  Multiple maps for the same field MUST be exported at the same time      Cell Rate Method   Value at Cell Centroid    Task Controller Version   Final Draft   Version 2    Merge   No on first export  Yes if you want to send more fields to same card or location    ISO Compliant   Yes    Fagecrt Pater  ka FODA Dl          a VAT done Cramer Com   Sakai Fiulelhee  Fan Fg laser  Fr vo ET Tode Dreier Pakkaa  Enz ET ah iaa  i   E AE  jande  moniy   D Am iii ea ees        mpr  4 Jampan Pinkas i Lech Leer To De Eee Publier Properties Etor 00000  TET omar    a fie 006   Epin  i   Col Size 5 malen  raw Fhe Fam  F    Elan   Gel Raie Malta flue al Col Cerro  Usa F  r EL      i   Sahing valua       gt  Task Contro er Standard   Verson 2  ipn ew       rire nl ber re    Ey Mau Me m    Sims Aiia     ea a Fa  dom i a  J i P l  E ae  y         GK Technology  
43.   een cued zer    I Tite Can fete oe ee od nn en ve          Depressions Main     amp  click Save  if you do not do this  you will nee That Ya IE  lose the original Depressions layer   _    Under the  Layer Info    tab  click on    Clear Map     x       Creating Dump Areas    1     2     Turn on all the maps required to help Dump Area   Right Click to close Polygon   define the dump areas  5  Repeat step 4 to create all your Dump Areas  Click    New         and select    Dump for this field      Areas     6  When finished     Save    from the bottom  Click on the newly created    Dump toolbar   Dump Areas shp  Overwrite    Areas SHP    Eli Dump ArsasSHP file to turn    Yes         iton and make it the active layer     Select the    Draw New Object    ta from  the bottom toolbar   Left click around your    Saving Images for Ditching    1  Turn on your desired layers to view while settings   ditching  combination listed below  2  Goto    File         Print         Print Map to Bit   A  County NAIP  Flow Accumulations  Main map     this function only works in the  Map Window      Ditches  Hills  Dump Areas 3  Location  save this file into the same field folder  B  Watersheds  Flow Accumulations  Main you were working in   Ditches  Depressions  Dump Areas 4  Name the file something simple that captures the  C  Topo Features  Flow Accumulations  Main field location ex   sec32sw  Ditches  5  Save this file as a BMP for most applications    D  May want to use the    Transparency    
44.   may have to click on the    Refresh Tree     button on the bottom of this window    You may notice that your new field image      grd  is not showing up in the Active Layer  below the viewing window  If not  select the  field from under the    Field Data    tab by simp  ee i  ly clicking on the file name one time  a 0  a Sr Een    Oeagehhe   48 7  S2EG 4    amp                   Field  Shelly  amp 5E Layer 200 _JUL2  ND VIR grd    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 68    Creating Zones From Imagery       Manual Zone Creation             ay  hemat Kari being       1  Inthe zoning process  the values of the  ae   image do NOT change  unless you di m m ee  change end values   We are just 1 e oa a   amma Z2 aaia  changing the colors associated with the a ae m  values  These colors are used to isolate il Eee eig  areas of the field that perform differ  1     ently     amp    m    2  Select the    Thematic Color     7  button of the lower toolbar        3  The    Create    Color By Value    Table       window will open up     Average 184 Area  S044 Acres  Sid Dew 143 Total 16656    4  Select the    Source Color Table    you  want to use and leave the setting on     Automatic        6  Adjust the number of zones by chang   ing the value in the    Number of  Ranges     If you are creating sample  zones in your field  it is important to    keep in mind the number of samples  you w
45.   solar ehren bauten return    For doing Imagery  you will want to select mia ring Zu ren anal seen Lac     Lower    check box  Make sure the  Delete    rn in U  Cells    is not selected  Inspecting the image  in the prior few steps  we found that 56 was  the lowest    real    value in the field  So type in  56 in the    Threshold Value    box  and click     Apply       You will notice that our    Color Bar    on the  right side of the screen now reads from 56 to  96  confirming that the    Trimming    did work        you will notice the image looks a little rough   Use the    Smoothing Filters           button  by selecting the drop down on the right side   In most cases  the    5x5 Low Pass    will  smooth out the rough edges        Select    Save Changes    button on the een LI  lower tool bar  ET TEET SAVIT CESE  The    Save As    window will open up  Make    sure the file is being saved into the correct  folder under the GKData folder  this should  be the same location as the field boundary  if                you created one     Free SS    re er Sueli ESRD TP       use the Image date as part of the name of  the file  This is the only way to identify the  year and date of the image  When finished   click on the    Save    button    Now you will be back to the Ag Data Mapping  Solution window  You will want to direct your   self to the    Field Data    tab on the left side  of the window and make sure you are set to  the proper    Grower        Farm    and    Field     You
46.   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 271       Landsat Data Processing   Cutting Images by Shapefile e    Mnp Winia          Introduction     Due to the fact that Landsat scenes are very large files   200 MB  and 120 Miles     it is  helpful to manage them on a smaller scale  This is most often done on a county basis  Similar to the county data  However  do not confuse the two     There are several advantages to doing it this way     1   2   3     It allows the software to handle more images being loaded at once   Images can be managed on a county by county basis     Landsat scenes that overlap UTM zones can be easily re projected so image pro   cessing is more consistent     Preparing the Data For Clipping   This is a very important step in this process  Each of the Landsat scenes are saved as  GeoTiffs after they are merged together  Each file will have to have it   s location updat   ed and re saved  This is done to each scene individually     i    ui BR U N      Turn on a boundary that is located in the scene     Select the    Imagery    tab     Turn on the Landsat scene that is going to be      The Landsat scene and boundary should be close      When the image lines up close to the boundary     Make sure the imagery folder is set in the correct directory   Settings  Browse to  Folder       Open up the map window   Make sure the correct UTM zone is selected             clipped     to lining up with each other       With the TIF file being the
47.  1  For this example  turn on the yield data points   2  On the bottom left corner of the screen  click on    Database    tab     Database      3  This will open the database of the    Active Drawing Layer    or the last active SHP                               Objects Selected  977 DB Operations Select By Query    lt  Elas DM     LATITUDE Ree  ia YOLUM       SKT_IDx   UID   THE_HEADING EST  EreuaTION H   DELTA_TIME_       47 47005995 944 47 637069    E   itm ag   6094055 bby EEE  4106303 1 019    aE 9 96 65093994   3 73664999   96 79446411   43 87231064 si 97 24093628 3 63922007 1863 69622803    47 47008514 G6   06 79444122 437153511   2 36 S8094025 863 3681038   36810303 0  0072       47 47008514 96 7 94410F i 43  5486412 13115 fe 95  20094299 3  70384002 6s  gaoz 0 023    fnew       4  Selection Methods      A  By    Left Clicking    on the gray cell on the left side of the table   Note the Data   base Row highlights and the Map Object turned    Lime Green    showing they  have been selected     B  By holding down the    Shift    key and left clicking a row further down in the da   tabase  you can select groups of objects    C  By holding down the    Ctrl    key and left clicking a row and another row  you  can select multiple individual objects throughout the database    D  Using the DB Operations      Select by Query     you can select a    Column    and  Query out objects   gt   lt     gt    lt    on numeric columns   and     lt  gt   on  character columns    put in you
48.  3  Do to variables like pH differences  some samples may be tested as one type  and other samples tested as another  For example a high pH test may have an Olsen result where  a lower pH may have a Bray result  ADMS cannot distinguish these differences  So there are some  conversion tools to update columns that may have zeros in them  or create a new column if the  phosphorous result needs to be a certain type for recommendations or scripts     Updating Existing Columns    If there is a column that has only some values reported in it  It can be updated using the other  Soil P column  For example these results have three zones reported as    Olsen Values and only one zone reported as a Bray value     To report everything in P B1 a conversion must be ran before the maps 7    are created     1  Click on the    Phos Convert    button     Sfep 5  Using the drop down boxes next to each Zone Color Select the  EP  gt  Zone from the Soil Test Results that matches up with the Zone       The    Phosphorous Conversion    window will appear         Te    Tha Unity well pe ood test comumes from Phoepotus fo convert diffenng pol    baai mele 10 Gn ee Pee in al Cokin    i Preaphorius  repre    Selec ad kon one cohen thal you woud bee lo pet             F D pee          One  eC ale Pulp    Disan Column  Brr Column  1 Mahich 7    Marin 3    5  After clicking    Run Conversion    the missing values will be    updated     P Oppm P Bippm  9 0  133  5 0         If the columns have values in them 
49.  458 3244   www gktechinc com       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 137    Export Prescription Maps   FODM Device       Falcon 2 Controllers     Extension Created  xxxx tif   Boundary   not required to be turned on or selected from drop down   Assign each map to its appropriate product   Output resolution   normally set to 6 meters  Good for fields up to 1 25 miles long   Note this is raster based and cannot exceed 350 x 350 pixels   Select Publisher   ATS Falcon Publisher   Browse   Save the file back into the    Field    folder location   Filename Template    FarmName   FieldName   CropName    TaskName     ProductName    Cell Size   6 meters  Value same as previous Screen    Cell Rate Method   Weight Average   Requires Dealer ID   6 digit spreader ID    Note  Multiple maps for the same field MUST be exported at the same time  If they  are not  you will get an error while trying to load maps in the spreader  Fields are not the  same size      ADS farm  Adam    mee eas pe    Fianama tempts TUSSI   F  Call Sine ti oa    Cei Eris Kleid Value at Call Dermirzd    Een  Yake  Che te ID  Is             GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 138    Export Prescription Maps   FODM Device       Falcon VT   AGCO GTA     Extension Created  Multi File system  creates    TaskData    folder Unique for each field  containing a GRDOOOOO bin   TaskData xml   tc xls files   Boundary  
50.  46 0 0  The resulting table shows a  strong correlation between the    e 0 0 60 application map and the 46 0 0 application map  This would be an  indicator that these two products could fit well if blended together     e Likewise  there is a negative correlation between 11 52 0 and 46 0 0  amp  11   52 0 and 0 0 60      These products should not go together in a blend     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 65       Creating Zones From Imagery Qi    Aap  ree    Average of All Layers Script  Images   Yield   Topo   Veris        If multiple  grd files exist for one    Field     E un  en ma    these surfaces can be merged to combine    traits   1     2     9     10  Close the  Map Math    window       Now  click the  Multi Layer Map Math         The    Map Math    window opens     Click the    Open Existing Scripts    Button       Find the    Average Of All Layers txt    file          E     2006 Wheat  Wheat   Eass nn 2006_APR23 423 NIR grd  Suei Wheat 2006_Jun30_NDVIR grd  ae DE       Click    Layer Info    and  CLEAR MAP    x        7 m Wheat Yield 2006 ard   E 2007 Sugarbeets    Turn on JUST THE  grd maps you want to pia     Merge     2   200 surface rasters from Im     agery   Yield   Topo   Veris     button located in the top map toolbar     facet Sonipta Arme Of Aa Lager  Code Werte    Pubic TET i mentina As ng        Man Meth   uh  Pubic Shared Lape Unita As Siring     
51.  5  You can also select  eier Coin   gt  Size  Font  and Color Emaripie Lat  6  Click    Apply       Changing Point Size  amp  Color    You can also change the size and color you wish the    grid points to appear Field  Field 1 Layer  Grid Points shp      Lima or Pahi Gage    1  Make sure your active layer is the grid points  A    Cii   Ihu  2  Select    Change Draw Style    on the bottom toolbar ih  Lne wan i   Fa  3  From the options  you can select the color and size ae  of the points  Zn ee    T   i Traar  tple   gt  Fixed Sizing   Always equals that pixel size  Pitt Dating Malhi   gt  Scaled Sizing   Size changes when you Zoom in Fie Sing  and out   Foai Hating    Then  select    Apply          GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 102    Grid Sampling   Moving Grid Points       1  Hover over the point  The cursor should change to a four directional arrow     2  Click on the point you wish to move and drag it and drop it to the new desired    spot        3  When done  make sure you de select the  Move Vertices of Selected Objects     tool     Field  Flake  1 Layer     Qasa Hke hea  AEX ww         4  If the point is in the desired location  make sure you save the layer       Notice the label does not move with the point at this point    To get the label to move with the point  we need a redraw of the  screen    1  Right click on the Grid Points shp name  2  Select Unload L
52.  6 MB JPEG  5   Order Products  L4 5 TM L1T L1G ON DEMAND  LT50290302004201PAC01 L4 5 TM E  Bulk Products ix  LandsatLook  Natural Color  Image  5 MB JPEG   LandsatLook Thermal Image  5 MB JPEG   LandsatLook Images with Geographic Reference  10 MB JPEG        LandsatLook Images with Geographic Reference  11 MB JPEG   Level 1 Product  139 MB Geotiff     Bulk Products   LandsatLook  Natural Color  Image  5 MB JPEG   LandsatLook Thermal Image  3 MB JPEG   LandsatLook Images with Geographic Reference  9 MB JPEG   Level 1 Product  154 MB Geotiff           Order Products  L4 5 TM L1T L1G ON DEMAND    Bulk Products 5   LandsatLook  Natural Color  Image  5 MB JPEG     L150290302004169LGS01 L4 5 TM          LandsatLook Thermal Image  3 MB JPEG   LandsatLook Images with Geographic Reference  8 MB JPEG        Toggle All Bulk Download Toggle All Orderable    For BULK DOWNLOAD follow    instructions from the USGS        Under the    Downloads    area of the window  You will click on the Download Button   v    Download    Level 1 Product    Button       LandsatLook  Natural Color  Image  5 MB JPEG          LandsatLook Thermal Image  6 MB JPEG     f Hebe  LandsatLook Images with Geographic Reference  11 MB JPEG  NOTE  Other options here g graph        DO NOT work in ADMS  let Level 1 Product  142 MB Geotiff     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 267    Downloading  amp  Processing USGS Im
53.  Apply         Check on the show grid   _  Show Grid  box      Align the grid over the field using the  up  down  side  to side arrows    g       10  Rotate the grid if needed by typing in  a number or using the arrows in the  rotate grid box 00 5    K    Save Points    11  Check Save Grid  amp  Save  asye Grid    Points    12  Click Save Layers and select  the location to save them to and the  desired name    13  By default the grid and grid points  will be stored under your field data  folder for the field you are working on    3  Writing a Prescription Using Scripting    2  Merging Soil Test Results  1               l    Bas    Go to Merge Grid Results section on main screen  or  go to the top and select process   gt  Merge Grid Re   sults    Locate the field from the client  farm  field and select  the sample points and the boundary of the field    Go to the Soil Test Results tab on the top middle of  the screen  Soil Test Results       Step 2  Click load sample results file button and  search for your   xls or   csv file containing test re   sults      Step 3  Assign the appropriate columns for the Sam     ple ID on your Samples and Sample ID on the test  results      Step 4  Check which layers you want to build maps    for  columns containing any null values will not work   can replace these with zero values so they will  merge     Click Merge Tables  the test results should merge    with the grid Sample ID file      You can now choose to build your maps with Surfer    
54.  Average  Total  and the Standard  Deviation of the intersected layer  in the masked layer  In this exam   ple  it is labeled in Bu Acre     Once finished  click  Remove  Mask     If you do not remove the  mask  you will not be able to view  any other maps or objects     Query Tools    Layer Selection    Layers Stats      Raster Quen  Select Areas from this Input Layer  Variety     Where the Layer Value is Value  Equal To a   7    Use the above Mask to Intersect with       Query          AP Thar    Ag Dala Alpin biisien   biip Windia     e Ee Breen epee il eer Tepe  pete Tool Widma Help       221       S07 0 o Eek ee    lire pe mare hisa j bilemem ati  aF        109 97 204 18    157 08  MaskedRaster  Bu Acre     Lats ETA    La LTE     Fri Guer Lire  YLO OLR gd    Oagehhe   FE 7 9   BB                  Layers  Raster Query  Select Areas from this Input Layer  Vanety    Where the Layer Value is Value    9       Use the above Mask to Intersect with  TLD VOLIDRY       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 222    Summarize Another Layer             m       As you work with multiple layers of data you may want to get a Summary of how  those layers interact  ADMS has a function call    Summarize to Another Layer      This tool allows you to pull data from your Grid or Zone from your Yield or from  your Soil Test Results  Many combinations of things you can pull together here    Ma
55.  Data County Data   Imagery    LJ 2014 Zone Output  AG 1846 09       Gi 5 0 gd    208  8          GK User Manual  GKT Farm  SH 8 SE        ts un      Lat  4747464739  Lom  96 80060847  107 112 107  Field SHBSE Layer Com Seed grd  OeeEh     Ft          D  gt  gt      Printing    Print   Batch Print Surfaces     gt  eeu ys        A oe e     her N ps pe i Layer Info    x   g    Boundary    Surfaces In Map  mages m map    Current Layer  GK User Manual GKT Fane  Nutriert  Mapping  Sheily       Statistics    999       r             ea 59 09 Acre  7 10165 65Tot al 1866705       GK User Manual  GKT Farm  SH 8 SE    1548 0    as iram  C12 SB Ace  ms Via Ace  Di 106Ace  uo Am  S55 49 Acme  16 28 20 Acres  Wa 23 Acme  Ba 19849 ade  D 4045 tamm  1047 Bi Acre  ms O2 Aces    aa aim    12254 0 1 Acres  us Oi Ace  iS 215 50 5 1 Acre  u zen 01 Acres  E ru iam      is  Bs       Hr  GK Technology  uw Agnculture            GK User Manual  GKT Farm  SH 8 SE    148       eee If you have Multiple Surface Maps to  print out  turn them on in the order  you want them to be printed     Noman NAP 200 Go to Print  amp  Batch Print Surfaces          pre    a  u  GK Technology  w Axrwiullure               GK User Manual  GKT Farm  SH 8 SE    m See     RB a  DA Acree  219024 18 Actes  23748 AD Acree  2AA LT Aone  TLA 0 2 Acree  Is 5 0 Aces   E 34200  107 Acres   a 2097044 3 3 Acre     me zirma   DE aa  Acme  440114 VA Aare       ATDI 14 Actes    reer    oe Rar  u Sn nr ac  i S614  7 OM Acer  m BOTEI A OS Ac
56.  Data Mapping Solution       To get started with Ag Data Mapping Solution  you need to have some base data in place to  work with  You will need some    Properly    geo referenced piece of data  Meaning that the  data sets are in either Latitude   Longitude or UTM projections system using WGS84 or  NAD83     TO GET STARTED YOU NEED AT LEAST 1 OF THESE ITEMS    County Data set for the area you are working  County Data   tab   NAIP images  USDA Geospatial   DRG images  USDA Geospatial   Soils Maps  USDA Geospatial   Townships  amp  Sections Maps  USDA Geospatial   Roads  Railroads  amp  Water ways  TIGER Data     Data Set to build Maps   need one or more of these  more is usually better     Satellite   Aerial Imagery  Imagery   tab   Images USGS  Images UMAC  Topography from LIDAR  Other Imagery sources  NAIP Images  County Data   tab   Yield data  Raw Data card or  shp files   Field Data   tab   Veris data  Raw Data card or  shp files   Field Data   tab   Topography from RTK  Raw Data card or  shp files   Field Data   tab        Below is a    Rough Outline    of the Process to use this data in the field   Build   Client   Farm   Field structure in ADMS    Draw  lt  gt  Collect  lt  gt  Extract  lt  gt  Import   Field Boundary    For VRT Mapping For Topography Mapping  Create Management Zones or Sample Import  amp  Process topography data  Grids  Inspect topography accuracy   outlets  Soil Sample    Process watersheds   contours  Set application rates  Create surface   tile dra
57.  Device   Supported Controllers nn an 137 142  ODEON AO en er 143 144  John Deere GRX   2600  amp  2630 Controller vitae winnasannisescdesninaneiseoatansanamenenseciudaeienaans 145  PA NOTES iE EAA A EE EEEN 146  Printing  Batch   Multi   Bitmap          s  sssnasnnsnsnnsnsnnsnnnnsnnnrsnnsnnnnsnnnrnnnnnnnrnenerserernnrnns 147 150  Exporting Files as KMZ for Google Earth    anne eier ein 151 152  Exporting Files as KML for Google Earth    seen ea REDET EIER RL 153 154    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual       Contents  Quick Notes for Topography RTK nn ea ee EEE RE 155  Quick Notes for Topography LIDAR ne a EIER EL 156  Creating Topography  amp  WatershedS zusenden nn a Een ahnen 157  IMDOFENG IDOLE cnaccceseneseatesssosecceasscecusaseosdeteseeieteyscesseeansseceresentcatesszecanecsceseaeouzeaesee  158  Adjusting Levels between Multiple    Point     shp Files           cc cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 159  Merge  shp files with Z AU JUSE sic ae energie 160 161  Merge All Visible  shp He nennen 162  Cleaning Elevation SHP   Database          ssssssssssssnssnnnnsnnnnsnrnnsnsnnennsnrnnsnrnnennnnrunsnennne 163  Creating th   Topography Map vsiscasnndsoscwaseccssuetancatasemansceuecccatuassecasuuoniaatuucmerecedediaans 164  crd Te POINT seori rra Traen a ee 165  Select EMS BOUN GSV ann een 166  Cropping the Grid to a Boundary en aenne 167  Processing LIDAR  LAS Files s
58.  EE 2013 Zone Output  a  Mandaya    20  This process can now be repeated for all of the products you wish to apply     21  After the maps are built  follow the instructions on the Exporting Prescriptions    Section  This gives you step by step instructions for each type of controller     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 121    Grid Sampling   Sampling Methods       Grid Sampling Methods    When soil sampling  it is important to make sure you take an accurate representation of  the field  Here are some general guidelines to follow when out sampling     Credit for this information is from Agvise Laboratories  http   www agviselabs com soil2 php   and The University of Nebraska Lincoln  UNL   http   cropwatch unl edu web ssm   soilsampling    Grid Soil Sampling  Grid soil sampling involves dividing whole fields into small equal sized areas  or grids  1 5 acres   see example   The soil cores from each grid are collected either from the  center point of the grid or from random cores within the grid  A minimum of 8 10 cores from  each grid is required to provide enough soil for all laboratory analysis to   be completed  Grif Soil Saming Examgie       Sample Handling   Soil Fertility Analysis    Proper soil sample handling procedures depend on which nutrient analysis  is requested  Soil samples that will be analyzed for nitrate N should be  kept cool or shipped to the laboratory
59.  EE Re i    Di            En EFE Paf  LEI  aL  neti    Lene Lo  iets Pa   DEBE aE     8  Choose which Soil Test should be  associated with which color Zone  using  the Pull down menu for each color   With a 3 zone soil tests and a 5 zone    map  the remaining zones need to  read    No Test              View Nutnent Maps    9  With all these items selected  check     Interpolate Output Maps    and click     Build Maps      By NOT checking the     Interpolate    box  you will get a 5 rate  zone application map recommended for  seeding maps      10 If soil test results have been edited  then can be saved by clicking    Save Ed   ited Soil Test Results        11 Choose the    View Nutrient Maps     tab  and view the Nutrient Map s  you  created for each product        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 86    Nutrient Layers       Using CSV   XLS Soil Test Results          Sod Tes  Fiss View Mient Mapes  ar Load a Aone Map      iw Gee VAT  Ceata    Load zoma Imaga    220A  gt  E       jem Fan    Ra Mapon                12  Go to    Load Zone Image    innia  tab  and turn on the map you eum   would like to use for the Re   application  for example  we  will convert the N Fert Lb to Tose ef m  46 0 0   Kann     ehr  13  Select the    Intra Layer     _ omen  Math    button  This will run Matty ore Va  the selected mathematical ZN ee  function over every pixel in y  a  the surface  
60.  EMS  in i Py      range  hee ait Oe  evi   ti 2 o     Fae ieee mn Mii 16   e 1  i TEN   i   wie  aaa iit nht De    Fans ened hi ia er     Birk     i   MTL eich E iha e al ie ror  I Fe DOW Fa g  Zur Sapa       Avsrnpe 2205 Amy 108 5  Ace  SI Dev  40 ED Toba Atran    7  After the top and bottom end values are sent properly the theme will need to be saved  Click     Save THM       8  Give the color table a name  We recommend including the value range used to have it for fu   ture reference  This will be stored in the _DB Color Tables folder     Soe ee An example of name would be    Soil K 40 300 ppm        That way if there were multiple Soil K themes it will be    i easy to distinguish the differences  Since some nutrients  Sot TEC TAD THM TAB a To may be reported with different units it is also a good       ee ann m   idea to include them in the name    eidg Be wl 9  Click    Save     Close out of the    Thematic Raster Set    Se a SH tings    window  The color theme is now saved and can  a Fr    be applied to other maps  Repeat this process for ad   Sen type  Teas Bad Co Table THM  TA al ditional nutrients       bhdr rien     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 78    Nutrient Layers       Color Layers By Theme    Applying Color Themes    Color themes can be applied easily two different ways  By using the    Load Fixed Thematic Table     button on the bottom toolbar  or thro
61.  End Function    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 229    Introduction to Objects  Enumerations  and Collections       One of the most powerful tools in programming is the ability to create objects  We will start this section by  creating a Vehicle Object  We will use properties of that object to describe different properties of a vehicle     We will use Enumerations to provide input to the you about valid choices  So if we want to describe the type  of engine in the vehicle  we create an Enumeration with valid choices     Private Enum FuelType as Integer  Gasoline 0  Diesel 1  Propane 2   End Enum    Now we can define an object to define the properties of the Vehicle and Functions that will return a calculat   ed fuel required for a trip     Private Class Vehicle  Public VIN as String  Public VehicleName as String  Public NumberOfWheels as Integer  Public FuelToUse as FuelType  Public EngineSize as Single  Public NeedsLicense as Boolean  Public MilesPerGallon as Single    Public Function HowMuchFuelDoINeed MilesToTravel as Integer  as Single  If MilesPerGallon  lt  gt  0 Then  Return  MilesToTravel   MilesPerGallon    1 1  Else  Return O  End If  End Function  End Class    To Use our new object   Dim Veh As New Vehicle  Dim FuelNeeded As Single  Veh VIN    124562538   Veh FuelToUse   FuelType Diesel  Veh EngineSize   6 9  Veh MilesPerGallon   19  Veh NeedsLicense   True  
62.  Google BMP with World  E a rth    KM Z X Send To Recycle Bin im mn  3  The    Export Raster To KMZ    options will open  aa    Tapon Paner Ta oe   a 4  Browse to the desired export  E Egri Le ori    location  eee ee asian      5  Optional  Place KMZ in Grow     er and Field folder  This will  export to the selected loca   tion  but will place the file in  a Grower  amp  Field folder struc   ture     6  Optional  Edit the Grower   Field  and KMZ File Name if  Eri a Comer Ger a tee MMT desired     Far KU Te Greer ed Peet Fe    ug qe       cM  Ae Hae Fre ald    7  Optional  Embed a Color Bar  in the KMZ  This will show  the statistical color bar on  Google Earth  giving the  ranges of the map   This can  only be done with surfaces        8  When all of the desired options are selected click    OK     The file will be exported to  the selected directory with the options that were selected     9  A program will have to be installed on the device you are using  Windows   Android  iOS  to read the KMZ file  Google Earth      GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Exporting Files As KMZ For Google Earth       Examples       152       This is an example of the file structure that will be created when the option  to    Place KMZ in Grower and Field Folder    is selected  The KMZ file WILL    NOT be recognized in ADMS     i i  cM  Ae Meee  one AO       Eid a Comer fer oy tt BLT       
63.  KARENOBEX       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 167    Creating Topography  amp  Watersheds       Creating the Topography Map  Cropping the Grid to a Boundary    After you have selected a boundary     then click on the    Topography Grid This will crop the raster  then click the   File    in the data tree  to make it the    Save    button on the layer toolbar to save   current layer  On the    Layer Tool Bar    the changes to the grid file    at the bottom of the screen  click the last   button with a tool tip of    Crop Raster to Then click the    Clear Selection    button   Selected Polygons     to remove the lime green crosshatch if  needed        Be inpet ed Co Jpn Se Iun a a iir      p  en   ADF      DP    pe  pe ree HE emi          New   Chea GE User Manual      Sew   Farm ATK pi DORSSErH       ag    if few Fait Shey BSE ATR 7    wa old       HE re er     FE Castine jep  PE Comme Jan  Le a O    TONT Let 07 aT Lan TSN  Fielt Stee iy IEE GTE Liye Marit AL TITLE ipri    2 OCS Ss Oaeehh       aE U  A BE EB      3                               GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 168    LiDAR   General Info       LIDAR   Light Detection And Ranging WWW CSC NOAA QOV    LIDAR is collected by a plane shooting a NIR  Near  Infra Red  laser at the earth and measuring the re
64.  Lita       Pubic Stated Dagma Pienso Ay inter    Pubic   Senedd F maci a Aa Sege    ere ee NIIT EIETT ODE ARO    WE  and click open   if Iren Tina   fee tee bc Ceirke uf      Note the    Code Window    should populate  with some data looking like this  a      O O TC a Script Compiled without errors          If all is correct you should seethis  2 4      Click    Compile Script        Click    Run Script           11  Go to the    Layer Info    tab on the left side   iad tet wali Client AgExpo      New   Farm Demo F    New j Field Field 2      12  Select the    Map Math Output    from the    H  13  Click on the    Save As    button on the Lush ae    of the screen       Surfaces In Map    list         j 2 43 _RawData      ME 2005_AUG14_NDVIG  bas SE   2005_AUG14_NDWVIF  oe SE   2005_AUG14_NIFugn  Be  WE ALTITUDE ard       i  bottom toolbar and call this    3 surface p an    merged grd     or whatever name repre   sents the new object created        More detailed information on Map Math Controls under the Advanced Scripting section      GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Creating Zones From Imagery       Coloring and Prepping   Surfaces    1  You will notice there is a very distinctive  Red Border along the south side of the field   This is not representative of the field  This  is called a Border Effect  There is a tool     Reduce Border Effect       that will help  clean
65.  Load Sample Results File    button       L 2013 Gre Sample Good  E images            Ley 2 NAIP imags  This is where you will choose your soil ete DANE  test results file     a  Homegnoug    Both   csv and   xls file formats can be   50m     amp  Local Cini  Li    im po rted   a HERECOVERY IE  y  File ame Soi Test Resuh   Rowanase fies CS IK     Make sure you have only one set of   aren     cance    results per sheet on excel when loading  a   xis file    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Grid Sampling   Creating Nutrient Layers                109               ro eS ee      5  Step 3  Assign Sample Step 2  Grid Semple Prints     i   Gert Leido Long  uie Poiniil GET Ie    Point Grid ID ae ena   1 4 eee rn a i   Select Column ID that   2 1 15 S418 Bd Z  Siep 3  3 1 iS 716410 Suse 3 J  corresponds to the Field    Saied Sampie Pori Grd I   c    5716419  0045390 4 i  Sample points numbers  PinentiC    a 45 718416  90 48209 S 5  i   Er  ED TEATE  36 BT  G f  6  Step 3  Select Soil Test o Belec Saad Te Git O fr ee a  Grid ID Tampan K    5 1 ip 735415  S 44570 2 il  12 45 717323  S045767 i i   Select Column ID on the Siep 4  5 an  Bh 458 16 Ta  Soil Test that matches   Sk un un ie An prana BAR 1 A  Pot Na a 4 2 45 717325  9045305 12 F   sample point numbers  Germmetih 24 5 3 O73  ade 1  t3  Fat ICN ta Sh 54 AS TITRE Bas 14 T  Make sure that the sam  ee 12 AS ITI SE 45008 15 i
66.  Mapping Solution  click     Properties       6  Click on the    Compatibility    tab     7  Check the boxes for  Run this program    in compatibility mode for  Window XP 1 pas han proben sth ther araram and kn Sa oe   Service Pack 2    Also check the box machen iha aadar vanier eis    for  Run this program as an administra     prety mote  tor       J Ba Pe re er euh F  r  Winda AF cionan Pack      8  Click    Apply     When Ag Data Mapping  Solution is started  it will be able to ac   cess the registry where the information    for starting the program is stored     mian ri PH ceo  Fin m re n             Tp ey er o agi CP egs    Plan ma zeug ae p ao    en i ft er       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 250    Veris Logging       Hardware Setup    The cable connection between the Veris box and the serial port of the PC requires hard   ware handshaking  so a full 9 pin serial cable is required   A full 9 pin null modem adapter  may also be required       Once you get to the bottom of this page you can adjust the configuration in the settings  window     Press Any Key       Press the  2 Key    Press the  2 Key    Press Any Key    Up and Running       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 251    Veris Logging       Cables    DB9 F F 25              DB9 AD M F NM       Both of t
67.  Math is to use Excel to  develop that code  There are features like the ability to insert breakpoints and develop  tests for viewing how a script works    In Excel 2007  here is how to set up the scripting process    1  Start with a blank    Booki    then click the    Start Button       2  Click    Excel Options       3  In the window that opens  click then    Show Developer tab in the Ribbon       4  Click the    Developer    tab    5  Click    Visual Basic        6  Right click on    Modules    and Insert a Module        reer Che  1       Show arte ab A jhe ippa  1  Ges ta Biia      man re amha er re an  Liner li far wie ah rath ina ee  Wn yning eps ra hir   Use hen For  Tant ge  Dpi pra fu sea le at Bipr  Fa 1 kjude the er shee J  L i F   j    Srrecnaiar peor ony ef Meret  eee      i ERIE 1 rer mussen Darm piman   Crane She ange pao wart be ue ath banie fee ie ierg      g am  1  ie we     aj o     J Bem Ep   W hp Lote                   a Hi Dar al In Tg  a     r  ime tiog      a JE Ei SF Prapen   aT t 4      z   i B  HES GED jA ins Bas Erfa p yis Cae a  bamo Per  Wh Alan  bar    bruyn Jia  Barz Jh Macro bian A Atha ak     Euseg      B   Cr    Li  DL 7 da      j      H araea  Sogt Es         SJ Skre Cece  Diech  Beet  mua Mies  Ry heed Gece Fae    eat  PR Contre          Terrier bere   j Miata lies       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 233    Opening a Script Editor i
68.  PEIRE SE 4    Lane o 3 En url      ie AT ie AAT     s   Gimir Depths Ldt Pand Estee Saadaan         i ie    en  ra   an       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Most important part of any system is the OUTLET    The second most important part is getting  MAIN DEPTHS       Creating Tile Plan   Main Depths    These instructions will show you how to drop Points to mark Pipe Depths that can be  turned on and printed out at any time and used as guides for designing laterals     KR WN e      Starting where you have your Outlet and Main Locations set  previous page     Go to the    Create New Layers from Templates     amp  select    Notes        Check this on and make it the active layer      Select either    Draw New Object    SHP or    Draw Multiple Points Attributed from Surface           on the bottom toolbar     Note    will need to be clicked for each point  amp      is a toggle On   Off button           Suggest using either a    Equidistance    or    Landmark    method of marking points     Example   Starts at    ditch shoulder    the every 200 feet      To get the spacing move your cursor along the    Profile     amp  slide it out the top at the    Spacing marks       Click on the    White cursor    to mark the points  marked over the top     Once all marked    click    Save    tee    F  gt     F Ai        em nl       0  ii as   lt i    gt  ka    D   be  i    i        
69.  Pll uail Fo                  GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Importing KB GK Yield Data    ea             TEHETE    iH     Hi  M   Hi  H  a   4                      GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    206       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 207    Importing KB GK Yield Data    il rm  j et AgLesde  Acteanced of Inseraten Tast Fie    UTH Commn g una bom toe mopprg ruper  md  DE bE epee 4 ti E or in Rca ape  ihren  ln the AARE come id a OTH re  a ppaki heime jire vaka Zen bee a Pi hiera  a prred p      F Cep  Ft    Aaa   Er       inte      enal Prete Feld Eier Eisen  DHA TN aS       LASTS C winem hiia T Te LD Ve EL BE TO etz ON ET               i    Ir  r    Ho    ERREGER    m dla er Se ee Br    1377993725907    i       er    fa  Keine Taruresa    arme  Konkurs puaa  anaes   Tees       7 Shni tro bieira     Mem ST CK OM Marge  Cees  use  dee  io  Seseo  an  er een  ma                                                          GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Importing KB GK Yield Data    F iter Hacir add tea      LTE Ein tral   LITA bartas jal  Fe harpa i  E Tiisel parie  ey  GPS Tie  Ra ii DE  For Gien Fis fi  TUN Te  i ad ine Le jal er Fir mis    FF al  Flag  sce    fer Seah Width inj fet Ti
70.  Point Style  1  Select    Change Draw Style    on the bottom toolbar ob  2  Select you Line or Point Color and Fill color  3  Choose the size of the points  e Fixed Sizing   Stays the same size  3 pixels recommended   e Scaled sizing changes when you  zoom in and out  16 feet recom   mended   4  Click    Apply            You will now have a custom  grid to go sample with     e See    Using GPS Controls    for in   field GPS use        eT    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 108    Grid Sampling   Creating Nutrient Layers       Creating Nutrient Layers    Once you get your soil test results back from the lab       Ht  you can now use them to create nutrient maps of the field          e This is going to be done in the    Merge Grid Results    window     aoe    1  Once you are inside the    Merge Grid Results    window  select the appropriate     Client       Farm       Field       2  Select the grid points and boundary files that are associated with the field          Load Data Soil Test Results u      Gee z a aa 3  When the Grid Points  Step 1  Load a Boundar d Grd Points    RH RD OO   D oad a undary an rid Poin rf J         g    are your active layer   Client Client v    switch to the Soil Test    am Example   Results tab on the top  Field Field 3 v of the screen          EE CustomGrid grd   LE Grid shp       WEP GrdPoints shp     S SamplePoints shp        4  Click the   
71.  Process Imgert ih impor Tope Emon Senp   Toos   Window Help        selection   x    D   Bipi Chata Interlace z  Ex    shows a field in Norman County MN  PII in den   Are      Enable Opben  Question   What area do I have for Lidar  tow Gromer Seon y   Bald Base Color Tate  Reset Window Dock Settings  New Farm   Scripting x a Remove  7  Files    Yori Egito intertace  Hei find SHE SE E a nt Ama eit ee ane          Set your Lidar Source Folder          Note  you can Search Sub Folders    Click    Run       Select Search Path FA LIDAR MN UTM14 Norman       _  Also Search Sub Folders    Set Output Path E  CountyData LIDAR Catalog Norman 12 7 2014 shp    Processing 407 of 632                     4   MN UTM14  J BigStone  J Clay  JL Grant Missing E3twp  J Kittson  J Lac Qui Parle    gt  J Lincoln  J Marshall                     JL Pennington      Pipestone N    Make New Folder   Cancel                 7 File Process Import Yield Import Topo Epor Setup Tools Window Help Your output location will default into  AS OE Sewers layeri your    County Data    folder     E elle  x0          EEFEFEEEEEFEEFFEEEEEFEEES 00 Pees ee    icona 8 Grids P ear Sunday Note  if you name or re name    Saas      EEEE   LIT Caine Mormann 12 Fr            NewFaem Scripting EEE P EEE EEE    Surfaces In Map   the    Output    you must keep    veres SH8SE E EHERFEEFEEEEFFEEEFFEEFEEFE the  shp extension     Fett Data   County Dara imagery        EE   3     SR  mma aes  Bl   weinen Ikone   EEESEFE HE    F The SHP 
72.  Region  This data may be  roads  sections  townships  soils or county wide images  NAIP   Mostly data downloaded from USDA Geo   Spatial website     Imagery Data   Location where you store satellite imagery scenes and wide area topography data     Pocket PC Data Folder   Location where you would have folders for GK Pocket Field Recs or Pocket VR  mobile platforms     Operator Name   users name used for tracking processed data   NOTE  The name and spaces must be less that 12 characters long     The beauty of ADMS is the ability to run and utilize data sets off of USB devices and your Local disk drives   Example would be leaving all you Root Data  grower data  on the    C     drive and running all your County Da     ta off a USB device    D     or a    Mapped Network Drive     NOTE  Read   Write speeds may be GREATLY reduced depending on the speed of your device     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 11    Settings Window       User Interface    re       Cate Storage Uee interface leer Interliaoe 2   GPS Settings GPS Config   UTM Zone   Vers Seffings   Yield Settings       Det Color Table Rambow y   Defam Color Table  Zones  Red Yellow Green w   Dieisud Unts for New Layens Feet w   Process PFR_LOG Files at Points to   Default Pont Style Circle z   Default Point Scale Mode Pixel Scale 7   Boundary Effect Fitter Distance 340  we Mirenum Profle Decth  Feet  250 2   Pont Map to 
73.  Roads   1 pt lines   Red    Soils   1 pt lines   Black   300           ES Norman Sections  SHP     Jar Norman Soils     ee ES Norman Townships SHP  i e Norman Water  SHP    Townships   2 pt lines   Yellow   4 500       Water Lines   1 pt lines   Blue    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 260    Using Web Based Background Layers   WMS Layers    Using WMS Servers       WMS servers are a web based map server that can be accessed through ADMS with an active in   ternet connection  Most of them are state or region specific and are not available in all areas     Finding WMS Links   The easiest way to find new WMS links is by simply searching the web for them     Here are some examples of WMS links   MN  Attp   geoint lmic state mn us cgi bin wmsll   ND  Attp   ndgishub nd gov ArcGIS services All Imagery MapServer WMSServer         Imagery     b   County Data    Adding WMS Links  Field Data    ee              Select    County Data    so the    Web Layers    dropdown is visible            We  Layers None r          From the    Web Layers    dropdown menu select    WMS     m     County Data Imagery  The    WMS Server Parameters    window will appear   None  Esri World Hydro Overlay    This window allows different links to be saved to the data  tree and utilized within ADMS     Esri Shaded Relief  Esri World Street Map  Esri World Imagery  Esri World Topo  Bing Street Map  Bing Aeri
74.  Run Conversion     Mehlich 2  lt None gt        Mehlich 3   None         After the phosphorous conversion has run it will create a new column of the converted soil test  values  And can be merged with the sample points        Nutrient layers can be built off of these the same as any other          column      10   9    Click    Merge Tables    to merge with the sample points        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    e The soil test results will now merge with the grid sample points file     View Nutrient Maps          GridID  1 1  2 1  3 1  4 1  5 1  6 1  7 1  8 1  1 2  2 2  3 2  4 2  5 2    Grid Sampling   Creating Nutrient Layers    Soil Test Results    Latitude Longitude  45 716419  96 457857    45 716419  96 45658    45 716419  96 45528      45 716419  96 45398    45 716419  96 45269    45 716419  96 45139  45 716419  96 45009    45 716419  96 44879    45 717323  96 45787      45 717323  96 45658  45 717323  96 45528  45 717323  96 45398    45 717323  96 45269 1    45 717323  96 45139    45 717323  96 45009 1  45 717323  96 44879 7    PointID  GKT_IDX pH    1 1 6 3  2 2 5 9  3 3 5 7  4 4 6 3  5 5 6   6 6 5 7  7 7 6 3  8 8 7 2  3 9 5 9  10 10 6   11 11 5 9  12 12 6 5  13 13 5 8  14 14 6 1  15 15 6 5  16 16 6    OM  4  3 5  45  3 6  32  3  37  3  4  45  41  4  42  3 8  37  3 6    P O ppm K ppm    20  21  12  15  24  16  23  40  20  12  9   9   11  11  11  15    234  2
75.  Select    View Nutrient Maps        8  The maps will now be visible with the correct sample points    turned on   Po Theme Colors  ir tees Fe    10  Select the print icon at the top toolbar to batch print all the surfaces turned on     eae ts DA er uimita           9  Change the label color if desired        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 117    Grid Sampling   Printing Grid Nutrient Layers       You should now have all the components you need from your soil test results  Ge   your nutrient maps  your boundaries  and depending on the prescription you Map vir   are going to be using  you may want to have a yield goal map  Refer to that   section in the book on how to create that map  You can now print your maps  be ready  for the prescription writing process     Printing Soil Test Result Maps    Field Data County Data    e Nutrient maps can be printed and overlaid with the          Sei     2013 Grid Sample    corresponding grid points and the soil test results   et sort Sample Points shp  e This has to be done individually for each nutrient map Ei  1  Go to the Grid Sample File     ae  2  Check the nutrient   grd file  ex  OM        Fe  3  Select    Merged Sample Points      i          4  Select the    ABC    change label tool on the bottom toolbar below the map window    Piola    Fiedel 1 Layer  Merged m    Oageh  HART ABLX o      5  Make sure labels are visible    6  
76.  Toolbar     ei         Points  Single Point Drop     1     Se a a    2    Typically we like to draw this data off of either field collected data points or 1 3  meter ortho images  Geo Referenced very well    Zoom into the field as close as possible  normally want to see the whole field    At the bottom of the  Data Tree    Select    Create New Layer From Template      Select  Sample Points    from the list   Check the    Sample Points     MSY SamplePoints SHP  Click on the    Draw a New Object    button on the    Bottom Toolbar      Lat  47 47029098  Lon   96 7986845  138 126 12   Field  SHSSE E Layer samplePoints shp    as HH LARE OBE xX    Left click where the point is to be placed   Repeat the previous 2 steps adding all the points you need   Click    Save    on the    Bottom Toolbar     Ss    in ST Tia p E fa  W       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Drawing Layers  Polygons  Lines   amp  Points     36       GK Drawing Tools   Hand Drawing  Multi Point       Points  Draw Multiple points     There are time you may want to mark many points on a field  In these cases you will NEED to have a       Surface grd    or    Surface bmp    built for the field  In this example    Zones ID grd         nn    Sa    9  You now should have your custom points that look similar to the image below     Select your Grower   Farm   Field  Check on the Surface grd  ex  Zones ID grd   Thi
77.  Wina i  mn    _        Dr Bl  _ Process aan   Dane Sve ianen   Seen Tee   Spee  Sat Tale reden FE ee  or tea D pE st er       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 70    Creating Zones From Imagery       Thematic Raster Settings a  The    Thematic Raster Settings    change how raster surfaces are displayed  This window will now  allow any of the values in the map to be changed  Instead it changes colors and how they are rep   resented        To access these settings click on the    Thematic Color    icon on the bottom toolbar  if  This will open the    Thematic Raster Settings    window     Color Chips    These can be changed or  modified individually to add custom colors  to the map  Each color chip as a min     max  area  and coefficient of variation val  ann Biia  ue  2j Das E Epa mima    MET Bisch k Me ep   The split values can be adjusted by scroll   ing over it with the mouse wheel or manu   ally adjusting the zone split value  This  will only adjust the Max value     Color Tables   Different color tables can be  applied to the map                      Average 1B4 Apen 50 54 Anres  Si Dew  63 Total 10856       Range Types   Allow for automatic statistical grouping of the colors by values on the map     e K Means   Recommended for imagery and zone creation     Clusters the data in a way so each zone has the lowest coefficient of variation possible  This mini   mizes the variation between data groups   e 2 Std Dev   Recommended for imagery and zone creation     Mul
78.  You  must have data in areas were the elevation that has NOT changed over time  In  this example we are using the road and the field entrance             Layer Craw Options  o  1  Turn on    LidarImport grd    and    Ditch Bottom shp    is          Line or Paint Color  2  Make Ditch Bottom shp the Active Layer Fin   Fit Cotes  Line Whitin        Fi Pagon    3  Click on the  Change Draw Style    dh      Change settings like this   some ER    Click    Apply    rr race               Paint Sunng Method  4  Click on the    Change Label Settings    AR  Semen Detaowe Com are f a    Change settings like this Essen   u U   nae          Click    Apply      Decimal Procion          Labai Henght  Font  E    ul    5  Zoom to the area of the data to take elevation readings    6  Scroll your mouse over the SHP point  Take readings RTK 905 7         LIDAR 875 3     Difference 04 00  Lat  47 469827  Lon   96 79395 875 3 Feet    7  Repeat this function several times  5 to 10 suggested    Average all the    Difference    values  This will be the amount you adjust the    Elevation Data     For this example the average was 30 43        Ties juniin s petor an       To Adjust the SHP RTK Data aoe  1  Make Ditch Bottom shp the Active Layer ee  2  Click the    Preform Math operation on a Column       Diss Com i Meaty  on the bottom toolbar   7 ae    Seed Malh Gpenmlor  3  Choose column to amend  amp     Add    or    Subtract     amp  enter    Value       KEARELS  This example    Elevation     amp  S
79.  active layer  adjust the 5        image according to the field boundary  Do this  with the arrows located in  Image Properties        hihat Genuine  Bu   Ln  I el I    x 0 00  Y  000      laude Porson           Zoom To This Layer     Order b  JB Utilities r    click    Update Position    This will save and up   date coordinates of the GeoTiff             If more images will need clipping  right click on    the current TIF file and select unload layer   Repeat the process for any additional images     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 272    Landsat Data Processing   Cutting Images by Shapefile Ra      u  After all the images have had their coordinates updated  the tiff extractor utility may   be used to clip them to a shape file   This example will use a county shape file  Refer   to downloading instructions to get it     1  Open the Map Window     2  From the county data  select a shape file of the entire state containing all the  counties in the state     SD so a  WE SD Counties shp      i  Fin 5D St  te Maps   Misc    pO SD UTM   13    8 29 SD UTM  14       __ Map Window         OS eee ee al  Process   Import Yield Import Topo    Watershed Modeling        Confidence Mapping        Veris Files       Merge Zone Results  Merge Grid Results        Veris Collection  Merge Landsat TIFS  Transfer Spatial Attributes        3  From the top of the screen  select    Process    an
80.  ad fone Creanon laa              Meere   SD   2  Click on the image in the    Load or Se  f IE  lect an Image    area of the ER       Automated Zone    tab    Pertti tii ree  FIEIS    EES    3  Choose    Red NDVI       Green NDVI        NIR     See Notes below           Red NDVI   Green NDVI    NIR pn  ee 8 s  1 NW WV re  oes Reduce Border Eert  4  Click    Extract Image   laumaa ina    cot Bed OQeeHe BermhOOEE            5  Take note of the    Arrow    buttons     e Use these to give the field finite                         placement   6 i Select the   Desired N umber of Zones  Desired Number of Zones 5    you want to have in your map   7  Click the    Finish    button  ee ULE oe U  i als   m 7    8  Repeat 2 8 on all the images you want t     cai m  to    Extract    7  gt    NOTE  On Clicking    Finish       a  The software cut your image to a    5 Senf  Zone    image and created the zones us  ainsa  ing    K Means      ee 2  s  nn  ee ee coe  BB autor Zorn Ceren c        Image Extraction Suggestions     Red NDVI   Best images with moderate to heavy vegetation    Green NDVI   Best on image with light vegetation    NIR   Best on Bare Soil or no vegetation       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 59    Creating Zones From Imagery   Manual Zone Extraction         Wa    BoP ge Sit gh aps       Introduction   Images used for zone creation will have multiple bands of data that
81.  all Surfaces that are turned on       The    Math    is done on line 20 25     Useful for merging multiple years of data  Ex  Yield   Imagery   Topo   Veris     Creates a new Surface named    Avg All Layers grd       Average of All Layers wHoles   Will Normalize all the layers turned on  Add them together  takes a  count of how many surfaces are turned on and return an Average Normalized Layer  using    Null  Value    logic  This means that the areas of maps that have    Holes     missing data  will calculate  their own values       To assign different    UNITS    on line 7  default  Units Ac      Runs Script on all Surfaces that are turned on       The    Math    is done on line 22 30     Useful for merging multiple years of data  Ex  Yield   Imagery   Topo   Veris     Creates a new Surface named    Avg All Layers Holes grd       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 241    Scripting   Using GK Created Scripts       CornPop max min   Will give you a    Corn Seeding Rate    based of a Divisor  amp  Yield Map  You must  have a Yield Map or a Yield Goal map to use this script       Useful for creating Corn Seeding Maps     Creates a new Surface named    MapMath CornSeed grd        Assign Input Surface name on line 16  Add as a Value      Line 19   Minimum Seed Rate     Line 20   Maximum Seed Rate     Line 21   Divisor value  X   Example   Yield Goal  X   1000   Seeding Rate    
82.  an individual field  boundary  skip to the Automated  Zone Creation or the Manual Zone  Extraction section     3  Using the Township and Section  data  use the zoom tools on the top  tool bar to find the desired field     4  Once zoomed to the desired field   boundaries can be created two dif   ferent ways in the office       Draw a Field Boundary    Save Boundary from a CLU          A ha Data ir Map Wind t      7 Be brpa ied Sa Lessa Setup Arc Inner Wiee Heip  O iia SDAA ES pE se 2 p PPE  q teen Seite Query   aial Zoom Bartan  gl Set Left CTE ad Hoi  Teng Cura to farms   bios  Pae nibiti    z  IN Ham  Satelitn iraga    nen   u Sheiiy A SE E Mac    TE    fee      ED    PE Here ur zen  pE Harn HF ne  D Yan hair an  PE ee hir Fre    i Daan   bARABLONK        ni Gen           in   Yield Aussen hai Setup Lich pnpa de Help gg FK    Gem or Ra ER EIERN     I fer Hr a  E Ne uar en  PE on har len    Kat ET a A PET  Faid daper Nia IL    oa auh   ie 8 aOR x                GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    45    Creating Zones From Imagery       Creating Boundaries    Hand Draw a Field Boundary    1  Make sure all the correct Grower  Farm  Field    data is selected and go to the bottom of the       Data Tree    window and click on    Create New  Layer from Template    and select    Boundary         You will see the    Boundary    file you created  under the    Field Data    tab  C
83.  an objects location  This gives the images a position on the face of the earth    Remote Sensing    To gather information about an object without physically being there  Most often this  term is used to acquire information from aerial or satellite imagery which gives information about  the field    CSV    Common separated value  Stores data in plain text form  Can be opened in Microsoft Excel and ina  text file editor  notepad   They are primarily separated by a comma  CSV files are generally used to  import soil test results and yield data    XLS    File extension used to identify the file as a Microsoft Excel file  XLS files are used when importing soil  test results into the program    GIS    Geographic Information System is a system designed to capture  store  manipulate  analyze  manage   and present all types of geographical data    CIR    Refers to and Image that is    Color Inferred     This means that there is an inferred  red  and green band  in the image  However band the orders may differ between them  e g  NRG  amp  NGR     NRG    An image that has an inferred  red  and green band in it  in that order    RGB  Color     Also referred to as a    color    or    true color    image  These images only have a red  green  and  blue band in them  Since it is lacking inferred  NDVI and NIR extractions cannot be done on them     BW    A term often seen on WMS links refers to a black and white image     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 324
84.  and    Left Click    to undo points  and    Right Click    to finish      Save        Click    Save    on the bottom toolbar  m    Turn on Boundary and select     Select Mode Replace     rsh  off of the top toolbar      2  Click inside the Boundary pol     Importing LIDAR ygon making it Lime Green    3  Turn on the    LidarImport grd             1  Turn on    Boundary shp    active layer on the bottom toolbar     2  Click on    Select Mode Replace     i and select    Crop co to  Polygon   Polygon will appear Lime Green  Selected Polygon    fg   3  Go to    Import Topo    and select   4  Click    Save As    on the     LIDAR LAS Import    rest 4s a    bottom toolbar ml  4  Make sure you are checked on   5  Name    LidarTopo grd     igh vegetal ar      Ground Tinan Ale 6  Click on    Crop Null Values    Cr    Water f Lpa Pand TIEREN        Wee J    Convert Meters to Feet can Ka Create    Import only area under Watersheds  selected objects      Bar are Poe EEE m  E kai Reco _2 t 1  Make sure    LidarTopo grd    U put Resolutions   meter FE FE ee  6  Click    Select LAS Source Folder    ra ot ee 2  On the Top Toolbar select  7  Choose the Correct Folder     Be    Process     amp     Watershed  8  Click    OK    7 a Modeling     i 3  In the    Create Watershed  Create Field Boundary ne ee  1  Turn on the    LidarImport grd        J Topo Source    LidarTopo     2  Zoom to the field  Units in    Feet     3  Click on    Create New Layer from Templates    Choose Flow Density 40  usual
85.  as well with    Whole    field RTK data collections     Red Points   LIDAR Control Points  not RTK     This Red Point is at the    Road Intersection       Points set by hand off the LIDAR map    Black Points   RTK collected using    Mobile Base       Note the    Geo Reference       CROSS     should be at    Road Intersection          Collected by driving the center or the  road east   west  amp  north   south    Colored map   LIDAR Topography Map    862 9 569 9 876 9  Lidarlmport iFeet        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 178    LiDAR RTK Merge   Adjusting Geo Reference   Moving RTK       Need to decide which data set is the    control    for setting your    Control Point         In this case we are using the    LIDAR    as the    MASTER        Moving the RTK DATA       Turn on data in this order    1  Black Points   Ditch Bottom shp    RTK Mobile  Base        Note the    Geo Reference        CROSS     should be at    Road Intersection          Collected by driving the center or the  road east   west  amp  north   south    2  Red Points   LIDAR Control Points  not RTK     This Red Point is at the    Road Intersection       Points set by hand off the LIDAR map   3  Colored map   LIDAR Topography Map    562 9 869 9 876 9  Lidarlmport  Feet        4  Zoom into the Road intersection area  Area of geo referencing     5  Use the  Measure   tool to get some close estimates f
86.  can be utilized to create man   agement zones for precision applications  With the tools available in ADMS different types of imag   es can be extracted in different ways  This can be extracting individual bands  or by using several  vegetative indices  These tools use the native resolution of the image  and default color table   Geo referencing an Image   Often images  especially landsat will not be perfectly geo referenced  To update the position of an  image a known reference layer such as a boundary is needed        e Turn on the boundary   e Turn on the image that needs to be aligned  It needs to be  the Active Layer in red at the bottom of the Map Window      Notice the road  light red  is on the wrong side of the field  boundary     The image needs to be the Active Layer     On the bottom toolbar select the    Image    Properties    button  u  S  and Te    x 0 00  Pool  Y 000       Use the arrows to adjust the image  position     From the dropdown menu different  units can be selected  Each click  with be equal to one unit  Addition   ally numbers can be entered manu   ally into the boxes        Once satisfied with the position of  the image click    Update Position           GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 60    oe    Creating Zones From Imagery   Manual Zone Extraction       4 Band Images ies echo   Four band images  Landsat  usually have the Red  Green  Blue  
87.  data must be  UNZIPPED  We suggest cleaning up files so  you have all the xxxx las files in a    LIDAR    Fie pee MDOT bebop  or    County    folder  Lie bi epr Compisieed   nppect  f pjr  See Processing LIDAR          amy EE 2 Bel     ni we ie Glen   piege   LOAF              Brewer Folder       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 282    Downloading LIDAR For North Dakota   Ordering       Requesting Data    LIDAR data can be downloaded for a large part of North Dakota from the ND LiDAR Dis   semination Mapservice     To get started first navigate to their website  http    lidar swc nd gov    For the downloading process it is recommended to use Microsoft Internet Explorer     Once on the website it should look similar to the image below          a  i i ii iinn Tooke    E eee Hawk L   een          ND LIDAR Dissemination Mapservice    oo Na Woe upime   ep iag  Me       Once on the website there are several steps to request LIDAR data to be downloaded    1  Select the LIDAR Data Set to be downloaded  These ec are located in the top right  corner of the website  This example will RE  use Red River 2008 2010  r   2  After selecting the data set a window will    appear with a disclaimer that must be  accepted to download the data  Read the alee harian inn  disclaimer and if you agree click    I ac  3   pare ae i    cept    _  l   kino am   E     Mesa Garman Reach Ahr   ite Fibre 
88.  e r a n d C   j C k aN D   a ce O rd   r    B hin ka USDA NRCS Geospin Data EA Data          Natural Resdurces Conservation Service  F u iA   ee a      fey B  Er Pager Safety Ti      Ieee EU BEIETERTT       RE Bu  NE aaa  See HR Er De  N re E A  Home Status Maps Help FAG ContactUs At     A     Mas 1 57    15  Option 1   Wait a few minutes and click  a en  on the  Check Order    link man REVIEW    3 HOW    5 REVIEW Norman County  Minnesota    16  Option 2   Close the window and wait for en  the Geospatial email  This usually takes Ar    i anything  use this left  a couple hours to 3 days for all the items Site STC  of the order to be processed and bundled Es ae    button below to place    for download  Go to step 21   ace    Estimated tme to   complete your order 5  Format  ESRI Shape  Projection  Geographic NAD amp S3  Delivery  FTP  Inclusion  Standard    Place your order with this  button     0 035 megabytes    17  Check Order will bring you to a window  Last Modified  9 14 2010 11 49 12 AM Home StatusMaps Help FAQ ContactUs A   AA  AA     where you click the    GO    button behind mr      ORDER GENERATED  your email address        18  Clicking on the  Success  Download  Now     button  Link   you will go directly ee    to a FTP d own loa d   in k fro m th e U S DA create a new one  Thank You for using the Geospatial Data Gateway    Please note that you           cannot place duplicate Order   1464803 has been generated  Please note this number  as it will be needed to  m 
89.  fhe tapers ards bettie nur toes Se LIE bia  ee BAG PR ee e e e Desg rn e ra DAT e l    Sanini vaa hie ie SH Fan I ef  a Ae    ae          F 259 67  E  F  F Lat  47 47021153   Lon   365 7971991i  Convert Point SHP to Path      Merge SHP Files with Z Adjust    Merge All Visible SHP s            H  fe    Line EF Fre SHP    SPER SP Serial ae        Coe fees Cot  zur Gore DE I Es Pepe CH a  Te  ges   ATITUDE   TTE   aia F    hea igi ae   ibs ET Fe SHE      Carta   Line Fri EHF    AFEN S24 P einer  E Cgigen Fee CHIT nern Be   Eiger Fam Cobh ia     CAGE   LATITUDE  lt  is  e 710    LOL i  es pa TUDE   u   2 GE ei Lie Hand TE Por SSS     Hirer  HA   Aun DATeTIWE  u   5 ray a  ALi  FOO    WEP    ay       iar    nn rm   se Bir    fe   Gena GE Usa Marna    few Fem ATR Proceamng    rat oF F Ar ru      GPS Mark ota bisp Set La Chci mi Haid  Drag Cura         Tree E  bbe   Fed Shelly SSE RTK     a  ein d     i a  ai   a 5  Ve Cena Cart Dia imapa p    FH Caries Lee  ARE Compre Jep    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 161    My Notes       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 162    Creating Topography  amp  Watersheds       Merge All Visible SHPs    When multiple layers of SIMILAR elevations or    SIMILAR yields need to be combined  use the dt  ee ee     Merge All Visible  shp   s    S 
90.  for  measuring the similarities between different images as well as aiding in blending nutri   ents  The correlation matrix uses the Pearson correlation coefficient and measures the  linear correlation between two variables  The output value will be between  1  amp   1   The closer the value is to  1 the stronger    e Correlation does not imply Causation    Correlation Value Meaning oo      Because two variables are similar or  Less than 0 3 Not Meaningful  have a strong correlation does not  0 30 5 Weak Correlation mean that they are related to each  other   correlation  An example would be a  0 7   1 0 Strong Correlation correlation between yield and soluble  salts  If the salts are at a higher or toxic  the correlation  level in the field the yield would be low   i i l er  Therefore a negative correlation  Using the Correlation Matrix would result   x    1  Clear the Map Window so no layers are turned on     Even if the layers are not vis   ible but still turned on  the correlation matrix will run on all of them  The more lay   ers that are turned on  the longer it will take to calculate                i  IE Images  2  Turn the layers on that the correlation matrix will be EEE Traverse NAIP 2003 ext NDVIR gri    calculated on  AIRE Traverse NAIP 2004_ext_NDVIR grd       SIE Traverse NAIP 2005_ext_NDVIR grd   3  On the bottom toolbar  select    Calculate Correlation ZUR Traverse NAIP 2006_ext_NDVIR gri  Matrix     IGE Traverse NAIP 2008_ext_NDVIR grd   WIR Traverse NAIP 20
91.  for every 2 5 acres is not recommended  if the goal is to develop a resource of nutrient maps  that can be used with confidence over several years     Credit for the above information ts given to UNL  http   cropwatch unl edu web ssm soilsampling    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 122    Grid Sampling   Sampling Methods       Sampling Pattern and Depth    An offset grid pattern is recommended as shown in the figure below  This will provide more in   formation at a lower cost than a regular grid pattern  Individual cores should be collected in a  radius of 8 10 feet of the grid point  to a depth of 8 inches  The grid point should represent the  central position of a composited sample  Collect samples within the 8 10 foot radius randomly   in order to avoid systematic patterns such as starter or preplant bands  Conduct a general fertil   ity analysis on the samples  including soil organic matter  pH  phosphorus  potassium and other  nutrients of interest     Frequency    As already mentioned  a nutrient map derived from a grid sampled field can last a long time  If  variable rate application of fertilizer or lime occurs  this will have the potential to change nutri   ent levels or soil PH over time  Soil phosphorus levels will not change drastically with single var   liable rate applications  We suggest that grid samples be collected every five years for phospho   rus  Li
92.  has been selected click the print button on the top toolbar     The maps will print with the correct ir   jaj  u   A 1 u iow    labels for each nutrient         GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 116    Grid Sampling   Printing Grid Nutrient Layers       If existing nutrient maps exist with a merged sample points file  this same  printing function can be used          2013 Grid Sample       1  Open    Merge Grid Results      2  Under the    Load Data    tab select     Boundary    Merged Sample Points    Nutrient layers that will be printed       3  After these layers are all turned on  go to the    Soil Test Results    tab     Soil Test Results      4  The merged sample points will automatically be visible at the top of the window under     Grid Sample Points     The nutrient columns should be visible                 pa                 fndID Latitude Longitude Pointl D pH OM P O ppm K ppm Zn ppm Salti GKT_IDA    d 1 1 45 7161922  9645 87048 1 6  30000019 4 20 3899999  2   45 71641922  96 45658112 2 5 000001 35 21     i A5 716922  964552012 3 569999981 45 12  A 1 AR TIRAIGI   GRARYORTI  A BANAT 759990990 1A    5  Proceed to Step 4     Click    Use Without ST Results        Step 4    6  Under Soil Test layers  the nutrient maps that were turned on will ly  OM  automatically have a check mark in front of them           _   _      __    View Mutnent Maps  W  Zn ppm       7 
93.  highlight     Lime Green    in the map window    4  Click on the    Drawing Tools    tab on the Right side        5  Click    Add Selected Polygons    in the    Exterior Polygons    area   If a    incorrect objects selected  click    Clear Polygon Collections         6  Click on the row tabs in the    Database    that contain interior poly   gons  this will highlight the whole row and the object will highlight     Lime Green    in the map window     7  Click the    Add Selected Polygons    in the    Interior Polygons    ar   ea    8  If you select the incorrect object  click    Clear Polygon Collec   tions     E   9  Once the    Multi Polygon Builder    windows are populated correct  F  ly  Go to the    Destination Layer    drop down and Select the SHP loca   tion you want to save the    Merged Boundary     poly polygon   Note   you may want to save the new object to a    NEW LAYER          CED Cee  s       H   Prom  ha fal  MA Fragt Buide  Erem Folyo  erp  F  Mate pes  Fee   i  thet Pek gee   gt  fF  rior wire  bland   hl  ikama  db    10  With the correct Layer  click    Merge Interior and Exterior Polygons to E    Poly Polygon    in    Exterior Polygons     area    11 Notice the    Database    has gone to just  ONE object in the table      eins Ome ome ee ee    E be bet vied Fence              nl u oe      12 IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT  THESE OBJECTS ARE DRAWN  amp   LISTED CORRECTLY     13 1If all is correct  click    Save    under the     Draw Polygons    area     deal  
94.  hl i          Layer Info oo  d    x  Unload Layer  i 44 mbine 2 s    Er    Zoom to This Layer     Order    Es  Appearance  GE Create Grid      PI Eu Save As    XX Send To Recycle Bin            1  Start by going to    Layer Info      amp     Clear Map       This is to verify that only the  desired layers are selected since  multiple layers can be merged at  one time with this tool      Drawings In Map       et  ee        a    Convert Point SHP to Path  Merge SHP Files with Z Adjust      Merge All Visible SHP s       y              2  Next  turn on all layers to be merged   word of warning  do not turn on any back   ground    drawings    such as roads  sections and  etc  They are shapefiles and will cause an error  on the file merge         ES ATE               3     Right click    on any of the files to be merged  and select    Utilities        gt     Merge All Visi   ble shp   s           i i enpu    i biai Deak T    a bly Piikit FE        4  This will bring up a    Save As    window  Make  sure to create a new  amp  identifying name for this  object such as    Merged              File ner kirpa          fare oe eer RP pi  ap          5  There will now be a new file in the Data Tree  named    Merged          lade foided           Continue     creating the topo map        er sehn  gt  i A m  Faj F en       bs    Br cc me lara het    New Che GE User Mangal    es Fem ATK A CH  a    Feki Sr SEI       ur Carter Oaia lauern       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halst
95.  immediately  If samples are stored  in a warm area for extended periods of time  the nitrate level in the sam   ple will increase  Warm temperatures during shipping or storage increase  the activity of microbes in the soil sample  This microbial activity CAUSES 40 10 mil oses in sach grin  the release of additional nitrate N in the soil sample bag  If this happens    the laboratory analysis for nitrogen will be incorrectly high  due to improper sample handling     Soil samples that will be analyzed for all other nutrients are not affected by temperature and do  not need special handling     Credit for the above information is given to Agvise Laboratories  http   www agviselabs com soil2 php    Grid Sampling    A well done nutrient map derived from a grid sample can be a valuable resource for many years   Consequently  the density should be adequate to provide confidence in the accuracy of the maps  developed from the data  We suggest analyzing one sample per acre  which is composited from  five cores collected in a tight radius about the sample point  Figure 3   This density will result in  a map that will be good for many years    10 to 20 years for soil organic matter and cation ex   change capacity  five to ten years for pH  and four to five years for phosphorus  potassium and  zinc  On fields in which variability is expected to be low  a sampling density of two to two and   one half acres per sample may be acceptable  Grid sampling at densities coarser than one sam   ple
96.  in GK desktop software    XML    Extensible Markup Language   A markup language that defines a set of rules  These can be both hu   man and machine readable  Textual data format  and is widely used to represent data structures    SID    Compressed image that is created using the multi resolution seamless image database  This is com   monly used to partition large geo referenced raster images  A common SID image is ortho imagery    JP2    Compressed images with the metadata with XML embedded data  Geo referenced images can be  opened and displayed correctly on the earth   s surface    JPEG    Joint Photographic Experts Group   Common image compression method  Compression can be ad   justed to select between size and quality of the image  Some of the original image quality is usually  lost in the compression and cannot be restored  JPEG images can also support millions of different  colors    BMP   Bitmap Image File   Raster image files that can be edited  saved  geo referenced  and used within the  software  Often times they work well because they are compatible with other software packages and  contain a higher resolution than a JPEG    TIFF    Tag Image File Format    A common format for exchanging raster graphics images between applica   tion programs  including those used for scanner images  TIFF files can be composed of multiple of  single bands and be georeferenced  There are many different types of TIFF file formats and not all or    supported within the software  Ofte
97.  is required to be turned on and selected from the drop down list   Assign each map to its appropriate product   Output resolution   normally set to 8 meters  Note this is raster based prescription map   Select Publisher   ATS Task Controller Publisher   Browse   Save the file back into the    Field    folder location     Cell Size   8 meters  Value same as previous screen    Cell Merge Mode   Average   Choose the appropriate device    Note  Multiple maps for the same field MUST be exported at the same time      Cell Rate Method   Value at Cell Centroid    Task Controller Version   Final Draft   Version 1    Merge   No on first export  Yes if you want to send more fields to same card    ISO Compliant   No    a Fipo Raters 15 PODM Tle    Famke aa  ee    OAT Gyra Crim    fe Fg laser   CesT dahl  llamiy  nr      4 Jampan Pinkas i Lech Leer To De Eee    ied Lea    46 2 Eianama fernpians  ek 506     Call Siza i  Trt Foti  j Cei Eris Mami Waua m Call Centred  Daak Fitr     Velo  Saki HA i   Task Controller Vor  Foie Dead   Veron    ip LPA L Alas Fi    D   Cosgplam M  rire mii ber re  lH gah m ia    es ioe        cea a Dif  um fi         Em Ar          U U      GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 139    Export Prescription Maps   FODM Device       Topcon X30   Massey Ferguson C 3000     Extension Created  Multi File system  creates    TaskData    folder Unique for each field  conta
98.  is returned to be viewed in the Map Window     There are two main types of WMS layers that are handled in ADMS     1  Built in ADMS WMS links  e These links will be standard within the software  The user has no ability to change  add  or  remove them  Examples would be Google  amp  Bing Maps and cover a bigger geography in   cluding the United States and Canada     2  Local Specialty WMS links  e WMS links that the software user can change  or may have special access to  These may  be limited to a specific state or region  The links will be stored in the county data folder  and visible in the data tree     Using ADMS Web Layers    1  Turn ona layer to be used as reference layer  This will bring ADMS to the field level instead of  loading the entire country   e g   boundary or surface of the field     Field       Shelly 8SE  lt                  Field Data County Data Imagery     Wi    2  Select the    County Data    tab  Field Data County Data Imagery       Web Layers None       wn    SHE MN Counties E ae er Hydro Overlay  3  From the    Web Layers    drop down menu H E MN Grant Esri Shaded Relief    there will be a list of available layers to select    4 7159 MN Noman manera ee    is H NDCass Esri World Topo   gt  ND Tril Bing Street Map       4  Select on the layer to be used as the back            ground image  After the desired layer is se  Oa s Bing Aerial Map  lected from the list it will load on the back of oo ae  all layers that are currently loaded in ADMS  Google Sa
99.  layers you need to draw in your tile lines  amp  zoom to the desired area    2  Click on the    Create Layer for Templates    button    3  Choose the correct tile size    4  Check the tile size in the field data  Eo o  A X   5  Click on the    Draw Layer     i O    eh el  6  Draw in a tile line    a z  7  Repeat 5  amp  6 until done with this tile size  amp     save     A    8  Go to step 2 for the next tile size  ET    Return to    Map Window      Turn on pipe sizes   mu wpne pes  lt a    Click on the    Database    tab EEE ae    Click on column header    GKT Length    FT  Bottom of the window     Total    Feet of Pipe      Mu Fun   Dramaga Planung      me Fa   Grant Meirose 31    i    A  a  pa     gt    E   gt     ry Sm f      a  i  i          OQeeinhie ibhGR ei Ox  x  280 853  at 25 er Lan a TR        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 197    ADMS   AGPS Export       Introduction  These instructions will walk you through sending complete plans out to AGPS con     troller  These files will allow you to utilize Control Points  Background Images  Steering  amp           PTL     The information below requires that you have collected   created the following     T av           e Control Points or Points file that contains    oo i  DL    Control Points     e Tile plan  4    8    10     amp  so on  created that is    De  ee    projected to match Control Points                  
100.  load a new script  select the folder icon       a hiap Math  O Si ka dl Recent Soaps    Puc Shared Lavs Name Aa Sining  Man Maih Quant  Pubis Stared LayerUnts As Stange ba acre     Pubic Shared DeainalPrecson As ege    Pubic Shane Funcion MasnF uncioni  As Singie    oat   rer    Seti ir       eke   Fal ea ae Sie  ae  eee    Compal Meer Cow Coble for eect      Fimis    Linie See ne Diesen    Cage lie a ee        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 119    Grid Sampling   Using Scripts To Write Prescriptions       6  Now is the point where you change values  select your input maps  give additional nutrient  credits  and select the product output map  Each script may be slightly or completely differ   ent  For this  the Corn NPKSZ AgviseBroadcast script will be used     7  Scroll down in the Map Math window until you get to the spot where you assign surface  names     8  Make sure the a names in red are the same as the nutrient layers in your data tree     9  If you do not have one of the test results  you can use the apostrophe in front of the name  to comment it out  You can see this in Green  ex     NST Rasters    Soil N 6 inch     Value     10 Make sure these are not required for the product calculations        34    an para a   Assign Soil Test Results    Surface    Names below  gt  This is why we use  F rd        a 37    NST   Rasteraf Soil N 6 inch      Value the common 
101.  mathematical functions on the active  layer     Correlation Matrix   Runs Correlation analysis on all loaded surfaces     Crop Null Values   After cropping some raster s you may have    Blank Pixels     left in the Surface  Crop Null Values will remove these    Blank Pixels    and       Save    the object     o Bat Ss       Web Layers Toolbar  zu   T     Save Save As   When working with web layers both buttons do the same thing   They allow the layer to be saved back to    Field Data         el Ue  Bal Bal    Extract Layer   This button gives two options     Extract Image 1  Extract the RGB image and save it back to    Field Data        Se 2  Extract the RBG image as TIF file and extract the VIS  VI as a GRD surface  Both of these layers will be saved    back to    Field Data                 Choose Cell Size   This option appears after the above save options are  used  Different resolutions can be chosen for the final image extracted sur     face        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 27    Bottom Layer Toolbar    Multi Band Image Buttons  TIF  amp  BMP     passiko    Seubh00E EF    Multi Band Image  SID  amp  JP2     Bez   cade    O Y om bio    Image Properties   Allows the geo referencing of an image to be adjusted     x    Multi Band Layer Display   Select which bands of light and what order they  are displayed     Equalize Image Display   Lighten or equalize the ban
102.  rings pel et  ee ee TEE He A    4  Once the PDF opens     SAVE    this back to your C  GKData Imagery LIDAR County Name folder   This will require you to Create some new folders  Douglas in this example      D  fi  I 73 Isp  Hs  i j pg             pagai cores AU i e TAE SENPA MEERA  ie me a ki is  ETECO          5  Browse   navigate this map to find your    rough field location      6  Take note of the    Tile Numbers    that it will take to cover the area you want to download   Suggest writing these      s down on a piece of paper       For our example here    Tile     s 2726 32 12  amp  2726 32 13   7  Go back to your    FTP    File Explorer Window  amp  Open the    laz    folder  directory    8  Choose  highlight  the Tile   you want to download  amp     Right Click     amp     Copy To Folder       Note  Save these back to your C  GKData Imagery LiDAR County Name folder  Douglas     Download all the    tile     s    you need for your project before going to the next step     li git Te  ra fhe mi lig    drili hiar H h LAF Pe biel  6  _ fe Pe dt  Dias   g ET  rhe 14 ay   F TT j l  T L  Copy fo Feige Bi   u    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 289    Downloading LIDAR   MN DNR   FTP  Site       9  Choose  highlight  the    laszip exe     amp     unziplas bat    files  amp  Right Click     amp     Copy To Folder       Note  Save these back to your C  GKData Imagery LiDAR C
103.  that you want to use with the  given Nutrient     Soil Test Column Product Name    iv   82 00       000 305                2nS04      Check the boxes    Use In Group    for all    the products you want and fill in the   Dropdowns for that Nutrient    Select what order you want these prod   ucts built  Ex   1  11 52 0   2  0 0 60    3  46 0 0  This will account for the Ni   trogen coming from the 11 52 0 and  subtract it from the 46 0 0          Save As New Blend Group          GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 88    Nutrient Layers       Enforcing Min and Max Rates    There are times when product application maps may need an minimum or maximum rate en   forced  This is easily accomplished through the    Merge Zone Results    window when the application  maps are created  To utilize this tool there the values have to be assigned in the fertilizer product    database             F  2      Karim Tae Amem heip    Setting Up Min  amp  Max Fertakmen  F  CH ple      1  Go to Setup  gt  Fertilizers   2  This opens the database where fertilizer products can Ir mann  be added  removed  or edited  ey Leuk   3  On the left select the fertilizer product       After the product is selected  enter the Minimum and   ef MAT TEL  nei ENE Maximum App Rate on the  H N Cone bottom of the window    ig   These values will be en    en   forced when the product   maps are created    When the desi
104.  up these edges  Knowledge of the  field is the factor that will tell you if you  need to use this tool or not    2  This field has some obvious    Border Effects     so  select the    Reduce Border Effect     button  Take note this will not work if the  Boundary is not selected    3  Once you click on the    Reduce Border  Effect    button  the software will reach in x   meters perpendicular to the Border and pull  that value out to the border    4  Once the new colored image shows up   move your mouse over the image  You will  notice there is a number at the bottom cen   ter of the screen  labeled  1  that is chang   ing aS you move the mouse  That value is  the pixel value of that location on the map   note the    Color Bar    on the right side of  the screen   The higher the value of the  pixel  the greater the vegetation    5  You will notice the box around the area  labeled  2  That little bit of red on the edge  is most likely bleeding of non crop influence  from the original satellite image  The pixel  values in this area are 43 to 50 in this red  area    6  Looking at the area labeled  3  Moving  your cursor around over this area  we find  out the lowest values in the reddish area is  56  These are all    Actual    or true field val   ues    7  Once you have inspected the image  you  must decide if there is anything that needs  to be cleaned up or    Trimmed     On this  image  it is fairly clear that this value does  not represent what is happening in the field   So
105.  useful for certain types of da   ta processing and allow for easier access to some of the toolbars  Once pinned open the map win   dow and toolbars will automatically resize     et K    Unpinned Pinned    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 19    Window Dock Settings       These panels can also be docked inside each other or moved to a different location  This gives the  software users may options to fit their preferences     To dock or move a panel first open and pin everything you want open permanently  Next click on  the panel you wish to move  For this example the statistics window will be used and get docked  under the Layer Info Panel  This allows the user to see all the layers that are loaded and allow for          easy visibility to layer statistics    e Click on Layer Info to open it followed by the thumbtack to dock it open  i     e Click on the Statistics to open the window over top of the Layer Info                    _   e Left click on the window header to make a four way crosshair cursor appear      e Hold and drag the window out of the side to where you want it  In this example will want to    dock it under the Layer Info so drag it to the bottom of layer info  Once there it will show a  preview of it snapping in place   e Once you see it snapping in place let go of the cursor  It will then be docked in place                        Sutera  Im Map  images In 
106.  using the arrows until  can be done by using your key  you are satisfied with the Im  board  or using the number pad alignment of the grid   that appears when you click on the       The grid can also be rotated  To do this   you can use the up  amp  down arrows on the  Common Grid Sizes    Rotate Grid    box or you can enter a value    s with your keyboard     442 7 X 442 7    i 5    2 3                 466  7 X 466 7    Increment   Allows for  Rotate Grid Increment     smaller movements of the  0 000   1   grid rotation as 1  0 1  or  0 01                GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 100    Grid Sampling   Setting Up A Grid       Bound the Grid to this Layer Saving Your Grid  Zum BE E e When the grid is in the ideal position  X Grid Size Y Grid Size  330 0 3330 0   e Click    Save Layers     Grid Area 0 0 Acres    Rotate Grid Increment Align Grid    0 000   1   l    E Save the Points  amp  Grids  Show Gid 1  Check    Save Points     amp     Save Grid       Save Points 2  Once they are checked on  click    Save  Save Grid    Layers           a Fe i   3  Choose the location of where  e9  b   GkData    User Manual   Client   Erampie   Fort 1    poa      operes New ode   you want to save the layers and  ee g r   a i their names    u Dowload     EE Desitin    E 2013 Grd Sampie Good    5 mages    By aiit miii as base ine  It will be defaulted to your    Field    Bouman sip
107.  wa zu a mia  ae ee  ee  ee COMIN CHANG COMAN      M 132263 251 ana   100 9 m 2924  2 22 mass 281 403 1004 J4L45267 1827  3 ai PERPE E  51     05 a4 162711600 2  a ad 1122 53    dal 405   04  an JAIE  5 120 1322649 re  4 FECE  ey A03    The newly created  shp file has 4 new columns in it  A column for RecordCount   Min   Avg   Max  of the 2014 Corn Yield for each Sample Grid     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 224    Summarize Another Layer       Summarize   Grids  Second Product     Summary of our First product     2014 Corn Yield shp    is done  now doing 11 52 0 grd  Turn on your Grid Yield  Polygons  and your 11 52 0 grd for the second run        Right Click    on the    Grid Yield shp       Utilities    Summarize Another Layer    Fie Docs moon   hot Tope Ewon Sep Toole Window Hal  aver E s  OF P oe a DNP NT PAC sn 0 pr pe Rd    RER    Select By Polygon Set  Lett Click Points to form a polygon  Ragiht Click to finah xorg     eR a r td ee ee ee i   i itt ur zi Ter u zz i Drawings In Map    Kalkan    r 1 gr    Images In Map    aa FSA       Curreni Layer  Unnioad Layer  Zoom te This Layer    Conver  Andi SHP io Path i   en      Merge SHP Files with 7 Adjust     7 ne nF Send To Recycle Bin Marge AH Vile HP s   m 2 0 60 ore    Adjust Geo Rirterence  nd apart Post Fie to Local Projection    ie a   ONset Points By Heading  ME nao    9 BuNer Selected hems   24 0858 BT Ti ae 
108.  want to add  to Existing data          Connect GPS GPS   Mark   Quick   Grid   Guide      Settings         1  Go to the  GPS Mark    ee    GPS Mark   une    2  Click    Connect GPS           3  For Topography collection  check    Start Logging            Heading  NOTE  if    Logging    is    ON    you WILL NOT be able to tu Diff Age  GK Switch Box Joystick Interface  Aaa ee Gl a  Log Attribute 1 Log Attribute 2  K23754   10 34 0 Starter         on or off Layers or Data                    Marking Data GPS Not Connected  1  Go to the    Mark    tab  Mark   Quick   Grid   Guide  2  For New Shape File    Create Layer From Template      4 i  3  For    Existing SHP    files  Click    Save To Layer    Client   Field  4 CI ick ii Sta rt y GK User Manual Satellite Images SH8SE E    i Layer  Boundary 3 SHP  5     Pause    will allow you to drive around un drivable are  er       save To Layer   3    as      Continue    button will appear     6  Click on    Stop    once you have reached your finish 1 Start 3 Stop    p O n t i Offset Marking Position to the   7  The object will automatically    Save        Let   Cemer    Right  8  Repeat steps 1 6 drawing in all the Interior  amp  Exterior Feet  30    Boundaries for this field   9  To view acres  make sure the object is the    Active Layer         Double Click    on the object   or click on the    Database    tab for acres   10  For fields with no interior boundaries  you are finished   11  For Interior Boundaries  go back two pages    E
109.  we are going to    Trim    the image  On  the bottom tool bar click on the    Trim End  Values    Ka button  labeled  4             66       Aa Wire    V ipe Ag uuu mappag onnen  gt  pup WingoR ij Ta nn e   lt S be Doom brpetYetd emp Tmpe eet Zt Jook Window tip Br 7      me amanda nn he        or BE Sy DI ne see POR RS oe  Leyen S os          Nase     nwt Mi Imeume        FEE  wuu  ax m    ELTETT tt          W ipe Ag ue mapparg onnen   pep Wo i  E 73   J De Dros bepetYett homl beet fee Teoh Windew tiis        eet SOE SS DPI pe me SPOR                     Nea Deas  amp     O En             w ipe Ag Ue mapper onnen    neh yim sa E a A    oe De Doom beet ett ewer Inpe S        M y Hee annan  ima                    7    rs Fite Deta aunty pata gery Surfaces in Map    awe ut T  4 L      UOA  RRV Tetit  25 TIF  n finat AL  tD AZ  TF     i              5  5 a  Rae        Tritt    gt  ote rt et te D  a8    FNR                  Lt GANOLI Lon  EEE TE WEIS Ret NDA  La  grt    it Whey SSE Layer 2007 JUL2  MOVE       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 67    8     10 Looking at the image that has been created     11     12     13 Make sure that in the    File name     box you    14     iter    Creating Zones From Imagery       Coloring and Prepping   Surfaces    Tr       Speer a heiir a e  priere fee pka    i  m    T Feu Cen med cafe ee Ta Poe  The    Apply Threshold    window will open
110.  za Geet bar irira eee  Peet oon pec  fer u melecher ome cm the eee  bee cl  Take note  you can only download 50 tiles in one er Arte I SE fein    download     6  Once you have defined your area for down   load  a  Data Download    window will open     7  ADMS can use either the    Bare Earth LA Sete Domi  Files    or the    Raw LAS Files     we recommend         Bare Earth files    Tiea Seen 70    Take note  the Raw LAS file has more data like  building  high med low vegetation  noise and ground  hits  Vs Bare earth just having ground hits only     Finally enter a valid email address  The site will  bundle all the tiles into one download link and  send you an email to download    Note  This can take 1 min up to 1 day for email  response    Ti ot    oe LA fipa Begori Avante for Denice M I  S hleveage  Pla Tadi er i J Porte  titm       a za         E Tulime if    E l i  LALER Hits Aegis Mierna Lire    For mon information about th   LOAA data  peu we ea E a Ne a      Bare Earth LAS De  71S MBE  hipaa A LEN date BE LAS p TN         vou date requect wel be amaban for dowsinad for S daya Click    Save    when the download window    opens     In saving the files  we suggest you save the files back to your C  GKData Imagery LIDAR folder  It  is recommended to Save all your files back to a    LIDAR    folder to keep things clear  If you are  working with more than a couple counties of data  you may want to create    County    folders within  the LIDAR folder     Once saved there  the
111. 0 3  Ow       Note  The    Save    is a Save As  process so you will have the  option to    Re Name       Dil Seamer   Geter By Chee ie    34             GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com      a x    u    SLOE OE a DISIE pE se o p Ae    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 35    Drawing Layers  Polygons  Lines   amp  Points        GK Drawing Tools   Hand Drawing  Lines  amp  Points          Lines  1  Typically  we like to draw this data off of either field collected data points or 1 3  meter ortho images  Geo Referenced very well    2  Zoom into the field as close as possible  all parts of the field must be visible   ar the  3  At the bottom of the    Data Tree    Select    Create New Layer From Template        ay  ik     4  Select    Tile Line    from the list   5  Check the    Tile Line      JF Tile Line shp  6  Click on the    Draw a New Object    button on the    Bottom Toolbar     Lat dP iiil oer eB  Be a  feid See Lapeer Te Lore site  OSe eiill   bee i Rix w   7  Inthe Map Window area  follow the instructions at the top   Drawing Tool Selected  Left Click each Point  to Define the New Object  Right Click  to Finish  Note  if you make a mistake while drawing   Hold Down the    Alt   Key    and    Left  Click    to undo last point   8  For the Polygon  amp  Line tool     Right Click    to finish the object   9  Repeat the previous 3 steps adding all the lines you need     10 Click    Save    on the    Bottom
112. 04 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 166    Creating Topography  amp  Watersheds       Creating the Topography Map  Select the Boundary    Check the box next to the field boundary  to turn it on  Then using the selection  tools on the main menu  select the  boundary to be used to crop the image     es  TSAO a De pe eee o pe      1   Check the    Boundary    button in the  data tree  JE   i   mec User Mana    a all lei RTK Prope  flew   Pett Shei BSE ATK  ow i    2     Make sure the    Active Layer    addres  line say    Boundary shp        3   Make sure the    Select Mode Bann  Replace    5 button is selected or CEEI          Feit Shoby ISEGTE Lagen Bounta ayi    turned on     al ug OG a a fil bal    b4828 2  OBtx       4   Place the mouse cursor inside the ll  field boundary and  left click        5   Take note of the lime green cross  hatching  indicates that the boundary has    Field Boundary Selected  been selected      rt Fma hpan Setup Teh poet Mmd Hip     s   Note  The crosshatching will disappear E TUAAS OE d BPP IE NE s o a  on the next redraw or movement of the     H  images on the screen leaving a lime oe r iaa  green boundary showing it is selected  ee  GK Tech does not recommend using lime  green for a color setting for any other    layers for this reason     few Fie Shey SSE ATK     R old    zi  FE Mares aL TLE pd Lat oT aT Lan  eh PH  Feit She ly  AES TK Lage  Boundary eg    Stu az r
113. 09_ext_NDVIR grd    WBE Traverse NAIP 2010_ext_NDVIR grd      m    4  The utility will run and display a      window with a table in it showing  AO m hv A i N PAE ag NUMAR ma OAR AN ea NO DER u  OVF Een   the CO rrelation values     Teraa ATF AED ei REICH I BE 718 22 a Ta E7 cE    Transen  ills EF Toren fi F i    Trier AF A ed A 0 310 130  670 EE oo Os    mrene Zen ja oc am     If desired  this table can be     reaa HAI He ER 1 13 LEE CH m ar DEE    nn ie an     i     ir     em   saved as a   CSV file by clicking  ane      gt  arm nis nu 1   Save in the top left corner     Foren p ma han      a peop conden  rei meanmna a cooler beth SI aj Soe ee cote    ee a omenon beeen 4 on  OSH CT    OT a RT  eet re Tay Ch 2   ie treme conard bo bet mh iong corrects    1 CORRELATI Di aT MPL  AL Te feces prn wis we Cees  ewer d eer art alates gan  do reel meen Pal   cise cess dag rm the a Correia Rio I i  Get a in ng More ees Vp at ee  E m        a zum       4 Ne ae Pe e ee Oe a ROE 1 OU Be ee lo ba in H Wien Pune    COHEN oF pied of eben ae ie  ie ee To  pi a Bir l be A Sede  pa ia eee Ge ile    reed a i ope are Huhh J z    ACi ka ha kere Se e aia Are ari E       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 64       Correlation Matrix   Explained   Q amp        This example was done on 3 years of corn yield and an image from each year   e The yield maps are 2008  2009  and 2010   e The image ma
114. 2     if   Siemmarine Another Layer Ree ORR X eng       This will open    Summarize Layer    Window This tool will add database fields to the Source Layer for Count  Min  Mean  and Max     Then from the Layer of Data to Summarize  it will go through each area calculating Count              Choose  Use Raster    Min Mean  and Max of the data   Under    Raster Layer of Data to Summa  en        rize    choose    11 52 0 grd    for this exam  ear ace  p le Drawing Layer of Data to Summarize  Database Column to Summarize  Click Run  Raster Layer of Data to Summarize  Make sure the Grid Yield shp is the active  layer    Click    Save As       Re Name to something different  Ex Grid Yield 11 52 0 shp  NOTE the  dbf file can be opened into Ex                          cel  l 2014 2014 2014 2014  PointID a GKT_IDX GKT_Length GKT_Area eos eae a Du 11 52 OCNT 11 52 0MIN 11 52 0AVG 11 52 0MAX   gt  21    1322 69 2 51 402 100 9   152 25946  222 4 1063 124 1438 167 7749  236 5499  2 22 1322 68 2 51 402 100 4 141 945267  182 7 1128 71 7697754 117 812057 169 502457  3 23   1322 69 2 51 405 100 8  162 71 1609   225 8 1094 40   63 5545654  158 121368       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 225    Getting Started With Map Math       This section begins a topic that seems to strike fear in the hearts of nearly every ADMS  user  While it does expose you to new concepts  the use of scripting to 
115. 4   www gktechinc com    
116. 4   you will need to re project this data to display it with NAIP data  or other raster data     Close    Map Window    and set yourself to the correct UTM  In this example that is Zone  14     Turn on the Raster to Re project  and right click  Utilities     gt  Re Project to This UTM Zone      SS a7 7 8 SS The dialog box below will appear  The    data is currently in Zone 15  so enter  15 in the box and click    Apply        gS ReProject Raster    Enter The Zone that the data ts curently projected  The current project is in Zone 14    EE Touran  15   o Linear Loe        amp  Room To The  WD Norman Maur ahnen ae  tl ee i    Topo Merged af 2 Laien pl daste  u TIEI WainrshaL ava ep    Cipp A aH Trees Lag Valie  EM appini  j       were hi  Es    lend fe Aecyehe Bin       insem taij dau  t   Titia Layer Mat  of etica Tha UTM Zune    Bess Fe Beco penga ieee ee eet Sep deen toe Re    reale Conor Folypor me heart i  a   Pa   Tr er be pe re pe u  p HH p gt  fad x           F       nn ee   Een  mim   i       The resulting image will now be  rotated and scaled to fit in Zone 14     Then make sure the re project  Surface is the active layer  and     Save    the layer        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 177    LiDAR RTK Merge   Collecting RTK Data to use with LIDAR          ih  We are going to use an example where LIDAR topography is 5 years old and the field     has had some sur
117. 42  Quick Notes for GPS  IN FIELEN ee een ne 243  IN Field QUICK Mark POINTS ve ara ee 244  In Field Lines  amp  Boundaries       sssesuennnnonunnnnnunnnnnnn nenn nn nun nn nenn nn nun san nenn nun nenn nenn nnnn nen 245  Setup INSELUCLION Se ne een en 246  GK VR Control Quick Start Een ee een een 247 248  RENT ADI SAS AGMINSUAlO  orisirisi sred erre EEEE Eee ee ehe 249  Veris Logging  Hardware Se engen 250  CADDIES Tr sigusnes aut eedesmitentaeoeesnidusancnecsarautonies seteiiaunesedenaeaesieediencaseeeetens 251  SO Ware S ED een ee een 252 253     ROR Wel ee ee men  254  Downloading USDA Geospatial Data    nn an na nr Rene 255 259  Setting Up Web Based Background Layers  WMS     z22uuusunneeonnnnnnnnn nun nun nnnnnnnnen nun nn 260 262  Downloading and Processing USGS Imagery  GLOVIS   DOWMIOGGIAG Image Ve ea ee een 263 268  Landsat Data PILOTEN Ge ee ern 269  Landsat Data Processing   Merging ImagesS       zereeeennonnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 2 0  Landsat Data Processing   Cutting Images by Shape File             ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 2 1 273  Landsat Data Processing   Cutting to Trade Territory         cccccceccccctseeeeensenneeenneees 2 4 275  Using Satshot Website for Downloading TIMAGESy   ccccccccrecccccrnnececnnrseeeeeuruseessnnnnneesnees 276 279    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual       Contents  Downloading LIDAR Data  International Water 
118. 5    rauen 27 457172273 DE Daru 16 i5  ple results file has the Te a iu y    CANIT   in Tesi frais A    EXACT same numbering Sec Mo Fel Na ren FEN Tas Sampi D County  system as the points  reg BET Exemple Field  1 WH  Erf 564002 Example Fad  2 hing    DR E4900 Example Fia 4 p  You can temporarily rall BSN Example Feks 4 T  change or delete any val  M   ib ENH Example Field 5 WN  ue or row in the soil test sini SS ee cee  i3 um    results they will not be  changed on the original  file     A column with any null  values cannot be merged  or mapped     Loading Equations Directl    From MS Excel       e You can bring equations directly in from Excel if from    recommendations already on the spreadsheets    e Instead of selecting  the nutrient  select  the column name    If a value in the sample    results is null it can be FI N3 Ib  changed to 0 to merge ee which contain the  correctly  ra equation to create the  nn map for  ex  11 52 0   7  Choose which nutrients pe e The software will read  you want to build maps for      the value in the    column and not the  whole equation    You can select multiple items       at once   8  When all the desired    nutrients are selected  click    Merge Tables       Merge Tables       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 110    Grid Sampling   Creating Nutrient Layers Phosphorous Conversion       Using CSV   XLS Soil Test Results   Phosphoro
119. 5 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 262    Using Web Based Background Layers   WMS Layers       On the left side of the window the different layers that are El  MnGeo WMS service  aerial photography   available on this server will populate  Depending on the server    Regional  they may range from one to many  a       Statewide  In this MN example there are different categories that break Keen  the images up into categories  Regional  Statewide  and Twin   Aland  Cities metro    2003 color FSA      2006 color 40 county   Common acronyms that are used with these layers are     2006 color FSA  partial   CIR  Color Inferred   this layer contains a NIR  RED   amp  GREEN    band    2008 color FSA  Hillshade  This is a elevation derived shaded relief map  2008 color FSA  Color  RGB   These will have layers with the RED  GREEN   amp    on  BLUE bands  Em    013 color FSA    BW  Black  amp  White layers        A description of the layer may be available in the Abstract like  this 2008 layer     CRS  Coordinate Reference System  is  Layer Details how the image is projected  By default the  Title  2008 color FSA Abstract  WMS layer will be projected in the UTM  3       zone that is active  If the layer is not visi   Name  fsa  008 This data set contains 4       u ble and should be it could be in an uncom   Queryable  No Opaque  Yes infrared  imagery from the mon projection system and a different  National Agricultural Imagery  Vee eee ay Program
120. 6  Click    Save       Moving BMP Files to Other Devices    oe a a    In most cases  you will be moving files with removable storage drives    In ADMS  click    Explore this Folder    icon  QJ   You are now looking inside the    Field Folder    in Windows File Explorer    Using our example  highlight both sec32sw bmp and sec32sw bpw       Copy    these two items  select    Edit         Copy    from the toolbar        Paste    them onto the removable storage and take them to your other devices  AGPS   APEX   SMS   Now ready to take the removable storage to other PC or device     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 184    Quick Notes For Drainage Planning   Drainage Window       Viewing Data   Drainage Window  1  When ADMS starts  Click on    Drainage Window       2  Check your    LidarImport grd     you can un check this layer now   3  Turn on your desired layers to do ditch planning   a  County NAIP  Flow Accumulations  LidarTopo   b  Watersheds  Flow Accumulations  Depressions    Deen etd oes  rr          Profile Lines  Profile Bar     Right Side of Map Window                1  Click on    Profile    on the top toolbar    2  The first time  it will ask you what    Raster    to calculate the Profile off of      LidarImport    s  3  Surface Drainage   Start at the lowest point of the    Depression    Mi  4  Left click to lay out your drainage profile line  notice the numbers 
121. 7  Soil P Olsen  ppm        By looking at the map by itself it  would appear that a majority of the  area is lacking in phosphorous   However  after looing at the color  bar it is clear that the Phosphorus  values are adequate for this field     A color theme is applied to this map  that tells the software any values 3  or below are bad  red  and 20 and  above are good  purple  it is easy  to visually see that the Soil P Olsen  values are adequate in this field  since it is all purple     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 76    Nutrient Layers       Color Layers By Theme    Creating Color Themes    Before color themes can be used they first must be created  In order to create color themes to be  used in ADMS you ll need a map to use as a template  For the following examples nutrient maps    will be used  nm        GF Soil K grd    1  Turn on the map that will be used for a template  GE Soil N 0 24 inch grd  2  Open the Thematic Coloring on the bottom toolbar        3  Once the    Thematic Raster Settings    window is open choose the color table that will be used  as the base for the color theme from the    Source Color Table    dropdown menu       Tem Fasie thoru    4  Next look at the Minimum and Maxi   mum Values  They will by default be    18    A i   Bm Sa  the Min and Max values that exist on Bi me tet   Parse Caan  the map  To set the range for the mathe an 6   qu ca
122. 97  229  194  229  197  293  1012  266  325  256  290  302  254  24   236    Zn ppm    1 39  1 4   1 3   1 42  1 1   1 51  1 42  1 62  1 45  1 69  1 53  1 18  1 3   1 59  1 41  1 72    112          0 76  0 35  0 73  0 35  1 35  0 57  0 19  0 73  0 26  0 13  0 42  0 24  0 51          GrowerlD  Flid ID 1st    sample ID County Twp    9 After the two tables are merged  you  can choose to    Grid with Surfer   Kriging     This ts optional  If you are  going to use Kriging  you must have the  demo version of Surfer 8 installed     The software by default will use inverse  distance you DO NOT need surfer to do  this and leave the box unchecked     10 Select    Build Maps       Qtr 11     sect No    Acres    pH    BpH OM       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 113    Grid Sampling   Creating Nutrient Layers  Common Name Mapping        e If this is the first time you have done this  you will be asked to assign a name to  your nutrient  This is so that all nutrient output maps share a common name  among all of the fields you load test results for    e DO NOT use the field name as part of your name   e Make sure and fill in all the boxes  Full Name  Units  and Decimal Precision    e These names will stay this way  This keeps them the same when you are using  scripting to write the prescription    iho intertmahen biiow will be usad lo crmaho mow kiyar whan  iala wiih lhs short namo m 
123. 9850858660000000008885080868880017   NOT EDIT Ci DE ABOVE THIS 1 INE DEZ ZZ ZZ Zn SS SE U SE SE SE EI SE I I EZ  13  Typically do a 3x3 Smooth Filter iz       Loop throught the Available Rasters as Soon as we find on that isn t null and export it    14     Save    the    Merged Layers grd       Suggest re naming    Merged RTK Lidar grd       15  Ready for Watershed or  Drainage Planning     Browse Set Output Directory  E Gk Data  GKDista  GK User Manual  GKT Farm Tie Pian  Color Table for Output  Rainbow       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 182    My Notes       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 183    Quick Notes For Drainage Planning   Map Window       Adjust Depressions   Main Depressions    1   2     ne    8       Click on the    Save AS    icon on the bottom tool bar  Rename to       Map Window      Open    Depressions    set as the active layer   select jew    Trim End  Values          Apply Threshold     select    Lower     amp     Delete Cells     we suggest starting     Threshold Value    at 0 05     Click    Apply        Look at new    Depressions     inspect the map  if satisfied go to 7 pa a geen m Era  If you want to trim more repeat 3  amp  4  If you went too far   Clear   1m sises sheena baen tcen vaunt  Map    and DO NOT SAVE CHAGES to Depressions grd
124. 998779 10 1 OoOo o       97 22767639  4 18305588  809 88000488 278 5 9 69999981 16  Troug h   97 22766876  49 18308258 809 90997314   278 3999939  9 39999962  17  And distance from  Record Count  19667  ColumniD  Min     Mean   Max  Weighted M    peak to trough of  80 ft        x  37 22420211      809 5 Feet L5Len   0 Foot     Section Layer Merged Field 18 shp    1  haa  Be x       In this case  that peak to trough measurement is about 80 feet  So an offset of 40    feet would be about right     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 174                                   Applying The Offset  The tool to adjust for this is called    Offset re  5 x   a        wis  Merged Field 18 shol  Points by Heading     and it is on the    Utility    Ei Warten  X Users      7   Zoom to This Layer  menu on the right click of a shapefile in the FE    earance  gt   data tree  ii A  gt     i s     y Convert Point SHP to Path  After clicking on    Offset Points by Heading Save As t   Merge SHP Files with Z Adjust    X Send To Recycle Bin Merge All Visible SHP s  the dialog below appears  Adjust Geo Reference  Export Point File to Local Projection  In the Variable Heading Field box  select     Heading     Change the offset distance to au Dar 8       feet  Since the direction we want to offset  the distance is in the direction of travel   leave the box labeled    Invert the Heading  Value    uncheck
125. ADMS User Manual 200    ADMS   AGPS Export                 12  Choose a folder to put these files into     Consider sending the files back to the Default  C FODDExp  amp  create a    New Folder    named  the    Field Name      Note  This folder must be    EMPTY    this pro   cess will not work if there is any data in the    folder     Click    Finish       You will get files similar to ONE of these       SHBSE TilePlan bmp  2 SHSSE TiePlan bow  A SHESE TikePianCTL     SHASE TiiePlan DRW  T SHASE TikePlan FRG         Left   Self Extracting         Right   Files to Folder    13  Copy the xxxx exe or the files over to a USB   device to take to the tile plow    Open New folder  B Local Dice  CH    Using files in the Tile Plow    1  Insert USB   2  Double Click on the xxxx exe file   3  All the files are now created in the    C  amw data folder    SHESE  Tide  b pw  I  SHASE  Tike CTL  l SHESE  Tike ORW    SHESE Tike fB    i Commuter  fee Local Disk  Ch  a Lend Disk  Er     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 201    Processing Yield Data       As we make our transformation from a package specifically designed for drainage  maps  we will be counting on help from some external tools to extract from proprietary  data sources and filter data     Though this arrangement may seem clumsy  it is the process we have used in house  to create yield maps for quite some time     The tools we 
126. BMP        8  Choose    Image Resolution Settings    N   Suggest trying to keep your Resolutions in that 1 to 2 Meter range no greater  than 5 0mb in size  Some software  amp  Controllers are limited on what file size  you can send them    Adjust values by moving between    Map Window Multiple    amp  Ground Resolution       9  Click    OK       10  For these files to work you will have to move both the image file and the  world file    bmp  amp  bpw or jpg  amp jgw or tif  amp  tfw        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 151             Exporting Files As KMZ For Google Earth       Q          Google Earth    allows images to be opened within the desktop software or on          a mobile version such as Android or iOS  This file is called a KMZ file  Zipped Keyhole  Markup Language   The single file contains both the geo referencing file and the image  which will be displayed as an image overlay in Google Earth    Once exported the KMZ  file can simply be opened and Google Earth    will    zoom to its location  Only images 0 000000      Field Data    County Deke   Imagery      and surfaces are supported in this  MIGE Zones 2014 grd                                   I  Zones 20 55       Unload Layer  export     Zoom To This Layer     Order  gt   1  Turn on the layer that will be exported  N  ee         ES  Appearance  gt   2  Right click on the file select  Save As   gt 
127. Bitmap  Multiplier 1 y    Mamun Frofie Depth Feet  6 00413   Default Puel Forni Sire J T a   Deiau Word Point Size w   Default Frage ResolutiordMeters  3      Above are optional settings  not the software defaults     Default Color Table   color table used for most functions in the software   Default Color Table  Zones    color table used only in Auto Zone  amp  Extract Image to Zone  Default Units for New Layers   Units that will be used as default in creating    GRD    files  Process PFR_LOG Files as   Method by which    App Log    GPS data is collected  Default Point Style   Is the shape of    Data Points     circle   square   triangle cross hair   Default Point Scale Mode   the explanation below will using    5    as the value  Pixel Scale   zooming in and out on a data point it would always be 5    PIXELS    wide  World Scale   data points would be    5       Feet    wide  Zoom in   points getting larger  Zoom out   points getting smaller  Boundary Effect Filter Distance   how many    METERS    in the    Boundary Effect Filter reaches   Only applies to use in Auto Zone  amp  Extract Image to Zone tools  Print Map to Bitmap Multiplier   1   1tol ratio to the pixels on the PC display screen  2 will  double the resolution making the files 4 times larger   Default Pixel Point Size   set the points to    Pixel    size attached to Default Point Scale Mode  Default World Point Size    set the points to    Foot    size attached to Default Point Scale Mode  Default Image Resoluti
128. C 134616 000 A 4726 4243  N 09650 0512 W 0 00 290 13 071213   A7E     GPVTG 290 13 T  M 0 00 N 0 0 K A  04    GPGGA  19461 7 000 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 1 04 3 3 263 5 M  25 5 M  0000  6B  SGPRMC 194617 000 A 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 0 00 290 13 071213   A  7F   GPVTG 290 13  T  M 0 00 N 0 0 K A  04  S GPGGA 194618 000 4726 4245 N 09650 0512 W 1 04 3 3 263 5 M  25 5 M  0000  64   GPGSA A 3 26 05 18 15         4 9 3 3 3 6  36   S GPGSV 3 1 12 21  70 298  17 15 61 124 37 18 49 254 29 26 41  060 31  70   GPGSV 3 2 12 29 30 182  06 20 315 18 05 15 067 22 22 14 251 21  72   SGPGSV  3 3  12 16  12 298  16 27 11 323  09 09 035 20 08 08 032   78  SGPRMC 194618 000 A 4726 4243 N 09650 0512 W 0 00 290 13 071213   A  70  SGPVTG 290 13 T  M 0 00 N 0 0 K A  04  SGPGGA 194619 000 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 1 04 3 3 263 5 M  25 5 M  0000  65  SGPRMC 194619 000 A 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 0 00 290 13 071213   A  71   GPVTG 290 13 T   M 0 00 N 0 0 K A  04  SGPGGA 194620 000 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 1 04 3 3 263 5 M  25 5 M  0000  GF  SGPRMC 194620 000 A 4726 4243  N 09650 0512 W  0 00 290 13 071213   A  7B  SGPVTG 290 13 T  M 0 00 N 0 0 K A  04  SGPGGA 194621 000 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 1 04 3 3 263 5 M  25 5 M  DDOO  6GE  SGPRMC 1       GPS Port    This is the    COM     serial communication port  the GPS is connected to   To find out what COM port your device is connect  use the    Find GPS    button or open     Device Manager    and look under    Ports  COM  amp  LPT       Baud Rate    Set 
129. Catalog will be in your     PRE LOA Coton Noman 12 7204 st    FEE E E    County Data    folder    is ai ek EFEFFFEFEFFR    BE LIDAR CntaiogO 0 2014 mar  haiin    WE LIDAR Entaing 10 8 2014 Marob LAZ a          You may want turn on    Labels    for  the SHP file using the ABC button     wi Norman County Bounden shp Be i       F  n ae     Lat  7577904 Lor   95  92111      j  a Das  amp     OSB Fr LEARRA       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 297    My Notes       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 298    Glossary       GIS    Acronym for Geographic Information System is a system designed to capture  store  manipulate  ana   lyze  manage  and present all types of geographical data    Projection   A method by which the curved three dimensional surface of the earth is portrayed on a two   dimensional flat surface  This generally requires a mathematical transformation of the earth s lines  of longitude and latitude onto a plane  Every map projection distorts distance  area  shape  direction   or some combination thereof    Spherical Coordinate System   A coordinate system that uses positions of latitude and longitude to define  locations of points on the surface of the earth    Cartesian Coordinate System    Defined as a flat coordinate system placed on the surface of the Ear
130. Connect GPS  top button        GK Switch Bex Joyabck terface          Marking Lines  amp  Boundaries ia    GPS Log Attribute 1 Log Attribute 2  5  Go to the    GPS    tab   DK23754 v 10 34 0Stare v  6  Go to the    Mark    tab Mark pecans cea SEE  7     Select a Destination     ex  Boundary   8  Move to the location in the    field    where you want to start  collecting data   1 Start  9  Click    1 Start    to begin collecting your line or boundary   10 Click    3 Stop    when you get to the end of the line or  5t0p  boundary   11 Repeat previous 2 steps until you finished collecting the _ es    m   Query   GPS  lines or boundaries  GPS Not Connected  12 When finished with the field     Stop    GPS and close the GPS Mark   Quick   Guide   Gnd  software and start over at the beginning at Step 1  D    Cheri Fam Faid  GAUE GAT Fam Grid Samples    Layer Boundaty SHP    Layer  yoe Polygon    Save ToLayer Boundary tw  1 Start 2 Pause 3 Stop  Offset Marking Position to the  Lef i     Center 1 0 0048 Feal  Righi    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    246    Quick Notes For GPS   Setup Instructions    Before starting to use the GPS functions in Ag Data  Mapping Solutions you must find out what your GPS is  putting out for information   Some systems require a     NULL MODEM       Trimbles           GPS Port  Your PC GPS Settings   Baud Rate    Baud Rate   Find out what the baud ra
131. County Mosaic by NRCS   e TIGER 2010 Streets    RESESkage     a    PP  E ni    8  Once checked  click    Continue    button     i H  Se oer mr nae O       9  In the    How    window select the    FTP       Mand ayers na See Be FOUR ORDERA nin    Rae  button    ut    TON    It may ask about File Type  ESRI Shape            Select Format  ESRI Shape  ESRI File GeoDataBase  It may ask about projection e e  y   hymna HIIRED DOLLARE iodo 0S   Oe bad DVI   a a Urges mishe Br daia layari         Geographic NAD 83 or WGS 84 i O Ni  eel tly          Selec i AR lieet   Protected blodi Ce  Select Projection    Geographic NADS3    AutoUTM  UTM Zone 14 NADSS  State Plane Minnesota North NAD83       10  Click    Continue    button     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 257          te jr     Downloading USDA Geospatial Data S  he   Sopa       wis 7 Chaka    Rn ze       ja i n u get     a 7 Pe   gt  Anz EEE CES          gg    11  Type in the required fields  A download    d isostscitissniusices sin tie Dms Se    WHAI       link will be emailed to you  so usea m  valid email address  This is a govern   ment site so you will not get spam by  entering your information     12  Recommended   Put a check mark in the man    contin Eval         Save Contact Data    box on the Left side fmm iD  of the screen      Address    13  Click the    Continue    button        E Fax       1 A g Rev j ew O rd
132. Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 240    Scripting   Using GK Created Scripts       Apply Liner Values   Allows the user to enter an    AVERAGE    rate you would like applied on a field   Then assign a Low Rate   and a High Rate   indicating how much you want to go down  amp  up  from the Average rate  NOTE  Input layer should be a layer that represents    PRODUCTION or  YIELD    of a field       Assign Input Surface name on line 14  Add as Object     Line 15   Average Rate to apply  example 120 Ibs acre wheat seed     Line 16   Low Rate    example 30   create a low rate of 84 Ibs acre    Line 17   High Rate    example 20   create a high rate of 144 Ibs acre     Example Note   VRT would go from 84 to 144 and the average would be  ROUGHLY    120  The average is usually off a little  based on the math being done in a    linear    equation  and the spatial data is not     The    Math    is done on line 37 50  do not edit     To assign different    UNITS    on line 60  default  Ibs acre     Useful for creating fertility maps and seeding maps     GK Technology Inc  recommends Zone Soil Testing and assigning rates to zones       Creates a new Surface named    MapMath ApplyLinear grd       Average of All Layers   Will Normalize all the layers turned on  Add them together  takes a count of  how many surfaces are turned on and return an Average Normalized Layer  using    If in Field     logic       To assign different    UNITS    on line 7  default  Units Ac      Runs Script on
133. Decompose a selected PolyPolygon to its Component Polygons   To  use this button    select    a PolyPolygon then click the button  Suggest doing a    Save As    and rename  the drawing layer  This will save the Polygon in it   s component state     a Move Vertices of Selected Object   Is a TOGGLE on off button that allows you to  move the Vertices of Polygons and Lines  Object must be    selected    before using this button         Draw a Circle   Once selected  left click and hold down in the center of the object and drag  to the desired diameter and release to create a circle polygon             Drawing Properties   Double clicking on an object  opens the properties of that     Lem     ae Intra Layer Math   Allows use of simple mathematical functions on a column of the data  _ base     2 lt  Delete Selected Objects   Once an object of this layer is selected  this will delete the  selected objects  Changes must be saved to be made permanent     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 25                Bottom Layer Toolbar       Surfaces Toolbar      ART a a SHES                aes Se ee eee      Change Color Theme   Changes the color pallet used on the selected layer     Thematic Color   Opens a window to view image statistics  adjust color  themes  number of zones  and adjust zone sizes automatically or manually     Load Fixed Thematic Table   Applies a color theme that has be
134. Export Selected Rasters        File Name    use the Field Name    BONO U    On the data card  the SHP SHX DBF must be put in a folder named    RX    on the root of  the data card or USB drive   Note  Suggest using the  Shape Contour    method for exporting to the 20 20    Era LOFT Fetes Pag    i tee  2 Appii tars pe wy   lap Bappi WS Rasta 1  hp    Eje pee Peal   lip Mob Eesaia SCH EHP      ENGER  Na   jee CEM  MET    a  zs    E Oris EMO Den   Creme Elend  3    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    130       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 131    Export Prescription Maps   Shape Grids       Raven Viper  amp  Envizio Pro Controllers     Export will create a Shape file which exists as a xxx shp   xxx shx   xxx dbf files     Note  All 3 files must be sent out to the spreader  SHP   SHX   DBF     Boundary   not required to be turned on for this export   1  Select all the files to export   2  Select one layer as master   3  Note the    Precision    Column for exporting low rate products like Micro Nutrients    change the    0    to a value of 1 or 2  1 digit after the decimal point or 2 digits after the   decimal point     4  Adjust your    Output Resolution       Viper Pro  amp  Viper 4 are not limited on Polygons  Recommend keeping pol   ygon count less than 30 000      Viper  Original  is LIMITED to a Maximum of 4 000 Polygons     Envizio Pro is LIMITED to 1 500 Polygons      Cell Merge Mode      normally set 
135. FuelNeeded   Veh HowMuchFuelDoINeed 100     Hundreds of objects could be filled out and added to a Collection of Vehicles that could describe anything  from forklifts to tractors to semi trucks to cars     Dim VC as New Collection  VC Add Veh     We don   t see you needing to create collections  but you will be accessing one collection so we showed one     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 230    Raster Object and the Raster Collection       So  now that you are an expert with objects after going through the vehicle example  how  are objects and enumerations used for scripting within Ag Data Mapping Solution     Below is a class called Raster     Public Class Raster   Public Name As String   Public ShortName As String   Public Value As Single   Public Min As Single   Public Max As Single   Public Mean As Single   Public StandardDev As Single  End Class    When the map math window opens  it adds a    Raster    object for each raster layer that is  open in the map window  It adds those Raster objects to a collection called    Rasters        Let   s say that you have a layer loaded with a short name of    2005 Corn Yield     When you  want to access that layer as an object  you can use the tools on the Map Math form to add  it  but this is what is accomplished     Dim YG As Raster  YG   Rasters  2005 Corn Yield    Or  Dim YG As Raster   Rasters  2005 Corn Yield      Now that 
136. Harman Mir JO AOE ALUE ge  WM Norman NAP TEH RAGE GREEN gni  F   Norman har 7004 FM PID grt     WB Herman NAP po PGE VM pe  MM homan iia  Font  TW Nomen Hi 2004 FED gd  WE ioma Har 24 pon ge  ME Harman HAE Dood en gd  n TE Si engen  Li DJ Mee imegm  LJ Tenens       Haki ii a la  Pe isa oo mi Son ee  Tippa ehe bec peed obec  ne  hhi Fe ie  Br ba ee ae    Omen iie F              marana Lam ara  Thee Hure eel etter  oi U Piatt fnedy BEE Layer Bounctary wg      J HE a         Sion oa ae Qaseh   hbO eBe Ol  va ae byer  Same het    Be the a ots Tn te    Oat       xa    m  3  Using    Intra Layer Math    button          Looks    Correct    go to step 4 meae  ee o  Aad Pe ika n 7 P Norman NAIP 2004_RGB_RED  RED         Looks    Incorrect     don t save changes  amp   ae go to next map or a new map  Camii by Pi niert  wo Pere nc isst 4  Using    Intra Layer Math    button  i a ER ER ee  wahr Add the surface by the  New Value       5  Select  Save As    and give the new surface a name  Example      Norman NAIP 2004 Inverted grd       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 63    Correlation Matrix       oa  Introduction        Within ADMS  there is a tool called the Correlation Matrix  This tool is used to measure  Similarities and differences between multiple layers that are turned on  This tool can be  used on any surface including imagery  yield  and prescription maps  It is helpful
137. Imagery  we refer to colorization and zone creation  We will  be working in the New Map Window  but many of these tools will carry across into other  windows in Ag Data Mapping Solution     button        1  Start up Ag Data Mapping Solution and select the    Map Window       2  When the    Map Window    opens  select the desired    Grower        Farm    and    Field      If they do not exist  click on the    New    buttons to the left of the name  An    Input  Required    window will open up in the middle of the screen to enter the new name  do  so  and click    Apply     Now you have your field selected            Aa Dehn Viren    Mung  Window   we file beget ed Pop bpot fete Jea pert hmm He   x                      orr OF SPP rio PPR                       GK User Manual     i l i il z   Fi SHESE E     Ka                                     Uri  a TT  Lae ee  alt SA  Layer Boundary sho    2a CEE OSG amp eech   BARENOBSEX       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    44    Creating Zones From Imagery       Creating Boundaries    1  Select the    County Data    tab in the     Layer Control    area on the left side  of the window  Open up the     County    folder you want and turn  on a    NAIP    file  a    Township    file  a     Section    file and a    CLU    file if you  have one    2  If you already have a boundary cre   ated or have a    CLU    and do NOT  want to create
138. Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 141    Export Prescription Maps   FODM Device       Ag Leader PF3000   Insight  amp  New Leader     Extension Created   xxxx tgt    Boundary   is required to be turned on and selected from the drop down list    Assign each map to its appropriate product    Output resolution   normally set to 8 meters  Note this is raster based prescription map Note  Corn Seed Maps   Your     Select Publisher   Ag Leader TGT Publisher CornSeed grd map may need  to be written K Seed Acre      Browse   Save the file back into the    Field    folder location    Meaning if you want 32 000     Filename Template    Product Name  sds your map should be 32     Cell Size   26 FEET  Note the meters to feet change    Cell Rate Method   Weight Average   Choose the appropriate device  New Leader use the PF3000      Note  Multiple maps for the same field should be exported at the same time          This may be a slow export depending on field size        Move xxxx tgt files to the ROOT of the Data card for application          a Fapecrt Ratteri t   POCA Thea    Fkt ia Tap Tpu ae  ame    RT ira  Creme Lon   ee  uh  ir R be lamir TuT Pabhishm a    a Mey Call Morya  Hoes  Fat Shay SY Eau  a COD Ea  lies runder s ee Mi ooo Henn Kan    ampion Prot ia Lach Leer T gt  ie Ion    TE Hamu  AH    Pek 0080     Tre Fertig  Far Ir    Filename Template Producti  2    Cesar       Cell Size feet  n   E
139. Kriging or Inverse Distance which is default  Kriging  smooth s the maps out and requires demo of Surfer    8     Click the Build Maps button i Baht Niera      Click on the View Nutrient Maps tab to preview the    created nutrient maps      Your nutrient maps will be automatically stored under    a Grid Sample Folder under    Field Data    with the year  of the growing season  set in settings user interface  2  in front of it     1  Go to    Field Data     check on all of the layers you will be using in the script  Click on the    Map Math       button on the top toolbar  nz    2  Open the desired script you want to use zum    3  Assign all the selected nutrient layers in the scripting window   gt  Compile Script   gt  Run Script    4  Click the output layers and    Save As       gt  Rename as the created product    gt  Repeat Steps for all    products        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 97    Grid Sampling   Setting Up A Grid       In this section  we will discuss grid sampling  We will explain how to lay out your grid  take the  Samples  create nutrient maps  set yield goals  and combine them all to create your prescription     Creating a Boundary  e Refer to the section in the bookK   Drawing Layers  Shapefiles   Vector Data     Polygons  Lines  amp  Points    e You can create a boundary with GPS in field  recommended   hand draw it  or from a  CLU FSA file       W
140. LES AVER MACS F Ita N  Cmi  hate i tele  TG  Shame 30         First    Previous lexi             ner te ther pagor name to show a iret of daia ses  Use pma Sei Preiser Miiat hati    Data Set Search       Ai    AVHAH    gt  Catal Reference fies   Can     Dinaha Cane   E Digas Eiaon  J   E gii Line Grape LJ     igasi Mapa LJ   p     E Fore Carun Wiese     jaha Fein     HOM     JEC Add a      Land Corm    ande Lo     Lands COM LJ   E Liige Lepacy   a Lande MLC     LIGA    af LISA   E NASA LPRAAC Colochwn                   GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com       Le EE Maie    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 295    Downloading  amp  Processing USGS LiDAR   Earth Explorer       By Clicking the    Save    button  the download scene window opens        Click the download button to download Scene ID  484370      Download   Close              Click Download         ei ATS ae Dh e  E   EarthEgpioner    File Edit View Faiiertes Tools  Hal    CRNAN Erg i BO AMES RIVER NFC oe a T           eisen Daie R i  kimm  SE    yogect  G0 JAMES AEA NACA F el      N   N   i     Click    Save     amp     Save As   Judy tae    Do you want to open or save  0 James River MACS F 2010 000406  ZIP  50 3 ME thom deier usg go              Open Ge m Cancel  Save     Save ds         Save antl Gen    In saving the files  we suggest you save the files back to your C  GKData Imagery LiDAR folder   It is recommended to save all your files back to 
141. Large Boundary     s mager    LELE    b Cam 7  Go to    Layer Info     amp     Clear Map    Pas    d Pism  hihi Deal    b USA Lii    RETTEN 8  Turn on the  Field Boundary shp     you may want to re draw at this  di MN Nomun time   E M Wel     inima    uyon amasl ooy osma  DARADE Eee                Mew   Chani Tope Tio   1  Mew   Foe Lidar import    Mew   F   Test Field      9  Left Click inside Field Boundary        it will turn Lime Green   tay Cnn Data           ers  10  Turn on    LidarImport grd    eio brcman    11  Click    Crop Raster to Selected  Polygon    on the Bottom Toolbar       Just this Layer    pJ  TEF    1ga To    12  Click    Save As    on the  Bottom Toolbar 45    10673  Lederimp  rt  Feer        WT    13  Rename and click    Save  We suggest renaming to   LidarTopo         Lidar Field grd       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 172    Creating Topography  amp  Watersheds       Creating the Topography Map  Running the Watershed Modeling Routine  Open into the  Map Window       e Select the desired    Client        Farm    and    Field      e Turn on the    Altitude grd    or    Lidar grd    for the field  e Top Tool Bar select    Process    and    Watershed Modeling       1  In the    Select Topography Source    drop down  select the layer    that was created in the    Grid Points    method on the previous  page    2  In the    Elevation Unit    drop dow
142. Lee ARTE    i     Jin the rest of the Tile Area   Fakt Tasi Emid Lave Boten t ehe     ET E  rE baasu  om   a         Fic Piece imeod Yell Dapon   Impert Tepe   Detehes  Teh Waie Heip  zz EEE                     ine Tas   owe   Se   Pe   te hire pe see  2  To    Import LIDAR    you must turn on the Lia  euer  Topo   The been      Boundary    and    SELECT    it   New   Fare Liar import acs  The Boundary will become LIME GREEN  Mew   Find Test Fiai zer    BEE 2 unnnin  si  dame ll    3  Go to the    Menu Bar     amp  click on    Import      ma cana      Select    Lidar LAS File       apm    a 0 a  6    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 171    Processing LIDAR LAS Files       4  Import LAS Files   Adjust your settings to       Default should be correct  Check   Ground  Check   Water  Check   Convert Meters to Feet  Check   Import only area under selected objects     Default is 1 meter should adjust  Output Resolution   2 meters       Resolution settings    40ac to 2500ac   2 meter    2501ac to 9000ac   3 meter    5  Click on the    Select LAS Source Folder       Ube ur et E Lore fapt I  Browse to the    Folder    containing the    LAS    files   ADIE HJE imar     Should be in C  GKData Imagery LIDAR  OR C  GKData Imagery LIDAR countyname    r nn  Line Plight  Fr  a hy gui ur tra           6  Click    OK    and the LiDAR tiles will be processed to the    Selected  Boundary    
143. Locate your farm on a county NAIP image  Unload  2  Right click on the  sid file you have turned j Order j  on  Zoom To The Layer  3  Select    Extract Current View  SID JP2  ta  4  Select    Save    this will save it to  Field Da      my Setir 3  ta    and will by in    Images NAIP     m W Biad Curen View  ESN Tonnara YAN a Extract From TE  L Piymoasth   Send Vo Recycie Bin    YA eS pees Petes Toe    5  Draw a boundary around the test area   Refer to  Creating  Zones From Boundaries    6  Once the boundary is drawn     Save Changes    mj   7  With boundary as the active layer  select inside so the green  hatching appears    8  Under    Field Data     make the Field  Farmyard Layer  Boundary shp  NAIP image the active layer    9  The bottom toolbar will change to display the    SNG    and    VI     buttons  3   w    10  For most NAIP images select the    RED    under SNG or    RGB  VI    under the VI button  If the image has an NIR band it can be  selected instead under the SNG button              11  This map will now be used as the test prescription     e Rates will be imputed into it to represent the product that is going to be applied   e This will be exported as a prescription to the controller that will be applying the  product     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 125    Making A Test Prescription    www    a m    Mnp Where       To quickly modify the values of t
144. MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 61    Creating Zones From Imagery   Manual Zone Extraction          Individual Band Extraction    All multi band images can have each band extracted out individually  Commonly  the red  green  blue  and  NIR bands will be used  By using the following process each band can be analyzed by itself     1  Turn on the field boundary and select inside it   2  Turn on the image to be extracted and make the active layer   3  On the bottom toolbar select the single band extraction icon         i 4  Select the band to extract   2 GREEN  3 BLUE        The extracted surface will be saved under    Field Data    in the    Images    folder  The extracted surface will  have an extension of the extracted band  _NIR  GREEN  RED  that was chosen        Images  we   GIF 2011_JUN28 NDVIR grd        MIBE Norman NAIP 2004_RGB_BLUE grd   MEE Norman NAIP 2004_RGB_GREEN ard  fd Norman NAIP 2004_RGB_RED grd       Individual Band Extraction   Changing Band Order   ADMS gives different options to change band orders of images  This can be useful for choosing how the im   ages are extracted and which bands are available for extraction  When the band orders are changed the op   tions in the single band extraction icon on the bottom toolbar dynamically change with it        To access these options    1  Make sure the desired image is the active layer    2  Select the multi band layer display icon on the bottom toolbar  a Te o
145. Manual 280    Downloading LiDAR   International Water Institute       One source for importing LIDAR data for the    Red River Valley of the North    is the  International Water Institute        NOTE   All of this LIDAR data is in UTM 14    http  is rrbdin org lidardownload index html          ee Bares Gsernationarwiatertnsttute    inne          1  To select areas for download   a few methods  listed below     1  Use the zooming panning tools to find you location  2  Use the    Address or Place    line and type in a city name   3  Select by    County    by clicking on the    Red Flag    button  4  Select by    Township and Range    on the    layered image    button    2  Once you get close to the area you want to be in  there should be a    Green    haze  This  means there is data available   To turn off the    Green    mask  click on E the     Layers    Button       3  Remove the    Check    from the    Lidar Data    item        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 281    Downloading LiDAR   International Water Institute       4  Get zoomed to the area you want to down   load            Lise Ceraeniiac                          5  Click on the    Data Download    Button    Draw a box around the area for   Checks Ihe pee    Ey Frog   r   m i see Haan    Downloading  make sure you cover all the amkmrfeon imi Dea oben cn She rung fe mei ie  area you want to work with  i ats dete
146. Map  Let kn  Fa Ds FE NETEDE   ng apa  Like    oe EA  had dh   fe  BE  a   Cae Loe  mE  wre          oF ze ee  O47 OF Shrimp  x  r     _J After docking now all the lay     aa wg ers are visible that are cur     rently turned on within ADMS     Bearlacars ih Mg    er SEPA NOVA     gt  imt jap Jeh Winde Hy   sx    impra in Map    en Sahih       i 5 FR BERYT MNF ged    f H    SEF t AeA gc    mE a Ata NOMA g Current Layar    ao A wer ont   GU 2007 Er Sr get   WD H Frenin en     ta Eza   D Tann   Lader Lat  TIEFE  Ley ML    ZT re a4 BEE  HN Tr LERE AL Br         1 17 bapi    J      The histogram is easily visible  for the surface layer turned on    in the map window     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 20    Window Dock Settings       Resetting Window Dock Settings    Sometimes when working with different windows one will    disappear     What actually happens is a  panel will get moved behind the main window and it can   t be accessed  Also  if the windows are in  a configuration that you aren   t happy with they can be reset     e CLOSE THE MAP WINDOW  This is a very important step  If the map window is open the set   tings will not work   e Go to the to toolbar above the startup window select Tools    Reset Window Dock Settings                Packet Dara Biere  Bart Cumrmert Lugs  Enatie pire  an BER KEN Fark    fence cy Fies  Wedd dem Fa    e Click Reset Window Dock Settin
147. Max Area CoVar   WO 073 0813 0857 39 42                  2 E o85s7 096 097 226 26  3 D o7 0978 1001 467 15  6  Assign yield values to each of the 2 E 1 001 1 027 nN  OEE  5 E 1055 1083 1 135 270 15  7  Type in the yield value in the Yield  Goal column under    Soil Test Re   sults    to correspond with the correct  Zone ID and color     Soil Test Res     Zone    Yield Goal  vi 150  2 180   3 190    J4 200     J 220       8  Select Interpolate Output Maps then the    Build Maps    button    Interpolate Output Maps        _  Enforce Product Min and Max Rates    9  Go to the    View Nutrients Maps    tab to see your Yield  Goals grd maps          150 185 220  Yield Goal  Bu Acre     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    My Notes    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    95       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    96    Quick Notes For Grid Sampling    1  Setting Up a Grid       kJ    1  Go to    Map Window    or    Log and  Sample         Select the field from desired client   farm  and field       Turn on field boundary and any de   sired background map  County NAIP       Go to GPS mark in the top right hand  corner of Layer Selection      Select Grid      Select your field boundary from the     Bound the Grid to this Layer     dropdown       Select the desired X and Y dimensions  of the field grids  Click   
148. N Fen cb  asnere  14  For this math  we will select Ama Ama WR Ace gauaul   m  PE t a  BAER ER  a M amp C ERS un     Divide by the Value    and Su     Operator Value 0 46     te Gore   VRT Zon Creaton     click    OK      m   gt    gt   R  15  The map is now converted to  LBS of Urea  46 0 0    16  Go to the bottom tool bar and     Save As    46 0 0 grd  293 08       Faid Sheh NIN Laver 444i gri    mus Gaza     RB 70 7 BAR EEE  N SETEN runs    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual     gt     87    Nutrient Layers       Using Blend Groups    top of the Nutrient Layers window   Step 2  Select    Load Sample Results File       a  These soil tests are normally exported    from Advisor Gold software as     Prescription with Recs    as CSV  Comma  Separated Value   We can accept files  from many other sources as long as they  are in a CSV format   Step 3     Select the Column that contains  the Zone ID     select the appropriate column  to reflect the Zone ID   Color   Usually     Sample ID       Choose a Product Blend Group to use  If you  do not see the desired Blend Group  you  need to create one   Choose the preferred Product Blend Group   The Product Calculations Window at the  bottom of the screen will show the amounts  of each product that corresponds to the Zone  ID s  These values are in LBS of product  Urea  46 0 0   not Nitrogen   Select the desired Product Layers   With 
149. ON  LSLeng  Line Segment Length   distance from your last click to cursor   LS Bear  Line Segment Bearing   degrees for your last click to the cursor  Total Len  Total Length   length of line or polygon drawn from first click to cursor  FP Bear  is First Point Bearing in Degrees    Value on the RIGHT is the distance across the    Map Window     East to West     Lat  47 472229 Lon   96 79926 LS Len 653 Foot LS Bear 2 3 Tot Len 6 337 Foo FP Bear 2 1 57 Miles  Field  2006 Wheat Layer  Boundary shp    This line tells you what layer you are actively working on and what layer the buttons will affect or change     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 24    Bottom Layer Toolbar       Drawings Buttons        4       x  x    dh Change Draw Style   Changes the line and point attributes  color  sizes and fill      pang               fr Thematic Draw Settings   Opens a new window which allows the user to change color    themes  adjust the number of color ranges  view statistics of the color ranges  and fill and size the  points and lines          _ Change Label Settings   Allows the user to view data from the objects data table in the  Aa   viewing window as a label  Also allows label size  font  and color adjustment        SHP or sup or SHP Draw New Object   Once selected  you may draw a polygon  line or    point  left clicking to draw and right clicking to end lines and polygons        
150. OS Pra Oe  we Gew User M iW      6  From there  you can use the    Thematic m  Pat Vens Dame    Draw Settings    to set the color for the er  points  This is just for appearance  The  data created for creating zones will be in  surfaces which we will describe on the next      page  mete Dian          Bez BRERNOBEX  eEI7    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 219    Processing Veris Data       Surfacing Veris DAT   SHP Files    In this section  you will be creating surfaces from shapefiles  and combining surfaces to  create a single map for defining zones     7  Right click on the Veris Points shapefile in the  data tree  Choose    Create Grid        Create Grid  from Points     The dialog to the right will ap   pear     8  Under    Source Database Column    select the     Surface    item  Then click    Create Grid           9  Once that process completes  change the     Source Database Column    to    Deep    and  Click    Create Grid    again        r  M The    Ag Date Mappng Sosten   Korwahe Vern Fone   i       Fie Proves Apart Yin Ampmet Inge Export Setup Josh Window   Help  0x    Data Query Catibente LMFT RE Dp ne s op eh d       10 Then switch to the    Calibrate    tab  Select the  surface and Deep layers in the dialog boxes   Choose the weighting value for how much  you would like each layer to influence the  new output layer  By default the values are  set at 60  Sur
151. Oh      cp APEC OVE  E      E HR ELEN L   IF i  L ADRA Del a    apee ENET    kara jpe TF Ha dr Ay      Hide Foren       8  Click    OK     9  The file will by default be saved back to the    Field Data     and be placed in    Images Webmaps     If desired the TIF  file can be renamed in this window    10  Click    Save       11 The image can also be saved by using the buttons on the bottom toolbar        a enact Image    cher EOR erat YET    UO FP BR BP a      ann fart   ey            11  If a surface was extracted it will    _     have the extraction type as an  perom      j   extension on the file name  Such   mrm   In  as _RED        MIT er      Fedia Eoun pata   vragen      IE I Google Satellite_RED grd JET boaden orp  Lo images  W Goegi Saite RED grd  L Webhrnapi    wl Z       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 53    Extracting Images From Web Layers       Using Custom WMS  Web Map Service  Layers   Saving  amp  Extracting Images    There are many different WMS layers that may be added into ADMS as an additional layer and be  utilized within the software  Often these layers are state or region specific and require some setup  before they can be used  To set up WMS layers refer to that section in the book     e Once the WMS layers have been properly set up they  will show up as an additional layer in the data tree just  like a SID or TIF file     e The example on the ri
152. P205 0       Calculate the Product Pounds  PProdPounds P205   ProductPConc       Calculate how much N comes with the P  NFromP PProdPounds   ProductPConc     Send the Value to the Map  Return PProdPounds    End Function  Private Shared Function CalcPotashUofMRec  KST as Single  YieldGoal as Single  ProductKConc as Single  as Single     Check To See If it Is Less Than 175 ppm  If KST  lt  175 Then  K20    1 166     0073   KST     YieldGoal  Else     It was over 175 ppm so apply O  K20   0  End If  If K20 lt 0 then K20 0       Send the Value to the Map  Return K20 ProductKConc    End Function    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 236    Script Written Using Functions       The main purpose of using functions is to break code into smaller  bite size modules that    allow you to better follow what is going on in the script  You can see below that it does  simplify the code greatly     Dim P205 As Single  Dim K20 As Single  Dim MakeMap As Output    Dim NitrogenSoilTest as Single 40   Dim ExpYield As Single   Rasters  2005 Corn Yield   Value  Dim OlsenPST As Single   Rasters  P_OLSEN   Value   Dim KST As Single   Rasters  K_UNSPEC   Value    MakeMap   Output N    If InField Then  Select Case MakeMap    Case Output N    Return CalcNitrogenNDSURec  EXPYIELD  NitrogenSoilTest  OLSENPST     MinimumApp  MaximumApp A  NProductNConc  PProductNConc    PProductPConc   MinPApp   MaxPApp   
153. PL BE geleent 1 tt  R e Be er       aey   aps ata  ERRED IE          Mere     Fam Cera Fer    Ei EI EY     Mee  Fifi Field T  Fertlzer Maps           Frei Ds Condy Data   imam         E 20g        A  5631  o Sudarea Im hing Ber 1  woo T ed  Hr PURE Bourdet she  Erd      judy 1  PO PT gal  m 18 77    Kr  m    AT fh ga  im gi  m   PUD pom gel    Ee  DE tthe  u Bru   I EEE       Erz et            images tm Map L                           Currani Laer      x   Fali alij Fai   Os        Ferikze Mapa Liser Baunden   LlJ org      11 924 Pier         yl Layer tet       Lah a Pane Lori Se 1 nt  ee a a rn Te  mn on nen  Lopate                GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 128    Export Prescription Maps   Shape Grids       Ag Leader Insight  amp  Integra Controllers     Export will create a Shape file which exists as a xxx shp   xxx shx   xxx dbf files     Note  All 3 files must be sent out to the spreader  SHP   SHX   DBF    Boundary   not required to be turned on for this export  1  Select all the files to export  2  Select one layer as master  3  Note the    Precision    Column for exporting low rate products like Micro Nutrients   change the    0    to a value of 1 or 2  1 digit after the decimal point or 2 digits after the  decimal point    4  Adjust your    Output Resolution         Recommend   6 or 8 meter Note  Corn Seed Maps   Your  5     Cell Merge Mode      normally se
154. Printed map that will get  sized down  Simply pinning open the    Drawing Tools    will resize the map window  Basically make the  Map window viewing area something near a    Square    viewing area     Note the shape of the eels window on ie    Left     Now look at the zul out on the Ran             u    g E   t Urawings in Map  tor SH 8 SE             a                               ai fe           az   ze 27am  1 14       20858 occcill gt    BE PS HN   ee        TI GK Teshnelgay    Resized Map window Printed map       Upper Selection i sf DP AS F D ee Layer info  Layers Statistics   Query   GPS Mark    Or  GK User Manual    us KT Farm    U   er  SH 8 SE                     SESSSSSL SESE SEE ES  ij  syag    E   amp   BESBBRn    mas  num    eal eV Fe  oe        293 0553       Ar    iowa  8 05 Acus GK Technology  yA   for ark ultiure       Color Bar   Shows Min  amp  Max values of the surface  The Acres on the Color Chips MAY NOT add to field total acres  more Colors than    Chips   Statistics   Shows the Average   Acres   Standard Deviation   Total Product Units    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual       Print Map   Batch Print Surfaces   Print Map to Bitmap   Prnt Map to Clipboerd   Multi Map Layout   Print Map to Outback PNG and IN    Layer Selection    Layers Statistics Query GPS Mark       New Grower CLIENTEN    Po    New Farm KT Farm v   New Field SH   3 SE y    Field
155. S or Yield Editor  and perhaps ur    merged multiple combines  The Yield data is either in a  SHP or  CSV file format  This   4i  format is NOT ready for making management zones or use in scripts  You must have all en       your Yield Data for the field merged into one Shape File or CSV     For Analysis     1  Turn on the Yield shp or Yield csv   example will be using Yield shp                  2  Right Click on the Yield shp  3  Choose    Create Grid    and    Create Grid from Polygons       4  Click    Create Grid    button    stop at any step here for  visual analysis    Use the    Fill Null Values    button to fill in areas that don t  have Yield Data   Use the    Low Pass    button to smooth out the data   Suggest 2 or 3 clicks     5  Once filled  Turn on the    Boundary shp      Left Click in  map to    Select    it    6  Click on the    Yield grd    file name to make it the active  layer    7  On the bottom toolbar  click    Crop Raster to Selected  Polygon       WW Th Ag Dala ttapapinng Satasen   Map Windom iJ                 Im Bean potra kyser feat Soup Tou Windows Hele  8  Save the    Yield grd    file m          XOP    2 Ceranamrertgg ss In hir  Dery      i    Lae SS ere TE  Pusat F wiz  Leser Piatt weg     OQgehhls deste a  a    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 215    Create Grid from Points   Yield Data       This format is NOT ready for making management zo
156. SHP file  with elevation data and a field boundary  Place this data in the Field Folder   using Windows Explorer  or export it to this location with other software   Then in Ag Data Mapping Solution  open a new map window and check the  file to display it     cE Bi Frees ppan Setup EZES ed    u   eeu    Kar   fo ATK Proms  7  Jf    few Fai Shey G5E ATR m          i iM    LL  i K s  Fink Shely ISEATK Lige Marged    TETTE  gt  BARY  Ea x  X       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 165    Creating Topography  amp  Watersheds       Creating the Topography Map  Grid the Points       Cee Gd       Right click    on the shapefile that you just turned on ae a      and click    Create Grid        gt     Create Grid from e      7 LLA  Points  ee    In the dropdown box labeled    Source Database  Column     select the column that contains the elevation  data  In this case it is labeled    Altitude        A progress bar will run as the new layer is created   The new file will be created in the same directory as the  point SHP file with the name of the database column   the last three letters will be  grd           Refresh the tree and check fhe box to display the  new grid     fers ATK Processing    fiw   Fai Shely BSE ATI    ol okt    EE arr wy    PU Merges  aL TLD gee Lat E7 a Lin BEE  Fielt Shoby ASESATK Layer  Merged iip    2N CSSS Oaeaehs ART 2     13        GK Technology  Inc    2
157. SOG     Shewenne Are un    ra tat ANTO   Wate    Ei era Ct       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 283    Downloading LIDAR For North Dakota   Ordering       3  After accepting the disclaimer  the data outlines will appear on the map  This is a good  indicator of where the data is available and if the LIDAR Data Set has to be adjusted     4  Using the navigation tools on the top left corner of the website locate the area to down   load the LIDAR from  To identify what each of the tools do  mouse over them and it will  display what each one does     E a ase    o     Obere      Y   a        fee Pa  TELA    Leite dhim hate    a    4 O28 bc   62 An       Eu          5  If the township and range is known it can be entered in the box to the right of the navi   gation tools and by clicking    GoTo    will zoom into that    area      Note  After zooming in the Township and Section  ID   s will appear on the map to help identify an area     6  If the Lat  and Lon are known for a point they may  also be entered in by going to the bottom of the page           CH  irre toe drum the mu En J  prey hae eet am Los de te ore te ma d         PESE rsk          GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 284    Downloading LIDAR For North Dakota   Ordering       7  After zooming in the area has to b
158. Script    u F Saari P ortasha i  DEF Gare     U Tia Morgad pa          tA Zar de     N   lepers gi  Click on    Map Math Output     hegre   JA 0 a   amp       save As      Topo Merged grd or whatever name See  fits      Click back to    Map Window     amp     Layer Info       1534 MET 118   Tope Merged iFeet        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 190    To create wetland or utility setbacks     you must first draw a  boundary around the    Wetland       Creating Tile Plan   Setbacks  Buffer Selected Items                 1  Turn on the    Field Data    layers needed to define a wetland or utility   2  Select    Wet Area    from the    Create Layer from Template    list   3  Zoom in to the area of interest   4  Check on Wet Area shp   5  Bottom Toolbar  click    Draw New Object         SHP     button   Draw a boundary around the Wetland  Once Finished    Save     Clear Map  1  Check on Wet Area shp    wit        errors pace  2  Click inside the    Polygon    making it    1 za  ond une  Selected Object     Ei   Merge ll Visite SHP   3  Right Click on the    Wet Area shp    and be en San es wens     Buffer Selected Items     Unies Offer Points By Hesding    Te  Save As    Buffer Selected Items  4  Name the file to be created     example    Setback 100foot shp     5  Adjust the    Buffer Distance    ex   100 feet ENGND eta GNDete OK User Manual GKT Ferment Motoes 3  6  Click
159. Select the corresponding nutrient out of    Source    Database Column       7  Click    Apply         The point labels should now be the same as the test    results          This can now be printed     Repeat from the top of the page as needed for the de     sired nutrients    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 118    Grid Sampling   Using Scripting To Write Prescriptions       Writing a Prescription From Nutrient Maps Using Scriptin et    Map Winco       Once you have all of the desired nutrient maps created  you are ready to  create the fertilizer prescription using the scripting method  You can use an existing  prescription or create your own by following the instructions in the Getting Started    With Map Math Section   County Data   Imagery          JG 2013 Grid Sample    ur  Merged Sample Points shp       Field Data        1  Under Layer Info  select Clear Map so there  are no loaded layers in the map widow        er     gr  2  Select all the input layers that will be used to EN mar  create the prescription  WIE Soil K grd   IGE Soil OM grd  3  On the top toolbar  select the    Multi Layer AR Soil P Olsen grd  WE Soil PH grd  Map Math    button GE Soil Salts grd   IGE Soil Zn grd    E     VBE Yield Goal grd       lm       4  Load the script that you wish to use  If you have used some recently   they will be in the  Recent Scripts    dropdown     5  If you are going to
160. TI ty Deming    This will open the Landsat Merge Utility   Scenes will be merged individually one at a time     Lariat Merge Unity O       step 1  Browse to the folder containing  the source Tif files to Merge    ihe source Til files to Marga   e    1  Select    Browse     a    29 30    J  LC80290302012161L6N01   dea ern an SI    2  Select the Folder containing the extracted images   Click    OK        3  The band orders will automatically be populated  The order will be determined by  which satellite it came from  Click    Merge Images    Merge images       4  Repeat for additional scenes     5  The images will automatically be named and be saved in the same location as the  source folder   Example  2002_JUN28_2930_L5_4235 TIFF     NOTE  It is recommended saving the original  tar gz file  This will always allow you to  go back if image processing ever changes     Landsat 8  5 3 4 6     Step A Sed Source Tid tiles for sach    Landsat 5  amp 7  4 2 3 5     Step 2  Select Source Tif files for each  output channel            CREDE age Perl har  i EETL TE   CARS Pipe Gear Chea  LoS ee  a   CRETE ie Se Sarre  LCR Se LGA H TEF   Tis Gage Apts Chace  LERNT INTERN Bi TE       Output Image Red Channel    LT50290302002179LG501_B4 TIF      Output Image Green Channel  1 TSA 1 PS GSM LA  TIF   Output Image Blue Channel  LT50290302002179LG501_B3 TIF   Output Image Alpha Channel    LTS0290302002179LG501_B5  TIF         GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244 
161. TNSMUUUG nee ae een  280 281  ND LIDAR JD ISSCIMIMAL One 282 284  ND LIDAR Dissemination Using FileZilla           ccc eccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 285 286  Minnesota DNR FTP Download sun  EG ana anna dann 287 289  lowa LIDAR Daldwtcnissatiapnustbicesesavidy aebrdndustpeagbuddiaciadayoasmaiboaceustieriesadnnenndas ine 290 291  Downloading  amp  Processing USGS LIDAR   Earth Explorer    ccccccccccccceeccceceeeeeneeeueeeeeennes 292 295  LIDAR AS Catalog Creation  LAS  amp  LAZ  nee een 296  P WOU Se E E E a an En A EER 297  Glossary  EIS ea 298 301    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    File Storage  amp  Structure Layout    When you open up ADMS you will find that  every window has Grower Farm Field as drop  downs in the upper left corner  This is how to  select the field and files to be used  Also  the  names located in these drop downs are going  to print on the side of most of the maps  Ag  Data Mapping Solution software is based on a  very simple folder file format  When you go to  Windows Explorer to look at your files and  folders  the names displayed on the folders in  the  GKData    folder are the same seen in Ag  Data Mapping Solution  You can name  rename  and create folders in either ADMS or Windows  Explorer  you may get errors in both windows  if you have files open in the folders you are re   naming     Below is an example of how to build the file  str
162. This allows the image to be either Extracted as a TIF or Extracted as a TIF  amp  Extracted as  a RGB VI surface  If the image is a CIR  Color Inferred  use the second extraction method  by right clicking on    Layer Info        Extract as a Color Image          e Choose the output resolution of the extracted image  1 2 meters   Cellsze  is adequate for most fields     e Click    OK     Choose Cell Size of Output Raster   e The file will automatically be named and saved back to    Field Da   ta    in a    Images Webmaps      e Click    Save               0 5 Meter                1 0 Meter  e If the Extract image button is    used and an RGB VI surface is  extracted it will have the ex     Saa ia ype TIERE      Grower Folder        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 56    Creating Guide Lines for Extracting Imagery  Landsat        As you may know if you have ever worked with Landsat data it is low resolution  30 meter  raw data   The geo referencing is ok at best  So you must use the tools in the software to     align    the data  Clicking between images can be time consuming  but it is very accurate   If you are going to be extracting many images on a field using Landsat data  Suggest  looking at using    Guide Lines      1  Turn on Field Boundary  2  Turn on a NAIP image that has all the    details    you would want to highlight   Prefer to use extracted NAIP tif files  se
163. This example will show the statisti   cal color bar if    Embed a Color Bar  in the KMZ    is checked on     ae     et fia Mee   Doreen A    LFI Eeid a ee be i pee AL                       ooole aar a        i ogle artt      Google earth    lt  gt  ee    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 153    Google Earth along with some other software packages will allow vector files to be opened within  different desktop and mobile applications  The file type that is used has the extension   KML    which stands for keyhole markup language  Vector files such as points  lines  and polygons can be  saved to one or multiple KML files for viewing in these applications           Exporting KML Files For Google Earth              Saving Vector Files As KML Files    Field Data County Data       This example will use a tile plan as an example        1  Turn on the SHP file that you wish to save as a KML   2  Right click on the file select Save As  gt  KML File        Field Data County Data Image          3  After selecting    KML File    a window  will appear saying that it has been  successfully saved and the path  where it was saved to  These files  will get saved to the same location  as the SHP file they were saved             Unload Layer    10 inch c Zoom to This Layer  Order  DSP    Control I Appearance    COS  Litt Statii gp        Create Grid from   a SE  i Merged lelte 4  Click    OK  
164. Wium  amp  dermuial  i Piui 5 rajabur   al LF  Bu Domninade Par  E Ko i lex  b Mtn  wy  Fine i igi  a Merdhihi  E Cernan d Mendy  IE iisa Peek a E tusks    an    i    Eee Heimmi  Gacy feo  Drei Cee    p   h  Fer Demi  Porsing Oley  Ewer Gha Hi    BHi irg Bon Hiii    Erierbrg irra  aeg IF    oper Tr       The extractor utility  will cut an image  out for each county  that the Landsat  scene covers and  then creates and    mym HN JL 0 SG    ein  Tre  Ei  Lites  Eheb Tare    Enten hang Mm   Sat Hr    Deere Tee  Reach Cam  re Oley   Sah eli ise Mia       places them ina  folder structure     When all the files are   finished being pro    cessed     Process   Complete    will be   displayed at the bot     tom of the window     A file structure will appear in the directory   that the output image folder was pointed at   Inside each of the counties will have a folder  containing the extracted Landsat tiff images     Additional Notes     If only certain areas need to be processed   the function    Create Only Selected Items    can  be used     To utilize this function  the polygon s  must  first be selected before the Tif  Extractor is opened  nh po i  1  With the polygon as the  active layer  use the selection tools on the  top toolbar     2  Select the polygons to be extracted   3  Open the Tif Extractor    4  Follow the process  above and puta  check in    Create On   ly Selected Items        Drawing Layer SD Counties v    COUNTY v    Create Only Selected Items    GK Technology  I
165. Ya My if       tH  Hm ER   ve       You can see above we have used the Yield Editor Utilities to clean nearly 4000 errant  points from the yield data set  And we have adjusted the flow delay by two seconds to  precisely align a ditch crossing in the data    The last step is to export the    data to a field folder in Ag Data   mu 777  Mapping Solution  To the right  are the proper settings to  create the CSV that Ag Data  Mapping Solution is expecting     All Output fields except the Hefe Senke  UTM fields should be selected   After setting the export options  as they are shown to the right   check the box labeled  Save as  Default Configuration     and  then click  Save Config                 GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 204    Processing Yield Data       Browse to the proper field a Espert ae  folder for the data and click   igi  pe  4   smiten   hath uate     Save     am _ i        ppr p e RA    Daja tan   lags HIF  Tha fiia a ery  You now have a properly    cleaned yield data set that you  can use  bring up in Ag Data  Mapping Solution and set a  thematic color table for dis   playing points          Fee pate   ST erharar Hiri    Sart H pe    Cone Sept d Ven ety      Hue Folden       T OFS NPE am EES   wom me   om   me                ea p ge        Be      A Karen   Fahd   a a ss                        Mem fam   North Guariar e    Mew Fat Z All Fics f     Perky Dor
166. a    LIDAR    folder to keep things clear  If you are  working with more than a couple counties of data  you may want to create    County    folders  within the LIDAR folder     Jolie I   Local Disk  09  gt  GData   Imagery  gt  Liat    File ame  SITE ARCE F JOID OOAD PIP D H  Save an ypt Comprened zogen  Folder AP        Once saved there  the data must be UNZIPPED  We suggest cleaning up files so you have all the xxxx las  files in a    LIDAR    or    County    folder  Once unzipped  all the  las files should be in one folder  not many  separate folders    See Processing LIDAR    For additional and more detailed instruction visit the Earth Explorer tutorial by clicking     Help    in the right corner of the screen  iii          Or you can visit the page directly at        https   Ita cr usgs gov ee_help    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 296    LiDAR   LAS Catalog Creation  LAS  amp  LAZ        LIDAR data is some very powerful  amp  useful data  This data can be hard to index and  catalog what data you have and what you are missing because files need to be pro   cessed into ADMS or you need to know    Tile  s    you are looking for        The    Create LAS Catalog    tool with create a SHP polygon around all the Lidar Tiles   LAS or LAZ  in a folder and label them based on the File Name     Using LAS Catalog Tool    Go to    Tools    and    Create LAS Catalog    123 Fie
167. a 5 rate zone application map     consider    for seeding maps      oe fie 10       pot Vield impotlppe Fit ies Teoh Window MH     View Nuthent Maps          Load Zone Image Soil Test Results    Stop 2    Load Sure Fenk  Fie    Lino Mhe Sop dnan besss waned u sah Zare Caio Select Se  Step 5 Tone tom the Sod Ten Fema tren matches up mth te Zune Par Luna Dade Mew cere Onor a Sard Grup f Demsa  7                     Zar 0 E Win Mey  Maw  Enter Feet arust w  t t  Step     Sdwa the ee ha  cortars te lone              Ler   d K  Stap 4 rayas Dard Wa   Saree Died Sot Taa Funar      Set Ton   ayer                                           46 0 0 11 52 0 0 0 60  1 160 87 40  2 0 0 0  3 215 58 28  4 0 0 0    5 g0 29 17     Using the drop down boxes next to each Zone Color Select the  Step 5 Zone from the Soil Test Results that matches up with the Zone   PhosConvet     Create New Group   Choose a Blend Gro  F 0 0 60  Color Min Mean Max Area CoVar  11 52 0 0 0 60  05465 0 8185 0 8825 65 8 18 46 0 0 0 60  46 0 0 11 52 0 0 0 60 0 0 0 90S 2nSO4  0 8825 0 9585 1 0077 27 1 37 pHs  1 0933 1 1337 1 179 45 9 21 46 0 0 18 46 0 0 0 60 21 0 0 24S 2nSO4  5 1 179 1 2279 1 3832 24 0 27 46 0 0 18 46 0 0 0 60  82 0 0 11 52 0 0 0 60 0 0 0 90S ZnSO4  82 0 0 11 52 0 0 0 60 21 0 0 24S ZnSO4     Interpolate Output Maps Save Editec        Enforce Product Min and Max Rates    Load Zone Image Sod Tes  Resulls View Nutnent Maps  Stop  Step 5 alin sit ernten ann Genug tee run Correan Cane hen Gaus Qhoeme 2 Sari G
168. a aes DLS      U 2004 Com  e Example       gt  CB 2005 Beets    Need Zones on for samplin n    ay 2006 Vihest    ae Boundary  shp  LJ Confidence 2009  LJ Images  E layer Merged Eggrd      Norman MUP 2005 ent ti  Norman NAP 2005 ed FRED ord  mre   lt ii T Tappa I grid    LJ Topography    More data is not a bad thing  use what you like        Connect GPS    4  Go to the    GPS    tab GPS Mark Quick   Guide Gnd        Use Viliniows  5  Connect GPS    Wi       Sn Selings    Lecaton    6  Your cursor will show you your location on the screen  to the Right Side              GK Smtch Bax  LELLO       rl Lag  Log Attribute 1 Log Attribute 2    GPS OF Somen Options    Fan fhe tan to Hei eteron Cure i    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    243       Load Data GPS Navigate    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 244    Quick Notes For GPS   In Field QM Points       Starting New Data Collection    1  Open  Map Window    or  Log and Sample           2  Select the Grower  Farm  and Field you want to work with     GPS     y  3  Turn on the Map that you want to work with  aa oaasi  Diosas    ns    Use Yr  ndawn  Selings   Location       Connect GPS      GPS  4  Go to the    GPS    tab       5  Connect GPS    fie geile            s0100  im    7  If you want to mark other    Points      Go to the    Quick    tab    6  To Collect Topo     Start Log     gt     Log Path         This is your Topo    Collection    Joystick Interface 
169. ab to display will be the GPS tab     GPS port and connection information is displayed in the  Preferences tab of the main program     Click Connect GPS  When GPS Status is good to go  the  Status bars will be green     Select Prescriptions     Use the drop down boxes to select the Grower  Farm and  Field  When you have the proper field  the data available  for that field will be displayed in the tree  Prescription files  can either be  grd or  bmp files     Check the box next to the file to load it  Depending on the  application  you may be loading more than one file  Also  a  file may be inside a folder  If it is  you will need to click the          sign next to the folder to open it     The toolbar on the bottom of the data tree has a few tools  used for maintenance  The last button  a red X on the  toolbar  is a button to clear the map between fields     Start Controller     Below is the interface for tying a map to a channel on a  controller  In this case  the controller only has one channel   Maps that have been loaded show up in the drop down box  that currently is displaying    None     Assign the map to be  applied to the controller channel doing the application     You can add other information about the application in the  App ID box  You can also select Spray Spread Seed Other   to add additional information to the file name that contains  the as applied data     Check the box next to Connect to start the controller  Then  click the    Run    tab to display the ta
170. ad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 163    Creating Topography  amp  Watersheds       Cleaning Elevation Data   Database Tab    In most cases I wait till all my data sets are  merged before cleaning  it makes for only 1 2  the work  In some cases  you may need to clean  the data up before merging  but this is rare     Before getting going  understand that not all  RTK Data collection equipment collects data the  same way  Some will    log    Quality information  and some will just log Lat Lon Elevation  A good  system will log additional Quality information     Turn on your complete data collection for the  field  again all the data should be in 1 SHP file               nd Oe Vener Bi den  Lz fae lpr Ved Paen bpi Sup Took jno Mim Map    Lee bART am Orr EL a Ex  pa Bm hE Sm zu  2  Click on the    Database    tab Bottom Left  we   ee ee Biene  the data table will open up  Vee   thie GX User Maru    fe fee ATK Prommssung    3  By clicking on the column    names     you will  be able to sort the data ascending or descend   ing  This is very useful for    deleting    unwanted  data  By clicking on the gray area to the left side  of the rows  you will be able to select objects  within the active layer  By using the    Shift    key  you can select multiple rows of data  You can    also use the    Ctrl    key to select multiple points     few Fait Shel S5E ATK        A oid      Fehl Dhala Camara   ben                   ele an  Geil
171. ad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 286    Downloading LiDAR For North Dakota   FileZilla          After connecting the files should be visible on the right side Of   Remote site    temp 1545402285890  the screen and will show up as   zip files        7  Using the Local site window on the left browse to the loca  LJ  B06045370 2i          p  tion where the   zip files will be saved to    4  B06045372 zip     J  B06065370 zip     Loca   J  B06065372 zip      site   C  GEData User Manual Lidar   l ei User Manual  i DB  HJ  Client      u di Lidar    8  After connecting to the remote site and browsing to the location on the local computer  select the   zip LIDAR files to download     Filename    9  After the files are selected   Right Click   Select    Download          B06045370 zip    j     1 B06045372 zip          Dra  k Hrn ti gear    ee Fl        1 606065370 zip       4   IM    m nn 10  The files will start to transfer and the progress can  Selected 4 files  Total size  90 487 052 bytes    be viewed on the bottom window   Server Local file  i sweoW lidar swe nd gov  u CA GEData User Manual L  dar B06065372 z  p  00 00 43 elapsed 00 01 11 left       8 773 140 bytes  195 0 KiB s      It is recommended that before proceeding install 7 zip on your computer   http   www 7 Zip or   11  After the files have finished downloading browse to the location where they were   saved    12  Select all of them    13  Right Click and Go 7 zi
172. ag    Ocet  ami zargis Hes  i   s ra  2 Coe n Mar Was m   Eee Fena Merah mA i Dam oma  un 0 WARS im J00  Stap 3 207 Losa 1m Pi a8 Pr  Select te Oian ha     539 t1130 13 on my 7 a2  rn tte Zone    nm 12273  m  gt  oS  1 rougie Ota Man Seve Eed Sod Tes Fate          Ertorce Pusiat Mer out Mes Putre Supt Yan           GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 74    Nutrient Layers       Common Name Mapping Database    Load Zone Image Sod Tasi Results View Nutnent Maps  Stop 2      Lamb Sepie Ferds Fie          Liy he drop dren borns ned to cech Zum Calor Seiect the  S Zin tan ow Sad Tot Fond Pad matches iai wth We Zra   Tee Cornen       Zune    Come Mar Mes Mar Aau ves  RED  ON  NOTE  REE        ri est Marshy    os Ham Hamm   s a  wo cms mm tm    X  7  In iea ino a  23  02 117 1 178 53 2   17 125 SE OMe 27  d ktere aspa Mee Sare Ecthet Sai Tot Hents    S Tost Layers u  Ag te   Etra Protest Mr wut Mar Aass Bir Vane                                                                                                                                           Above you see a standard Zone Nutrient mapping box    1  When building a map for a Soil Test Layer or Product the first time  it will ask for  information about that column  Fill in all the blanks     2  This information is stored in a database and used to create the maps from that  column from then on  This is the name it will always use
173. agery   GLOVIS       You should come to the    Downloads Bar    at the bottom of the window  Click    Save As       Do you want to open or save LT50290302010281PAC01 tar gz  142 MB  from edelpdsftp cr usgs gov  eis  Save as    Open   Save Save and open       This will open you into a    Save As    window    Save these files back to your C  GKData Imagery LandsatScene   Ex  2829       Save As  Gis u GKData    Imagery    2829    Filename  1 150280797000223EDC00 tar gz    Save as type    GZ File      Browse Folders       Leave the file names as they are  DO NOT CHANGE     Click    Save       For the scenes that were submitted  You will receive an email in the next day or  two  Follow through the instructions on    Download    and you will get the files in  the correct location     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 268    Downloading  amp  Processing USGS Imagery   GLOVIS       As you get things downloaded  you will end up with a folder looking something  like this        Next  follow the unzipping and extraction   processing instructions on the next  couple pages     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 269    Landsat Data Processing       Introduction    Within ADMS there are different types of data that can be used for site specific field  management  Among this data is sat
174. al Map  Bing Hybrid Map  Google Map  Google Satellite  Google Labels  Google Terrain  Yahoo Map   Yahoo Satellite  Yahoo Hybrid  Open Street Map  WMS     Sem HHS an  1 Marna  lit Cite AT    I      Cigi TA  Tiir    ikke HELE     v Kr        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 261    Using Web Based Background Layers   WMS Layers       The following example will use the MN WMS server link     1  Enter the WMS server link where it says    Server      2  Click    Connect        x Some servers need special authentication which may require a login name and password     If this is the case enter it before connecting     iioa    Linge       m AR pect ec sco pen um cee ee   Lunge Fat j    After successful connection to   Bava WMM aa  CGD iat Maran Cine Dota WAART BO Joker FEA or Lite the server the window will  Senei Derai populate with different op    T  r Min MTG were iaaa roten tions the layers are viewed  Gine Hame htp gem inc ar mr a and saved    are Are    Different options may be    available or lacking depending  LE u Tite on which server is being ac     Ampere i Tie   ANY cele FEA cessed    gt  Tram Cie ee  ran Kiss Hat   riha j iar   IE e i er Aio Dhim Ta  HAJA Lanira  SO boogie FRA  rs ak Fret ia G Fa  Hr 0  AEA coir FA rm   DOE oe FSA  HIH condos FE  H coke Fih  Jitbreis FEA  MFA    ho himpr hg Caarrje          GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   85
175. al pay Oe deed be Mia  Next Login or Register   Orpen ares of yeor Shopping Cart  Ba Damian    spe USGS ae oF to pace order for       Mined Yor Sig i ein  yout LIEBT ane nd ae era cil aaa    sai nn    i Ui r       5  Pad dae i       heehee Me            GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 266    Downloading  amp  Processing USGS Imagery   GLOVIS       You are now in the    Item Basket   Pending Scenes    window of the USGS    Items in    Available Products    that has a    Level 1 Product    must be downloaded here  amp   now  This is done by click on the download ICON    Items in    Available Products    that show    Order Products    must have a    Check Mark    in  the    ORDER    column  Check all items like this and Click    Apply    at the bottom   Or  Check all the    Bulk Download    buttons  amp  click apply  Note  Items that are NOT available  for download will go to the Bulk Download  Available items must De downloaded now     Do not    Go to Item Basket    button until you have downloaded all available images re     quested  Once all are downloaded Click the button   Files may take 12 to 48 hours to be bundled for downloading     Pending Scenes  Entity Id Collection Order Bulk Download Available Products    Bulk Products   LandsatLook  Natural Color  Image  5 MB JPEG   LT50290302010233EDC00 L4 5 TM  LT50290302010217EDCOO L4 5 TM    Buzz LandsatLook Thermal Image 
176. all these items selected  check  es te a Maps    and click          j aiene  Sores Pe BCD 1 Sie roomie Oman Ort      w    aoaaa isn 100688  ites    wu wer a ml             Build Maps     by NOT checking the     Interpolate    box  you will get a 5 rate zone  application map recommended for seeding  maps     Select the    View Nutrient Maps    tab and  confirm the maps have all the correct rates       Select the    Soil Test Results    tab onte             Bea                Soil Test Results   View Nutrie             dis nites ck ts earl Zire ls             Using the drop  Step 2  Slop   at ta Gh iota cmon  P   Load Sample Results File Zone ID Color Min Mean Max    Enter Result Manually     NO TEST WM 05 5 08185 0 8825  NO TEST WN 0355 0385 1 0077  Step 3  NO TEST mr 10548 1 0933  Select the Column that NO TEST BE 1093 11337 1 17  contains the Zone ID NO TEST 1175 12279 1 3832                Ref No  10493126    GrowerID 25  Fld ID 1st8  Sample ID   null  110680 GREEN        DH  gt     Create Blend Group    d     Select the    Create  New Group    button  directly below the     View Nutrient Maps     tab       Select    Load Soil Test Result File        and choose a soil test to use    Locate the Soil Test CSV  Comma Sepa   rated Value  file you re using for your soil  test  this table layout and column names  must be standard for all tests        On the       Soil   Test  Column     pull down Jr  menus    Be  choose a Pin EI  Dow  the Soil    Test  Column  from the  soil test
177. alues you would use a period after the variable name   A Min  A Max  A Mean  A StandardDev  and A Value would all return numbers     e A variable that stores a letter or a series of letters known as a    String        Dim A as String  Dim A as String  Wheat Yield       e A variable that stores True or False information known as a    Boolean        Dim A as Boolean  Dim A as Boolean False    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 228    Introduction to Functions    A function is a segment of code that takes input data as arguments  performs a specific     function    and returns a result     In the example below  the portions of the function are defined  The function name is made  by the person writing the function  Other than a few reserved key words that are used in  Visual Basic  you can name the function whatever you like     For the arguments  you can use as many different variables as you like  You should define  what type of data the argument is  single  integer  string etc      For the return type  you should provide what type of data the number coming back will be   Single  Integer  Boolean      Then write in the code you want to calculate your function  and finally use the    Return    to  return the value back to the code that called the function     MS OO T    Function myFunction  j As Integer  As Double  myFunction   3 87  j      _ Process    Return myFunction      
178. amp  north   south    2  Red Points   RTK Control Points  not LIDAR     This Red Point is at the    Road Intersection       Second point set at a    Physical    mark  a     stake     driven in the ground in this example     3  Colored map   LIDAR Topography Map    Road Intersection needs to be aligned with  RTK CROSS        862 9 869 9 876 9  Lidarlmport  Feet     4  Zoom into the Road intersection area  Area of geo referencing     5  Use the    Measure    tool to get some close estimates for how much to move  the  shp  est  50    north and 30    east          The movement will be made in  METERS    so divide the values by  3 2808   est  15 24 meters north and 9 14 meters east     6  Make    LidarImport grd    your active layer    7  Click the  Surface Properties    button on the bottom toolbar      gt        X Aemolu  cn  8  Write down the Northing   Easting values so you know your starting Y Resoluson    point          Mp r      Dina  Arnim Dinin Vaha  Paleo Deis Wake    9  Use the Arrows to    Adjust Geo Reference    till  the data  lines up perfectly  Then pan around the field  to confirm alignment     Confirm Units   Feet    Confirm Decimal Precision   1       10  Click    Save       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 180    LiDAR RTK Merge   Adjusting Elevation  amp  Merging Rasters       The LiDAR and RTK are    aligned    on a X Y axis  We need to adjust the Z axis 
179. and an Inferred band in the   image  The bands can be extracted out individually  or a vegetative index like NDVIR or NDVIG can be used    Using NDVI   1  Turn on a field boundary    2  Select inside the boundary so it turns green    3  Turn on the image to be extracted   IMi 2002 JuLs_2828_17 423518    Make sure it is the active layer   4  On the bottom toolbar select the Vegetative Index icon    5  Choose either the Red NDVI or Green NDVI option   6  Go to    Field Data     u   7  Refresh the data tree      8  The extracted surface will be automatically saved in a folder called    Images                  Seen En    zu ounan rshp    o NDVIR grd       3 Band Images   Three band images most commonly have the Red  Green  and Blue  RGB  bands in the image  Each of the  bands can be extracted out individually  or the RGB vegetative index  RGB VI  can be used  The visible  vegetation index will enhance the vegetation the field     Using Visible VI    1  Turn on a field boundary   2  Select inside the boundary so it turns green        3  Turn on the image to be extracted      Make sure it is the active layer  4  On the bottom toolbar select the Vegetative Index icon   5  Click    RGB VI       Field  Shelly 8SE Layer  Norman NAIP 2004_RGB tif Visible VI Extraction       6  The extracted image will be saved in the    Field Da   ta    tab under the folder    Images NAIP    with the ex   tension    _VISVI       RGB NAIP Image       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  
180. and does not    affect processing   Qe      A Whinghber                 NNeighbor   Selects the value of the nearest point and does not consider the value of neighboring cells    NNei Bere og og   100         Bilinear   Linear interpolation is done in one direction and then again in another direction    grea       gm pg   100         Cubic   Takes 16 pixels into account and generally has a smoother appearance than Bilinear or NNeighbor  interpolation    Cubic   100         Transparency Settings    Both Images and surfaces can have their transparency adjusted for visual purposes     The number is in a Percentage        100       Note  Windows 7 there are issues with the transparency settings for surfaces  Therefore  if layering with  an image the image should be brought to the front and it   s transparency should be adjusted     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 29    Drawing Layers  Polygons  Lines   amp  Points     In Ag Data Mapping Solution  there are 4 ways to create add Drawing Lay   er Data  Drawing Layer Data can consist of Boundaries  A B Lines  Tile Lines   Sample Points  Sample Grids  As Applied Maps  some Application Maps  amp   many more files  All the below examples are using the  Map Window     Some  other windows may not have the same functionality     1  Import from Another Source    2  Extract Drawing Layers from a Mass Collection   FSA CLU Field Boundarie
181. ant it     If you don   t have a    Complete Field grd     you  will need to create or have a boundary shp that  will represent this     Right Click on the Boundary shp    Create Grid     and    Create Grid from Polygons          Do settings like Picture to Right   gt     Create Grid       Turn both    Yield grd    and     CompleteField grd     may be Boundary grd     Click on the    Multi Layer Map Math    on the top  We 3 b pa  Pp    toolbar           Open    2 Layer Merge Yield Hole     Script    Recere Scepter 2 wyar ldqrpe Yini  Hiie    re Pht bb Te ee Te kaii Ahja HETA fete ee ee ee ee E    in    Haya T Den Holes   Vali  ina   Aasiaa Complete Pied Dia Vale  mie iher ee re rt y ee ee rg     Line 24   Highlight or delete             everything after    Ini      i ESFE   m     3  2299292929 gt  DOM Edt blowin Linn eeeeeccceseeee  Select    Yield    under    Data Raster Pr     Tn   Layers    and Click    Add as Value           Line 25   Repeat previous 2 steps  a Dae per  assigning the    CompleteField grd        Ex est ae     Line 27   Assign value for the Holes       Click    Compile Script            ew   Per Demno Fann  Mew   Feii Field 1  Topo       Run Script          Fisi  Chaat a Casey Chaim mney            Click back to    Map Window      amp     Layer Info       ee Fo 0   E birti Fe  E T Se       Click on    Map Math Output             Save As      Yield Merged grd or whatever cs act ir E    name fits       i aa    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Hals
182. ant to pull        Swe TH   Lome Tha    Lain te se    5  Next  select the    Range Type    you  want to use  These are mathematical  ranges based on the inputs and num   ber of ranges selected  Typically for  Satellite imagery  you will want to use     2 Std Dev    or    K Means          E           Average 184 Aron 5O H Acres  Std ew 163 Toat 10958          E tes bare od Sorgen ies       Va  i 7 x ET on es Tada    mn rt  mee iR L weg rhea  Sess De E  E  Aa pm  zn ye oa ee   eS   Sol  J fl Tue Br li hi mii  Se Diy i65  ikra m   gum irm  Hires ue    ip i Ba  a 1   2  i    Hd Des Frami Ser i   Mahi TEIE  Ton ET ee Caef o Wia pia  F ah      I a    Forme lige ai E    B  wan 7     ao Mia al          Average 124 Arer 50 54 Acres          GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Creating Zones From Imagery       Manual Zone Creation    6  The statistical methods may not give  you the exact zones you are looking for   You may want to adjust the zones manu   ally     7  TO manually adjust a zone  place your  mouse over a color chip and    Scroll    your  mouse wheel  This will adjust the    Lower     value of the range     8  Repeat this process to adjust all the  zones you want to change  Note  adjusting  the highest value does nothing  you are  moving the top value of the color chip     9  If the map in the preview window is ac   ceptable  click on the    Apply    button   This will 
183. apping Solution   ADMS User Manual    What Is A Null Value        If there is one point that trips up many scripts  it  is the concept of a null value  or NullVal  which is  how it is referred to as a script     Simply put a data raster layer in a square  and if  the raster layer has been trimmed to a field  boundary  the cells that are not in the area of the  raster that is inside the field boundary are set to a  unique number known as a Null Value     This number is the largest number that can be  stored in a single  1 70141E 38  cell  In a script   you can test to see if the value of a certain cell is  null by this test     If A NullVal then     The Input is Null Output a Null  Return NullVal  Else     It isn   t null so do the math  End If    In Ag Data Mapping Solution Version 3333 and  later  there is also a check you can run that will  test all layers  and if any are null  it will tell you     If InField True then      All layers have data  Else      One or More Layers are Null  End If    To make the image on the lower right  this script  was used     If Infield Then   Return Rasters  0 0 60   Value  Else   Return O  End If       A Normal Raster Layer Trimmed to Boundary       A Raster Layer with Null Values set to Zero  Red     Side Note     The    InField    call is a function in the  Script     Public Shared Function InField   As  Boolean  Dim InF As Boolean   True  For Each R As Raster In Rasters  If R Value   NullVal Then    InF   False  Return InF  End If  Next R
184. asssccanecernsnunsmntidasnncateen a a aAa 168 171  Ped TTNG LAZA ENT ACTO ee S EEE 169  Running the Watershed Modeling Routine         ssssssssssssssnnsrrsnsnrsrrnrsrrnnrnrrrrnrrrrnrrrrerene 172  Apply the Point Offset  anna anne ann 173 175  Re Project the Raster a a ee e ran 176  LIDARSRIR Merga masse en e EENE Aaea 177 181  Pr TOTEN essen 182  OUICK Notes for Drainage Pa ee EEE TREE 183 184  Creating Tile Plans  Overview of Tile Planning and PrOJE Cena 185 186  Crea OUEL PO rear 187  Adjusting Elevation With Mod Area         s  sssssssssssssrssrnnsrennrnrsnrnrsrrnnrrrnnrrrsnrnrrrrnrrrennne 188  Merge Topography grd TMCS vcanccecescicacnssuavanannivatendeatentuniauasatatanataieseseenntvanasiunasaen des 189  Creating Tile Plan   Setbacks  Buffer Select Items          ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeegeenes 190  DD SSIGMING  MIGING ccceccsuezccencachicatessyedstsatmeccnsanetetenessascesesssocenrasaess tes szeseardeacseanbssedaness 191  Adding Main Depth Points    essen nee aneignen 192 193  Pattern Design  amp  Guide Lines nase nennen 194  Calculating Tie SZ ee a A EE ARE 195  OFAN  TUG  PIAI rrenean E nee 196  Exporting Tile Plan tO AGPS Pipe PrO are ee 197 200  Processing Yield Data  Processing through Yield EGON een ee 201 204  Processing KB   GK Yield Data         nssessssnsnssnrnnnnnnnnnnunnnrunnnennennnneunnnrunsnenneunnnnnns 205 210  Cleaning Yield In ADMG san ee 209 211  Normalizing  amp  Merging Yield         ssssesnssesnnnnnnsrrnnsrrsrenrnrrnnnrrnnrnrenenrrrennrne
185. ast  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Downloading  amp  Processing USGS LiDAR   Earth Explorer       From the list of options      Check    the LIDAR box    Click on the    Results    button at the bottom of the page     294          2 EarthEsplorer E S       File Edit View Fgvontes Jools Help    2  Sect Your Data Selis     This will bring you to    4  Search Results    Check the boxes for the data setis  you want to search    When dene sefectr data satis   cick the Additonal    Click open the    Show Results Controls    at the top Criena or Results buttons below Click the plus sagen    Suggest   Check the    Add All Results Bulk Download     This step must be done on all pages of results    Click the    View Item Basket    button    erie mager     OR    Click the    Download    button  amp  download 1 by 1                  7 Earthiplorer a    o mm  e    File Fo Wen Favonizs fools Heip  eS ae ee ia            4  Search Results  fu Ser bed mom Mhan or dalt sal bo Search  eae  O he Gropicwn io See The Search mes for oach specii    ata set     Hide Result Controls a    SOW AA Fams From Cusen Page  Show Al Aiwai Fro Carer Page  i id All Recut Feom Current Page to Give Downed    Compare Browse  Map Osveriay w    A Scones w      Niela Set  LOAR w      i    haing 4  14o ar    LIDAR Enti iD  Sp ARES ANER NACE F J010 A  Carter 12 WOY  10            ate  50  pect  SO DAE RIVER kos 7018    Jed vl EG    LIDAR Entity Ib  50 A
186. at  EM eto Ce    Fra i Sch CEC 7 40 meq  PET rej ai Eu Aee     ira     Sol K 40 300 ppm  Sod OM 1 6    Soil P Bray 3 35 ppm  Sod P Oisen 3 20 pm       1  To change or edit an entry click in the ColorByValueTheme area for the name you wish to be  change  This example will be pH  After clicking on    None    by the pH entry the options or pH  layers are populated on the right side of the window    2  In the    Color By Value Table    dropdown menu choose the desired  theme  i   After the theme is chosen click    Save    at the top of the widow    Repeat for additional layers    Exit out of the    Common Name Mapping    database     Color By Value Table                 Soil pH 5 8         en    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    80  Nutrient Layers       Creating Nutrient Layers Manually    9  Select the    View Nutrient Maps    tab  You now have Nutrient Maps for each  product you desire                       Load Zone Image   Sol Test Resis View Nubian  Mains  l a             p   m 4 a ig   ie  af P Fr      CHES  26 54 BY  11 82 0  LbsiAcne   L_   Ede Asia 148 EI eres  Did Dres Hiii gim PFG Lia  H u  FA  Lay    NOTE  In this example  if the rates were entered in LBS of Product  11 52 0   46 0   0  you are done  Go to    Map Window    for printing and exporting     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mappin
187. at the bottom of the screen  Fi   Elev    cursor Line Lenath Rise   Fall Cut   Fill   profile arade Actual Grade   060 7 Feet Length  1 073 Foot Drop  0 48 Foot Crop Cutl 05 Foot Grade 0 045   at     5  Check    Show Grade Line    eye  6  Check either    Left to Right    or    Right to Left     7  Use the    Profile    slider bar to adjust the location of the Profile Line  8  Change your Grade   to change the grade of the Profile Line    Moving up and down on the vertical line will give your location and cut information  Ei       Ground Lewel   1161 34   Cursor Level   1155 36   Cursor   5 98 Feet Below Surface i  Grade Depth  5 44 Feet Below Surface re         Note on the Profile   Top Line   Soil Surface  Above the Yellow   Middle Line   2 Foot Minimum for Drain Tile  Between Yellow  amp  Green   Bottom Line   6 Foot Maximum for Drain Tile  Between Green  amp  Orange     Saving Profile Lines  Profile Bar     Right Side of Map Window  i        J    1  Click on the  Create New Plan    button or    session         Open an Existing Plan      Once per field    2  Create a profile you want to save  click 7    Add Current Profile to Plan      a  Repeat 1  amp  2 to layout your Drainage Plan       3  Click on the al  Save Profile Layers to File    button to save the file  4  Repeat your Profile Lines section and Save Profile Lines until you have all the Ditches created for  the field   make sure you        5  Click on the Mill and select    Export AGPS Profiles    or    2D Shape   
188. ata if both numbers are at  1     I throw a wet towel across the inner four discs if I am on pavement  If you are in  the field  just drop it in the ground  If the wet towel does not work  take it outside  and drop it in the ground and run it to clean the discs     You can now close this dialog box  and open a Veris Logging Window  On the Set   up tab  Click    Start GPS    and    Start Veris     Then  buttons should turn from red  to green  and if you click on the    Run    tab  you should see values in the Veris  display as well as the GPS interface box     If you are using a USB to serial converter  you should note the USB port that you  are using  and use that port every time  If you plug it into a different port  your com  port numbers will change           bising aed rendarce   Alien      35 Te z Farm a l ern      LIEST STE her                  hae  m PE J TE dag    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 254    WOON QU RW N HM    Veris Logging       Items on the    Run    tab             Lrkectnin hads I      hn  sonne be we ot        timla a     wer  CE Tae    pe ple po pre          biai mg ehd Giada             ya a            7                Light Bar Display     Start Stop GPS Button     Map Scaling Toolbar     Start Stop Veris Button     Start Stop Log to File Button     Open an Existing Log File     Create Boundary Button from Logged Data    Create Topo Shapefile f
189. atellite imagery  A surface is a geographic representa   tion of a set of continuous data  such as elevation or geological boundaries   a spatial distribution  which associates a single value with each position in a plane  usually associated with continuous    attributes     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 300    Glossary       MID    MapInfo interchange format  always paired with MIF    MIF    Maplnfo interchange format  always pared with MID    SHP   A vector data storage format for storing the location  shape  and attributes of geographic features  A  shape file is stored in a set of related files and contains one feature class  Shapefiles can be used to  represent lines  points  or polygons  Often times you will see shape files as field boundaries  sample  points  yield points  elevation  and in tile planning  Shapefiles have at a minimum of three files asso   ciated with them to make them functional  These are a SHP  SHX  and DBF  The SHP file contains the  primary geographic reference data in the file  SHX file is the index portion of the file  DBF is the data   base file  The shapefiles attributes are stored in database format and have a columnar structure for  each attribute    CSV    Coma Separated Value files can be used as many things  similar to and Excel file  If the CSV file con   tains Latitude and Longitude columns it can be used as a Points   Vector file
190. ating Topography  amp  Watersheds       Adjusting levels between multiple    Point    SHP files         ee z  e   Many times there is a need to combine data    tke bryettdProtwe bipen Sey Tov   ETET   f  from multiple SHP files to make one dataset for u  ee EWR  f      I oe Stan   Query   GPS Mark  surfacing       ge l Chem GR User Manua         Hl   IN    In the example to the right  we have turned   m   Fais Shelly BSE ATK  i i i    on two shapefiles and changed the color of one W    u   of them to blue  In order to make this into one   Paanan Comarna   mn     II i       I    SHP file for surfacing  the two files must be i eee   il        merged         Ka  a7 ae ion  S a    If the two files were collected by different EUER Fink Sony AEETI Aer    machinery  or from different base points  there es    may be a need to adjust one of the files up or  down to match the other  And there may also  be some bad points to filter out of the data     Essentially  what we are looking to do is find  areas where the point files overlap each other   Then find points very close in elevation to each  other and check the elevation values between  them  The arrow points to the areas that over   lap between these two shapefiles     To add Labels to Points    e Select    Combine2 shp    in this example  making it the Active Layer    e On the bottom toolbar  click the    ABC        Change Label Settings    Button   e Inthe    Labels    window  change the    Source  Database Column    to the colum
191. ation on a Column        Multiply by the    Actual Yield     Example 65 bu        8  Go to the bottom toolbar Click    Thematic Draw   Seis a ee   Chr fines fates  Settings      Adjust setting like    Thematic eo wwe ji if S     Pr p nN    a as Eu ce  Mapping     Mn   Sa aaa TE Tajna  9  Click on the    Save    button on the bottom toolbar      Caden 6 katte   Nomi SLA  paia p Ee ios Oma ee om  pow CINTAT   Mid Onia   ieee Shae    ae u Demm hemen J _   Dai of F ur     The    Ag Data Mapping Eai Shute en  M   Wendt  oo i z    EE Precem Ira Yield beget Tope    Pepe Setup Took Winder Hap          gt  i z  e mee LP PSS SPP Shae a ee  m 2  a    tapers State   Query   aps i HET i ii  Co hos   ET        Purtat onia Carey fata   nape      m EEE Ey mensie  pep anil y  z w   Thi  yo mn by Liye  EF Coria E Oier     TE Hare App                         a Ereni Snl 4    gt  uni   b   Convert Point SHP to Path  u Gener Eiry Merge SHP Files with Z Adjust SE   tes            fend To Bari Bin    Adjust Geo Reference  Export Point File to Local Projection  Offset Points By Heading  Buffer Selected Items   Upload this Field to AgrilmaGIS    ummarize             ka  A Lor TREE  Paii Wandea Layer Combine 1 hiarmsaikred shp    Me   OQseEh  bEAYs AmEx       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 214    Create Grid from Polygon   Yield Data          You have now cleaned up your Yield Data in either ADM
192. automatically save these settings  to the desired image     10  If you are going to be using Ag Data  Mapping Solution to find the zones for  Sampling  you are done  If you are using a  PDA or exporting to another program  you  will want to save this image in another  format     11  To save this image in a new format      Right Click    on the file name you want to  Save  select    Save As        12  For GK Technology   s PDA software   Pocket Field Recs  export the file as a  BMP     13  When the    Create a BMP File    win   dow opens  save the file in a location  where you can easily access it for transfer   We suggest using the    Field Name    as part  of this    File name        14  You are now finished with manual  zone creation                             L Feld d_  Zen tee   j iy Wy Face Perei    je teste  i en  Coren  Sp Lonel Dih Ei  O TDA  LI Bere Tee  Gj Dee Faprr    EJ  d MOAN Ders D     a  kag P haette  W Wy hate Piai      el A ae         ie              Alan irae          GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    69    Raa Toiy Ranges brm  hin Mii imi cv ru  IE taii o Miar of Ranges dan  aa 47 x Tua Cha Tia  A i       i Eea TO   inie OSRE anii me  i 1    11 im  4 fi es re iz 45 9 Lae Se  1547 TMi i     Tie Kara ae  See Chery  bima  qm irra  Are sir  a      E Sibel Des Frm Stee     ee  Tifa   See  ee g Vis  Tiaj CC s         a E   i  Ir im ia El  Aer ae IH Aft 50 H Funes  F ine ag use peppng Joruman  gt  jump
193. ayer   3  Check on the    GridPoints shp    File    The labels should be moved so they are next to    your points        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 103    Grid Sampling   Creating Custom Grid Points       Creating a Custom Grid    If you have followed the previous steps  you will have a grid polygon file that shows the  grid squares  This is the file we will be using for this portion of creating a custom grid   If you have not done this  go back and follow the instructions on how to create the grid  polygon file     1  Check the grid polygon shape file under Field Data County Data   Imagery       Field Data            Lz Boundary shp  Vi CGrd sho  SEE GridPoints shp        2  Right Click on the File    3  Go to    Create Grid     4  Select    Create Grid    urea aji           From Polygons     w O Unload Layer    200m fo Tha Layer  Orde    ABB       Create Grid vE Cene Grid From Poiygens  Waie t    Cenei nmam  Peni   ave Ai            na Ei ME         Sent To Recycle Bin    Canam    5  Select PointID in the       Source Database Column     6  Select the output resolution  7     2    Meters  recommended     8  7  Choose a    Color Table         Example   Rainbow     9  8  Click the    Create Grid     Button       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 104    Grid Sampl
194. b  3  The    Select Band Order    window will appear        4 Band Image    Manual Settings  Channel Data Type    Red Display   NIR  Display   GREEN       i iciae Hand Copley    4  The Channel and Channel Data Type  will appear the same in the Manual Set  3 Band Image hier of Eee 1  tings as it does on the SNG extraction   button on the bottom toolbar     Manual Settings          GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 62    Inverting Surface Values   Manually       At times you will find    Surfaces    that may have values that are inverted from other  data sets        Generally you want to have    Low    values in poor producing areas and    High    values in  better producing areas  You can use inverted    Color Tables    to give you an appear     ance  Inverting the    Values    will allow you to merge this surface with Yield and other images   To invert the surface click the Lf    Invert    button and you are done     The process of invert Surface values does the following       1  Look at your    Color Bar          80 91 4 102 6 114 125 2  2  Add your Min Value   Max Value   New Value Norman NAIP 2004_RGB_RED  RED   80   125 2   205 2  men TNF OF SR RR  Liye ae   we   os   Er  z     Ser Gwe   SENT           ren form   E        Firid Dale Ciner   ria banyer        Lad Te    ey 2004 Gast  U Mor   gt  El ee    LJ en  TES Pounder shp  LJ imagen  E UNa NEV Pgd  IM Naut   m  MM 
195. b that will show a sum   mary of what is happening with the controller and the GPS     Click the globe on the toolbar to zoom out to the whole  field  See the Ag Data Mapping Solution help file for assis   tance with the other buttons                    L  t 48 402 7783 Len  BE eT T7  A 6 373 407 a7 E 667 454 71  Spe 1 Hascd  ny  0  Altituche BA SR Sabellites 6  Hoo 13 PDOP 33 VOOr 20       Log File ID  Conner  GPS  Hari    ogg  GPS Caw oliy Lig  hiHar  Load Mapa Tonini   Flur  Bine    ec er  a Farm    Piira Fe Eu ru Bl        2006 Wheat Yiald sin  E 22 00 gc   re gr   E San 15 20 NOV gu    fa0 a  2x    Load Minas Conirelter Haiti  Opi Age IC  Dry     Sera Oe  A Ina Samia one  Raven 505 441  ifn thy cae Ties home     l Hori       Ta          a        gt  eel HI     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 249    Run ADMS As Administrator       Creating a Shortcut for ADMS to run with Administrative Privileges    1  Right click on your desktop   select New  Shortcut     What mern would you Mine in create a parici foe     2  Click Browse  then browse to 3    C   Thik wid hele yot bp nerie hodoh te bore H Rish pp fies folder  tempidemn 0  ProgramFiles GKTechnology  dis    AgDataViewer AgDataViewer exe     Typ thi eatoni ieten O       3  Click    Next       Cech Newt to core    4  Name the shortcut    Ag Data Mapping  Solution           5  Right click on your new shortcut to Ag  Data
196. ber of    Pixels    not feet   size preference is relative to your Screen Resolution   Outside Line Width   is in number of    Pixels    wide   Line Color    set to your color preference   think about background map colors contrast is good   Fill Color    set to your color preference   think about background map colors contrast is good     For these settings to take affect  The  Map Window    or  Log  amp  Sample    window must be closed  and re opened if you are trying to adjust these settings with these windows open     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 16    Settings Window       GPS Config       a9 Settings      Data Storage   User Interface   User Interface 2   GPS Settings   GPS Config   UTM Zone   Veris Settings   Yield Settings  Port Settings  Data i jons  GPSPot  COM3 v  Party  None v ne  Baud Rate  4800 v C  Use RTS CTS 60    Data Bits 8 v Find GPS  Swm One    gg  000  2  Be oe 09650 0512 W 0 00 290 13 071213   A  7D  13  SGPGGA  134816 G00 472 4248 09650 0512W  04 3 3 263 5 M  25 5 M  0000  6A  SGPRMC 194616 000 A 4726 42 nd ATE  SGPVTG 290 13 T  M 0 00 N 0   GPGG A 1461  0 47264248 N O90 0512 10423 2635 M   25 5 M  0000  6B  SGPRMC  194617 000 A 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W  0 00 290 13 071213   A  7F  SGPVTG 290 13 T  M 0 00 N 0 0 K A  04   SGPGGA  194618 000 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 1 04 3 3 263 5 M  25 5 M  0000  64  SGPGSA A 3 26 05 18 15         4 9 3 3 3 636 
197. cesses can be repeated as many times  as necessary to combine all of the files     Notice the mains have been added into this file        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 155    Quick Notes For Topography   RTK       Importing Topography Data   RTK   Open into    Map Window          Import       Select the file type you want to import  ex JD GS2   Select the folder location      Select Card Path      _ nn  Check all the files to    Import      RER FE  Click  Process Selected Files    All the files will go to the    Client       Farm       Field    structure just like  you had them in the GS2 Display       PTEN a    Creating Boundary  1  Select the desired Client  Farm and Field     2  Turn on the elevation points first  then the county NAIP   3  To Create Boundary from CLU   turn on the    County CLU shp    and make sure it   s the active layer   4    Click on the    Select Mode Replace    f  button and click inside of the correct CLU boundary  to select  multiple  hold down    Ctrl               5  The boundary will appear Lime Green Crop to Raster  6  Click    Save Selected Objects    top toolbar  Name  Save  1  Turn on Boundary and select  a a ee    Select Mode Replace     p   3  To Hand Draw a Boundary   Click the    Create New Layer from off of the top toolbar   Template    button and select    Boundary    from the list  2  Click inside the Boundary pol   4  Check th
198. con  tec  verted   5  Click    Run Conversion     Mehlich 2  lt None gt     Mehlich 3  lt None gt        After the phosphorous conversion has run it will create a new column of the converted soil test  values        Nutrient layers can be built off of these the same as any other on    column      10   9    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 85    Nutrient Layers       Using CSV   XLS Soil Test Results             ee  5  Select the    Soil Test Layers    you wish see 10 TEST  to create a Nutrient map for  This can ee OTE  contains the Zone ID NO TEST       be one layer for a single product                             Sample ID v  application  or many layers for multi  Step 4   product application  Ue  7  Ad ID 1st 8     Sect No     7  Acres Ref No GrowerID 25  F  6  Put a check mark in front of the prod     10885125 oul   N     7  OM 10493127  null  1  ucts of the    Soil Test Layers    you would ni    0499120  ut  like to make maps for  By selecting the u  soil test results  you will produce a zone EI PBT pom Ie     V  Kppm  soil test map    Capon  Table Columns in Agvisor Gold are in Ti sib  Lbs of N   P   K  not Urea   MAP or YC    DAP   Potash  and will need to be con   verted           7  You can use values as LBS of Nutrient  and convert later using steps 11  14  or  change the values in the    Soil Test Re   sults    table         ele Genen  AAD  Sail Cap S013  eR  fh
199. create new layers  is the most powerful feature of this package  Once you have an understanding of how to  use this tool  there is almost nothing you can t do     There are several topics that need to be covered for you to get an understanding of what  Map Math does and how to use it     e How to Declare and use variables   e An explanation of the Map Layers  and the numbers behind them   e An introduction to Object Based programming     e An introduction to Visual Basic functions  enumerations  variables and a topic Known as  control flow functions     e There are only about 5 different Visual Basic functions that are useful in Map Math     e The If Then  Else  End If statement    e The Select Case  Case  Case Else  End Select statement   e The Enum  End Enum Statement    e The System Math functions    e Creating and using you own Functions     The code that you write will be used to go through every pixel in the map  using values  from other maps  to create an output map     There are several internal functions that will give you access to data from the maps that  you have loaded     Also map layers can be accessed as an object to use other features that describe the map  layers     Now that we   ve defined what we need to know let   s dive in  Come on in the water is fine     And no matter what you might think now  no one has ever drowned learning to write  code         GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data M
200. cres  Std Dev   50 52 Sni 3065 Std Dev   50 52 Total  902029       i Pepan un Fr  30003 30062 9685 30122 30181 9685 30241  2011 Osceola NAIP_ext_NIR  NIR  2011 Osceola NAIP_ext_NIR  NIR     e There are other ways of creating test prescription maps  Refer to the Nutrient Layers section of the    book and Creating Prescription Maps   Manually  These outline how to enter in target rates based on  each zone     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 126    Making A Test Prescription    in      i    as    Using a mod area to add a zero rate    A mod area can be used to add additional rates into the map such as a  zero rate  This will give you more control to see what is happening at a  specific location in the yard  It is done the same as a test strip        1  Create a new layer from template  This is located at the bottom of the     Field Data    tab   2  Once ModArea is selected  make sure it is checked on and it is the    active layer  Field  Farmyard Layer  ModArea shp    3  On the bottom toolbar  select the    Draw a New Object    icon   4  On the map  draw the area where the new rate is    going to be     Left click to drop a point  right click to close the polygon        5  When ModArea is completed     Save Changes     LF    6  With the ModArea as the active layer  click inside the polygon on the map  window so it turns green     7  Select the test grd map in    Field Da
201. d                   Extract Tif by Drawing     a en  mport Flexi Coil PRE File  4  The tif extractor tool will open  This utility will clip the       _           Landsat scene by the shape file that is loaded  Addi   tionally  it will create a folder structure which is named  by the database column that is selected     5  Select the drawing layer that will be used  for clipping     6  Select the database column to which the  output folder s  will be named   So with  the attribute column selected as    COUNTY     it will create a folder for each county that    u Bii 7 the Landsat TIF covers and put it in that  Attribute Column COUNTY     fiebach fo Ide F      E  Create Only Selected tems    Tif Extractor    This Tool is for extracting multiple images from a single TIF image  using a drawing  layer with Attributes to name the Output Tiles  An example of this would be to have  a SHP file of counties loaded  choose an attribute column of the County name   Select a Landsat Image as the input image  The output will be a series of fers  with the County Names  and the extracted images will be in those folder          7  Browse to the folder containing the imag   es  select either one or multiple files  Click  OK     8  Browse to the Output Image Folder   This   gt  is where all the clipped images will be    saved      neun ben 9  The desired output files may be re   projected to a different UTM zone  To do  this  put a check by    Re Project output files  to Zone    and select the de
202. d    Polygons  For the file structure for  a given    controller    see the previous pages  All controllers will support the following instructions   This function only supports 1 product per SHP file      Export will create a Shape file which exists as a xxx shp   xxx shx   xxx dbf files     Note  All 3 files must be sent out to the spreader  SHP   SHX   DBF    Boundary   not required to be turned on for this export       1  Check on the    Product grd    to export Lo   on   only export 1 at a time  Ex   46 0 0       Minimum Value 190 MSE   Maximum Value 280 oa     Range Type         Manual    Equal Area       2  Click on the    Thematic Color    button fA    3  Adjust the number of ranges to 8 to 12       2SdDev    Equa interval    oooo0oc oc  0 oc oo 7  oooococec cco eo 2               98  Stretch    K Means          i  Eg    4  Range Type   Equal Interval    g    5  Source Color table   Preference  Rainbow     6  Click    Apply       Average  238 5 Area  58 65 Acres  Std Dev   30 57 Total  13988 Lbs  To           x  Unioad Layer Filters       7  Right Click on the File name    46 0 0 grd     Click    Utilities     amp     Create Contour Polygons                  a Zoom Te This Layer Tam End Values     Order b insert Null Value  8  This will open the    Contour Generation    Window Shiites DUST intra Layer Math     Crop Null Areas 4 Re Project to This UTM Zone  9  Choose your    Rate Selection     suggest    Mean     E Appen j     iii aoa   fal Save As p   Create Contour P
203. d  ieee Cohr      Temitory    17 Browse to the Output Folder   18 Select    Run       19 A folder will be created in the Output Folder with the name entered in the database    column         __W     Imagery   29 30    5D Counties      re with   Burn New folder    F3     Name    J  seso    20  When the images are turned on  they will  cover the specified area as long as it is part of  the Landsat scene  eee       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    276    Using Satshot Website for Downloading Imagery       There are many Satellites and Imagery providers out there  GK is fortunate to have a working re   lationship with Agri ImaGIS or Satshot  Satshot has access to Landsat   RapidEye   Geovantage    Airbus   Planet Labs imagery sources    To download Satshot data using GK   ADMS you must setup an account with Satshot first     Please note the    Minimum Browser Requirements    below  amp  follow the Satshot instructions  for setting up a new account     https     www satshot com    IMAPCENTER    Sign Up  IELOUD BASED GIS MAPPING       Download lutorial          Mapcenter 3       Microsoft Internet Explorer 10  not 11     Once you have your    Account    setup and    Credits    purchased you are done on the Satshot web    page  At the bottom of the    My Account    page you will see your credits and a    Log Out    button     Log Out         Fuy Credis Transact    Now that yo
204. d BMP file  cle DZ   x JPG   World   Saves the file as a geo referenced JPG file            Choose Cell Size of Output Raster   e Choose the output resolution of the extracted image  1 2 meters is      0 5 Meter  adequate for most fields  i  e Click    OK     i   1 0 Meter    e The file will automatically be named and saved back to    Field Data     in a  Images Webmaps         e Click    Save       e Ifa surface was extracted it  will have the extension of the  extraction type on the end of        the file name   _NIR  _NDVI    a ETER   2013 cir FSA_NIR grd         Grower Folder              a Wet maps       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 55    Extracting Images From Web Layers       Using Custom WMS  Web Map Service  Layers   Saving  amp  Extracting Images    3  Using the Bottom Toolbar    Baret Ri aul Vil a                            e Make the WMS layer active by clicking on it  It will show up in red below the Map Window   Field  MN Layer 2013 cir FsAwms    e There are 3 buttons that will allow the image to be saved to a new layer        1  The Save  amp  Save As buttons     LE  e When a web layer is active hese buttons do the same thing and save the image to a new  layer  The Save  amp  Save As buttons will only save the image as a TIF file  It will not create  any surfaces      2  The Extract Image button   e Only use this options on RGB or true color images   e 
205. down     2     Right click    on the file name in the data  tree  and select    Utilities    and    Merge SHP  Files with Z Adjust        3  The    Merge and Create Z SHP File     window is now open  Select the two input  layers using the dropdown arrows on Drawing  Layer  1 and  2     4  Once you have selected the input layer   the    X Column From DBF    should say LONGI   TUDE and the    Y Column From DBF    should  say LATITUDE  If the    X    and    Y    are empty  and you do not find these pieces of infor   mation under the dropdown arrows  select  the    Use XY From SHP    box  This will apply  the Lat Lon from the given object  imbedded  into the code of the object      5  Next select the dropdown arrow under the     Z Column From DBF     There should be a  piece of data about Elevation or Altitude     6  Next  in the    Adjust Z By    box  enter the  value for the object you want to adjust up or  down  You should only enter a value for one  object  either Drawing 1 or 2      7     Browse    to the desired output location   and save the file as a new and identifying  name  such as    Merged_Topo        8  Click the    Run    button and this will merge  these two SHP files together     Continue to    creating the topo map        2 hein x  Unload Layer    160       339 27       E Zoom to This Layer      Order    Fs  Appearance  GF Create Grid    a    BE Merge ond Come 2 SHP Fi E  Te apra pE Swath Poggi ar Fara SHP Hen tu Fart Z SH Me     hehe  Kampi 0  dagon rohr beween
206. ds of light being displayed   Reset Color Adjustment   Move the color bands back to their original settings     Darken   Adjusts the brightness of the displayed image darker     Brighten   Adjusts the brightness of the displayed image brighter     _ Single Band Extraction   Lets individual bands be extracted from an image   These are the bands that are adjusted in the    Multi Band Layer Display           Visual Index   Applies different vegetative indices depending on the type of    image and bands available  For RGB images the option will be    RGB VI     Red   Green  Blue Vegetative Index   If the image is CIR or has an inferred band  there will be a RNDVI and GNDVI option     ki kioo pr Ena m    Extract From SID JP2    This is a consultants package only option  To use  this button  must SELECT a boundary first  This button will give a list of differ   ent extraction types and after extraction they will be saved back to    Field Da   ta     This button eliminates the need to extract a TIF from SID JP2 first               Extract RGB Image  Extract Visible Vegetation Index  Extract Red  Extract Red and Invert       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 28    Bottom Layer Toolbar    Images   Re Sample Display Modes    Both images and surfaces can have their appearance adjusted by changing the re sample  modes on the bottom toolbar  This affects only how the data is displayed 
207. e    Boundary SHP    file to turn it ON  amp  ygon making it Lime Green  make sure it is the active layer on the bottom toolbar  3  Turn on    ElevationRTK grd       5  Select    Draw New Object    button on the bottom toolbar  and select    Crop Raster to   6  Draw the boundary by    Left Clicking    around the field  hold down the Selected Polygon    PJ   Alt key and    Left Click    to undo points  and    Right Click    to finish  A  Gide Save onthe   7  Click    Save    on the bottom toolbar  bottom toolbar I        5  Clear Map      Cleaning Up Elevations r Map  i    1  Turn on the Elevation Points  CSV or SHP  Create  2  Click on the    Database      Bottom Left Corner  Watersheds  3  Click on    GPS Status    Header descending  Click again ascending  a  4  Look at the Data and select points to delete   if needed     ee   Evan  RTK grd    is checked on    delete VDOP  amp  HDOP greater than 3   GPSAccV greater than 13  2  On the Top Toolbar select  5  Click on the    Delete Selected Objects     X on the bottom toolbar     Process     amp     Watershed  6  Click    Save    or    Save As    on the bottom toolbar  If    Save As    Modeling     rename EX  Topo Cleaned 2008 shp   3  Inthe  Create Watershed  7  Go to    Layer Info     amp     CLEAR MAP  X  Layers       Topo Source    Elevation   RTK     Units in    Feet     Flow Density 40  usually   4  Click    Create Watershed  Layers     auto saved     Create Grid Map    1  Check on the    Elevation shp    Point file   2  
208. e  This will effect the measure  tools and how lines in drawing layers are calculated    Above Below Grade Units   changes the units in the    Drainage Window       Profile    area only  giv   ing you option of seeing your cut in    Feet    or    Inches       Zone Results Folder Name   is the    folder name    created when writing   creating new maps in  the    Merge Zone Results    window   Grid Results Folder Name   is the    folder name    created when writing   creating new maps in  the    Merge Grid Results    window   Current Season   adds the    year    to the folder name in    Merge Grid Results     amp     Merge Zone Re   sults    windows when writing   creating new maps    Start Search for Sample Results in Field Folder   Check start in    Field    folder you are working  No check   Start search in last folder    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 13    Settings Window       GPS Settings    Br Settings         Data Storage   User Interface User Interface 2 GPS Settings   GPS Config   UTM Zone   Veris Settings   Yield Settings    Port Settings   aa Data Logging Options  GPS Port COM3 v  Panty None v Swath Width  Baud Rate 4800 v     Use RTS CTS 60    Data Bis Find GPS    SGPRMC 194615 000 A 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 0 00 290 13 071213   A  7D   GPVTG 290 13 T  M 0 00 N 0 0 K A  04   GPGGA 194616 000 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 1 04 3 3 263 5 M  25 5 M  0000  6A   SGPRM
209. e SEETEE E pst m   aa ar  gairt EOL  LErocee i  rT  eei  es ee   ur   BH Paste Ctrl    I i Ro  orto Directory oom    Tki TEE  m  F   i T Phi E rm umm   BET       SF Blog with Windows Live    T E mail with Windows Live    j     SUR z a Translate with Bing  If you prefer to navigate like you are in Windows  File Explorer  All Accelerators    Using the    Command Bar    go to    Page     amp     Open FTP Site in ze  ie nun    Windows Explorer    f  Send Page by E mail       Using the    Menu    bar    go to    View     amp     Open FTP Site in me    ON al al    Windows Ex p lorer    Edit with Microsoft Word  Compatibility View  Compatibility View Settings  PAE   pH   amp  Zoom    b owt eo AS Text Size r  Style  a pol  nis      i ae Encoding    m I i I i   I im fl    ig  Ai iia a Fre fou Pr l Caret Browsing F  Properties      gt   View Source    Open FTP Site in Windows Explorer       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 288    Downloading LIDAR   MN DNR   FTP  Site       You are now ready to    Download    data from the MN DNR LiDAR Site     1  Click on the    county    folder  directory   2  Click on the    county name    folder  directory  you want to download   3  Click on the    tile_index_map pdf             edlen bem faded j  di la   x tan ate     we     u ug ver pep i 1 i I   Eki  Pi  nangiti egal p   Mia ai TA  him WE   B is UDAR Das REACHFE     Fuad bhi  Aji a  take ine
210. e division of a specified number by another specified number   Overloaded  Returns the logarithm of a specified number    Returns the base 10 logarithm of a specified number    Overloaded  Returns the larger of two specified numbers    Overloaded  Returns the smaller of two numbers    Returns a specified number raised to the specified power     Overloaded  Rounds a value to the nearest integer or specified number of decimal places     Overloaded  Returns a value indicating the sign of a number     Returns the sine of the specified angle     Returns the hyperbolic sine of the specified angle     Returns the square root of a specified number     Returns the tangent of the specified angle     Returns the hyperbolic tangent of the specified angle     Overloaded  Calculates the integral part of a number       204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 239    Scripting   Using GK Created Scripts       The instructions in    Using GK Created Scripts    will walk you through some of the most  common scripts used in Ag Data Mapping Solution  There are MANY more script that  can be used or created  The idea below will tell you a little about the script and what it  does and what data you have to enter     Reminders   Here are some    Scripting Terms    to remember as you are reading through the  scripting instructions below     Null Value   essentially areas in a surface that have    Pixels    with no    Data Val
211. e extents of the processing should go  the whole window or just a    certain layer       Compiles the script and displays errors and the line numbers of those errors       Runs the script and creates a new raster layer called    Map Math Output        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 238    Ceiling    O  O  7   2        DivRem       IEEERemainder    Log     z       O O  x _   O       3    O       6      W      J 5   a    Y  5    Y               a  ret         an    Tanh    Truncate    GK Technology  Inc     System Math Functions       Description    Overloaded  Returns the absolute value of a specified number   Returns the angle whose cosine is the specified number   Returns the angle whose sine is the specified number    Returns the angle whose tangent is the specified number     Returns the angle whose tangent is the quotient of two specified numbers     Produces the full product of two 32 bit numbers   Overloaded  Returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to the specified number     Returns the cosine of the specified angle     Returns the hyperbolic cosine of the specified angle     Overloaded  Calculates the quotient of two numbers and also returns the remainder in an output pa   rameter     Returns e raised to the specified power     Overloaded  Returns the largest integer less than or equal to the specified number    Returns the remainder resulting from th
212. e previous page     Details Like  ditches   sandy knob  amp  veins   salty spots   clay knobs  Click on the    Create Layer from Templates    below the data tree   Choose    Guide Lines     Check the    Guide Lines shp    file  Click on the SHP button on the bottom toolbar  Draw in all these areas  reminder you are drawing LINES not Polygons  Repeat 6  amp  7 as needed to highlight all events  Click the    Save    button  10  Leave the    Guide Lines       on while extracting    eo Se a       Drawing Tool Selected  Left Click each Point to Define the New Obje    Landsat Images  Very    helpful                     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 57                Creating Zones From Imagery       Automated Zone Creation    1  Select the desired    Boundary     make     EL DEES FUE  Sure the bottom Active Layer has the  address of this polygon    2  On the side of the window you will see  the    Automated Zone Creation     button  click on this button    3  The Automated Zone window will  appear    4  Under    Step 1       J Coad ot Select an Image   Click Below    select the following                4  button  ee I  a  ee  nee Oasakle eae nzoms  5  Click inside the Boundary  wi          appear Lime Green     ENS  beet I en  Stap 1  Select Sourciary tor Chpgung       Set Selection Set setetes    6  Go back to the Automated Zone ta  and click on          The Boundary will g
213. e selected using the LIDAR selection tools on the top  right corner of the website                      i  UDAR Dota Set  Fige Fiver POA JHA    E a    i Use to select an area by a hand drawn polygon                 T  i Use to select an area by a square     i Use to get information about the active layer         ET o  ars     Use Poly if a specific area needs to be downloaded  This may be    used to download individual counties  townships  or sections at a time     8  When the area is selected to download  another window will appear asking to select the  type of file to download      _  Ascii Grid   asc  To utilize this within ADMS   Bare Earth   las      Hybrid   tif  e Select the    Bare Earth   las     files    O Raw  las  e Click    OK       First Returns   las     After clicking    OK    a window will appear with each of the tiles to download   They can be downloaded individually by clicking Get or using an ftp client such as FileZilla   The number of links will changed depending on the size of the selection     If a large number of tiles need to be downloaded it is recommended to connect to the ftp  site     06045372 Gt      06065370       t O  06065372  06045370       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 285    Downloading LiDAR For North Dakota   FileZilla       FileZilla is a free FTP client  This will allow for a bulk download of files from the FTP site   This a rec
214. ead 0  amp   100 300 Ibs  of Urea  rates from 1 99 cause erratic rates   You can set parameters to make  rates to fit these controller limitations       To assign different    UNITS    on line 7  default  Lbs Ac      Assign Input Surface name on lines 19  Add as a Value      Assign    ZeroBreak    on line 22   any pixel value in the map lower than this will go to    0     amp  any  value higher than this value  but lower than the    MinRate    will become the    MinRate    value      Assign    MinRate    on line 24   aside from    O    this will be the lowest rate on the map      Assign    MaxRate    on line 26   This is the max value that will be assigned in the map  any val  ues higher than that value will become the    MaxRate    value      The    Math    is done on line 31 43     Creates a new Surface named    Map Math Output grd       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 242    Scripting   Using GK Created Scripts       Net Revenue   Uses the    If in Field    function  The script will require Yield data  all your VRT seed and  fertilizers for the field you are working on  You will also need to have values for the selling price  per bushel  cost per ton of product  fertilizer   the cost per bag of seed and the Fixed cost for  the farm  less the VRT porducts       Line 6 will create a new Surface named    Net Revenue grd        To assign different    UNITS    on line 6  d
215. ection   Data like that in the dialog below should  appear  Click    Test GPS Comm        Data may or may not appear in the white text    box     If nothing appears  then the wrong port is  probably selected     If foreign garbage characters appear  you  probably need to change baud rates  Close the  port between baud rate changes     Stop Test        When data appears like in the dialog to the  right  GPS settings are done     Swath Width      Minimum GPS Quality Filter    BaudRate 119200 M Use RTS CTS             Data Bits 8   b  Test GPS Comm    RTK Fixed                Va             a Device Manager    File Action wiew Help     lEOIx            SE POARINDESK   HEF Acronis Devices  E  1   Computer  E  iw Disk drives      Display adapters  e   DVD CD   ROM drives  bd Floppy disk drives    Floppy drive controllers  5 Human Interface Devices     Cg IDE ATAJATAPI controllers  IEEE 1394 Bus host controllers     EF Jungo   amp  Keyboards  A Mice and other pointing devices  LE  Modems  A  Monitors  E Network adapters  2 7 Ports  COM  amp  LPT   Ede J Printer Port  LPT1     Ea Prolific USB to Serial Comm Port  COMZ     N y Prolific USB to Serial Comm Pork  COMS   15 Prolific USB to Serial Comm Port  COM4   Ell o Prolific USB to Serial Comm Port  COMS         RIM Virtual Serial Port ve  COMI      RIM Virtual Serial Port ve  COM18   E  ae au     A       Data Storage   User Interface   Unit Of Measure GPS Settings   GPS Config   UTM Zone   Veris Settings   Yield Settings            
216. ed     Then click    Apply Offset        a Offset Points by Heading    This Routine will offset points by a heading that is defined in  ent    the database field  or by a fixed direction entered here     The offset distance is the amount of offset desired in Feet   Variable Heading Feld HEADING      Move Oppisite to te Direction of Travel    There is no heading data   Calculate the Heading from the Data    Offset Distance in Feet    View the results and see if the offset looks  right  If not  unload the shape points file  do  not save the changes  Reload it and try  again with a slightly different number     When you have the result you want  save  the SHP points file to a new layer  and grid  it     You can already see in the point map to  the right that it is a much better map     Check out the next page for before and  after maps     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 175    Before and After Offset Heading Correction       Before  Offset  Points  By  Heading    After  Offset  Points   By  Heading       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 176    Surface Re projection          Re Project the Raster    The data is projected in UTM Zone 15  lines up with boundaries and has the correct  coordinates in UTM 15  If you are displaying the rest of the data for this farm in Zone 1
217. ee with the      entered file name   Care         p    Emire Wi 1 Smoothness Value 100  J  JEEN Fir i Subset Value H  ibg EEL p S Ars Using 6882 of 55060 Points       Final adjustments can be made to the boundary using the    Move Vertices      tool on the bottom toolbar    e Select inside the boundary to turn it green        e Select    Move Vertices of Selected Object       e Hover over the vertices and left click and hold to move them    e After all vertices are moved click the    Move Vertices of Selected Object     button again to turn it off  l     e Save changes        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 49    Extracting Images From NAIP            FSA   National Ag Imagery Program  NAIP  supplies us with high resolution  sid  amp   jp2  images  Typically 1  amp  2 meter resolution  These instructions will walk you through  converting a small area into a  tif format to create a surface for making    Zones     Keep  in mind there is not a    NIR    channel in most of this data  So we are working with the     Red   Green   Blue    spectrum of visible light           1  Turn on your    Boundary shp        Note  you must be zoomed to the    Field     Go to the    County Data    Tab  Turn on a NAIP image sid  or  jp2   Right click on the    NAIP Image sid    name  Select    Extract Current View  SID JP2   Go to your    Field Data    Tab    e Refresh the data tree  e Open  
218. efault  Dollars Acre      Assign Input Surface name on lines 18 24  Add as a Value      Assign the values for commodity  fertilizer  seed and fixed cost on lines 27 41     The    Math    is done on line 48     Note  before closing this script  suggest saving these values and renaming to save time     Example   Save  amp  Rename    Net Revenue corn 2012       YieldMaxLayer   Uses the    If in Field    logic  Looks through all the layers turned on and finds the layer  with the highest value at every pixel  This script is designed to work with yield data from the     Same Crop    on a given field       Creates a new Surface named    Yield Max Layer grd    on line 25     To assign different    UNITS    on line 26  default  bu ac      Runs Script on all Surfaces that are turned on       The    Math    is done on line 14 16     Useful for finding   maximum potential yield on any one crop with multiple years of yield data    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Quick Notes for GPS   In Field General    Starting   New Field  name Q  7d New Gower AgExpo    Log and Sample    2  Select the Grower  Farm  and Field you want to work with        1  Click on the    Log  amp  Sample    button     New Fam Demo Farm  New Feld Field 11 GM  3  Turn on the Maps that you want to work with               Field Data County Data mager  e Puta    Check    in front of the name      2003 Scoybeans  pr 
219. ellite imagery  Landsat 5  7   amp  8 data is available  for download from the USGS and can be utilized for creating management zones  When  using this data there are some significant differences between Landsat 5  7   amp  8 that  you should be aware of     Landsat 5  amp  7  TM  amp  ETM     e 8 bit images  Values from 0 255  File sizes   roughly 150 MB to 190 MB per image  7 bands of raw data  8 bands   LS7 ETM    30 meter resolution   band  120 meter on band 6   Fairly broad spectrum band widths    Landsat 8  OLI     12 bit images distributed as 16 bit data   Values from 0 65 535   File sizes   roughly 920 MB to 980 MB per image   11 bands of raw data   30 meter resolution   band  100 meter on band 10  amp  11   Tighter band widths    e All of these TIFF images will now be handled as GeoTiff images within the software        Processing the Data  Once the Landsat data has been downloaded  you will need to unzip it twice     e The raw files will have the extension  tar gz     e An unzipping utility will be needed for this process  7 Zip will be used in  these instructions      980 810 KB    157 471 KB    1  Open Windows Explorer where the raw files  are located        Show how to open this file       1 Run as administrator    7 Zip      2  Right click on the raw Landsat file   3  Select 7 Zip  click    Extract Here        4  A new file will be created with the extension    tar     Open archive   Extract files      Extract Here   Extract to  LC8029030    T e    Restore previ
220. en anne ne 43  Creating BOUT GAS a ae u Denen aa rer 44  Daw Field BOURN Y siipeni ea E ae ei 45  Save Boundary TEO IC Eee a ER aR 46  Creating Boundary From Mass Collection          cccccsseeeeeereeeeeceeseeeceeuseenenenreees 47 48  EXiract UFF Image From NAIP ee ea ee er A aa AEE 49  Extract Images From Web Layers       cc ccccccceecccccssccceccueeeneeeueeeeeeeessseeceuueeneaennreseeegs 50 55  Creating Guide Lines for Image Extraction er een 56  Automated Zone Creation ea ae ee 57 58  Mantel Image EXO ICUON a E E ae san 59 61  Inverting Image Valerie een ee 62  Correlation Matrix ne De a Te erde 63 64  Merging Images  Avg of All Layers  a a a EIER 65  Coloring and Prepping   SUIT ACES nen eine een es 66 67  Manual Zone CFCQEON  casstspecevacnseseserevnasedassyuesaumtesanse EREE NEEE 68 69  Theme Raster SeN ee a E EA A ERTE 70  Creating Nutrient Layers    Prescriptions   Creating Fertilizer IPROGUGES  ana ds na ee NET mmontsunceeanaaa 71  Creating  PESSCHIBEON Mapo zen ea een area ie nen 72    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual       Contents  Creating Prescription Maps     Manta  arena een 73  Common  Name Mapping Datapase un  anne era 74  Color Layers By Tee near 75 79  Creating Nutrient Layers   Papaya a ee ee een 80  Creating Prescription Maps   Manually sau een 81  Using CSV   XLS Soil Test Results ua mama snn sans mans ann na aaa na nen ner 82 86  Using CSV   XLS Soi
221. en previously  created to active layer     Smoothing Filter   Combines pixels of the image creating a smoother image     Fill Filter   Fills null values in and around the image by stretching or copying  the value of the nearest pixel     Apply mod to Selected Polygon   Allows use of simple mathematical func   tions on selected layers using a combination of Polygons with Raster     Trim End Values   Allows the change or deletion of values above  or below  a  given value  making all the removed values equal to the trim value   Deleted  values create a hole that will need to be filled     Surface Properties   Tools to change    Units    and adjust the Geo Reference  and Resolution of the Surface     Crop Raster to Selected Polygon   To use this tool  FIRST SELECT A POLY   GON  Once the polygon is selected and you have reselected the surface layer  you want to cut to  this button will remove all the image outside of the selected  polygon      Just this Layer    Don   t forget to SAVE or SAVE AS     All Visible    cuts  all loaded surfaces and AUTO SAVES     BE CAREFUL     Reduce Boundary Effect   Will go around the field boundary looking in X     Meters and stretch that value over the selected distance     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 26    Bottom Layer Toolbar       Surfaces Toolbar    E   Invert   Inverts the Pixel    Values       Intra Layer Math   Allows use of simple
222. erenrerena 212 213  Yield   Create Grid From PONY a ae 214  Yield   Create Grid From Points ne a a a a a ea mie 215  Yield to layer merge Script for NOlCS een 216  Processing Yield Data to Net Profit Map         csccsscccessseeneecceeeeeceeesseecesusennanntressesenssggs 217    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual       Contents  Processing Veris Data  Importing  amp  Surfacing Veris DAT FICS scccmavecrnsencertannparrmaneasceseaeaesnninecstasunenteus  218 219  DUELV TOOG e ee er er err E E ee ee ee ee er ee 220 221  SUNNA ZE ANO ER 222 224  Advanced Scripting  Getting Started with Map Math        sessssssuessssnssssnsnsnsnnsnnennsnsnrunsnnnnnunnneunsnrnnsnnnneunenena 225  What is a Null Value   amp  Declaring and Using VariableS              c cece cece eee e eee eeeeeeees 226 227  Introduction to Functions  Object  Enumerations and Collections           cccceeeeeeeeees 228 229  Raster Object and the Rasters Collection       ccccccsecsseeuceeuueeeueeuuceuueeenseuuueuueeenneeuueennes 230  Example  Minnesota P  amp  K Recommendation for Com      zusesunnnnnonunenunnnnnnnn nen nun nun nn 231  Opening a Script Editor in Excel 2007  amp  2003 een 232 233  P  amp  K Continued   Introducing   Select Case na 234 235  Script Functions  Using Functions  Map Math Controls          ccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneennes 236 2237  SV Ole II  Maul  FONG IONS een 238  SING GK Created Sa a ea en 239 2
223. erseel Hurma    Hae be ana Cangas Gehirn    Emm Dea   paca re pi  ze     E Eapas DLEAN ponis   E Dorma Dhami ASD       i Daikin ASCH O Erps SELECTED paris     i Espo  DELETED pote   fer Aline Margalit Lad Airey     Enpi ALL pamti     Ser Dumi en Ede Gere  Beum Log art Notes       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244         www gktechinc com    208       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 209    Cleaning Yield Data in Ag Data Mapping Solution          The best place to clean yield data is in    Yield Editor     Unfortunately  there are times      that data will come to you in a SHP file or CSV file that can not be taken back to    Yield   K  Editor     To clean up the data  you will have to use ADMS  We want the data in a     Points shp    file format if you are exporting from another software package        All of the following work will be done in    Map Window       The file used in this example came out of APEX 2 7   Take note of the problems with this example     Problems       1  When data came into APEX it automatically merged the  data sets  Assuming that they were    Calibrated     You can  see the    Stripes    between the 2 combines that were    Race  Tracking    each other  APEX Default map to the Left                     2  Both combines have the same    Machine     amp     Operator     names  This makes it almost impossible to separate the two machines  Luckily the    Implement1    is different  between the two machine
224. ert the LAZ to LAS to create your LidarIm   port grd files  You DO NOT need to UNZIP the LAZ files in the    Lidar    folder  saving space     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Processing LIDAR LAS Files    170       To utilize the    LIDAR    data you have downloaded   See Downloading LIDAR     1  Draw boundaries to define the areas you want to process   You may want to have two boundaries created        Boundary 1   Field Boundary   This polygon will define the field  or section  and will be used for running your    watershed modeling  Keep in mind the accuracy of this boundary will affect the    Flow Accumulations         Depressions    and    Watersheds        Boundary 2   Tile Area   This polygon will encompass the whole field area and also the potential tile    Outlet     area  This object will not be used for watershed modeling   HC Tercia   2 af ie Verne  N Wine     MG Bie Dens kestvaid spar ryan Tepe Eatshase rm Window Hei       x  kauen   S  nlintien     very Gran OAR OOF SE Wire sen ey PPM  amp    Field Boundary in  i         l Black                   a New   Clee Topo  Tie    Nee Fem Lidar impon    Nee   Ped Test Field    i   Daane nas     P Red    ie Te  J      VEL barar ire  POT farce  ow    ia     3 For this example we have     only downloaded LIDAR  tiles 6245226  amp  6245224       If we had the tiles to the      East they would have filled    ca ESTAS 
225. es    Rotate Grid Increment Align Grid  Rotate Grid Increment Align Grid r                      B 0 000 Eli    0 000 A 1  T        j Ir          ara  El Show Grid oe     Save Points    Save Points     Save Grid       Save Grid    Your screen should now look similar to the image below  The grid size will be    defaulted to 330 X 330  From here you can adjust grid alignment  rotation  size  and   save your grid SOLES ae ee    j ga ee   Ft   pS EE pe sees u  xa AT   and points  A Be aa e ar  u  ern or        GPE haik Cut le Tiida   Gre    Baumi Fe Grei be fiy Laer  Bowler    Kur Sie Y Cini ze    330 0   330 0    Amy     0 000   1 1B  2  B  y Eiga Gone    J  a Pirieiiih  Fi as Gnd  Sara Leyen       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Grid Sampling   Setting Up A Grid       Adjusting Grid    Using the options below  you can adjust the alignment size  and rotation of the grid     oo a a ee re ye Se  i     1405    oF o pet po Pe pt s PX pe Bd A  AT  obyen   stia   Quy    ars             GPS Nol Connected    GPS ENN Cue ka Dinda   on    Found Pe Gris Mia Layer  Bewsreiery   T  nd Siew Y Cat fae    330 0 7 330 0   Apel    Fotze  Cort    0 000      Shige Gant       Adjusting Size      Adjusting Rotation and Alignment    You can adjust the size of your  grid by inputting your desired X e The alignment  Up  amp  Down  Side To Side   and Y lengths in the boxes  This can be adjusted by
226. face  40  Deep  Click    Run  Veris Calibration           11 Set the zones using the Thematic Color tool   A good choice is a 5 zone using K Means     Finit Vom Demn Layer Bowuntay abe    Oagehe HARERNOBSEX  a an um Sewer    La ar                        Thor Ag Data Mapping Salsa   Freie Viens Zones  ee ea     Fe Brom inpotiicld Impert Inpe   pot Setup Josh Window Hip    x            za re      _ went ma sa         e      lt a ae i  g Oe Query   Cate OA FH GE DPI pe    hee   Farm Vens Farm             Nee   Ficti Veris Demo    larer  ry  DEEP pt  SURFACE get  vom street gt  Vere Ports sie    u      8585       23 CaF    ipot Were DAT Fin                    0 28 1 72    1  Veris Calibrated    Brae T s  Mem  7207 Gage e bf Ost uvomsexx  um Ser    Lao dr Dr ar          GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 220    Query Tools       In Query Tools  we can select specific areas of a field surface and intersect or analyze  that area with another surface  Examples of uses for the Query Tool are  select a Variety  or Hybrid in field and intersect with yield  or select a specific range of Veris data and inter   sect it with a grid soil test to find a relationship between them  Query tools are only lim   ited to your imagination and surfaces you have created     We start by opening a    Map Window       Farm and Field              Turn on the surfaces you are interested in    analyzing  Y
227. face drainage done on it  This brings up a very important questions    E  Does that make it any LESS ACCURATE  In this case YES  There are surface drains  that have been cleaned  Other examples where this would work well   CRP   Lidar collected in a wet  cycle with standing water and many others        The end use for this data is    SURFACE DRAINAGE     Because it is only being used for surface drain   age  only the    Field Ditches    and    Road Intersection    were collected using RTK  If this data would  have been for tile  we may have wanted to drive the    Ridges or High spots        Good RTK collection for this process would include  highs  lows  outlets  amp  road centers      driving field ditch bottoms    road ditch bottoms    low areas    outlet  amp  inlet areas    ridges    most importantly county road centers north and south  The road centers will be used for adjusting    X Y Z    on the data set    if the RTK is going to be used for the    Control Point    collect it     At the point that you are collecting data in field  We suggest that you use your NAIP and LIDAR  data for collecting the in field data with ADMS  It will save time and assure you get all the data   collected without having to a make multiple collections  Also  you will see these    LARGE    devia   tions in data collection geo reference  shown below      Note  This method works well in scenario s where you are updating small areas or specific passes  within the field  This method does not work
228. ferently  every year  then the    Boundary    should be  stored in the    Year    folder  As each project is  finished throughout the year  go ahead and  create a folder  ex     Application Maps     Then  at the end of the year  create a    2007    folder  and move the    Application        Yield    and     Topography    folders into the    Year    folder   This will make for quicker and more efficient  use of ADMS  It also makes it easier to know  where all the files are from year to year     Windows Explorer    Sec 32 NE Otr   FIELD    File Edit wiew Favorites Tools Help                     Back 7   po Search Wey Folders ED  Address E CGK Datat Johnson Bros Inc   GROWER  Johrson Bros Inc   FARMSec 32 ME Gtr  Folders x Mame    ge Ejan  a  Bms       Documents and Settings   2004     O  ESRI 2005     IS  Expression Tutorials Data   2006  a i  GKData      4pplication_ Maps         Johnson Bros Inc   GROWER    Boundary  dbf       Jim Johnson   FARM Boundary  GKT_VAF         Joe Johnson   FARM Boundary shp  MA Johnson Bros Inc   FARM Af Baundary shx    0 Anderson 50    FIELD    O Levant Sec     FIELD     NW Qtr  Home   FIELD       U  Sec 32 ME Qtr   FIELD    9 200      I  2004  I Application Maps             O   Imagery Maps  DO  Topography Maps  II  Yield Maps     5  2005     5  2006  OD  Application Maps          GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 9    Getting Started With Ag
229. from Points    Select Column   Ex       Elevation    Define New Rast    Output Resolution   2 en    Color Table   Rainbow Fi Row Data    870 19274902      Click  Create Grid     You may be prompted  Data for Column Name     Window  Fill in like below  amp  click    OK     NOTE  DO NOT use    field names      use  Event names               Fill Null Values      click 1 time  data in pass should touch    the information below will be used to create new layers when    YN         i data with this short name is used to create data in the future       Low Pass Filter      click 1 time  It will help to provide consistent naming of oulput layers       4  Turn off Ditch Bottom shp Em nee  6  Turn on the LidarImport grd  amp  Elevation grd _ Suttaces In Map FullName  Elevation    May want to toggle Front to Back pranm ai sa   to compare  Decimal Precision          7  Layer sequence is very IMPORTANT    The first surface turned on  Back Bottom  will be on  top after the    MERGE      Only turn on surfaces to    Merge     no extras         8  Click    Multi Layer Map Math    x  button top toolbar  9  Go to the  Open Existing Script    button  amp 5    10  Choose    Merge All Visible   Feet            D  am m Recent Scripts v x  Public Shared LayerName As String    Merged Layers       11     Compile     amp     Run Script                      12  Close    Map Math    window ae Pubic Shared DeomalPrecison As eger    5x5 Low Pass  m Public Shared Function MainFunction   As Single  a   u    
230. g GRX folder  e Dry Fert gets    Application By Mass      The maps will NOT work if you do   e Row crop planters get    Seeding By  Count      Product Name  e Air seeders with seed get    Seeding By   Select the type of product to be applied  Mass        These can be modified  amp  added in the Da     tabase tab   If your product does not show Final Step  Click    Export     up in the list  go to  Database    and       Products     NOTE  Seeding   Planting  amp  Liquid products    must re select the  Rx Type     amp     Units of  Measure       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 146    My Notes       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 147    Printing             rea Print   Tools and Tips    Print Map to Chipboard       Kult Map Layout  Print Map te Outback PNG and INI    Printed maps are used to convey or transfer data to customers and co workers  Whatever you see in  the window is what will show on the    Printed Map        If you want a logo on the bottom of the map  you must add it by going to    Tools    and    Set Current  Logo     logo must be an image format of jpg   bmp   png   gif      When printing any maps  take note of the shape of the    Map Viewing    area  If you have a    wide  screen    monitor  your viewing area is a wide rectangle  This will make for a 
231. g Solution   ADMS User Manual       81    Nutrient Layers    Creating Prescription Maps Manually    Adjusting Rates   Map Math    10  Go to    Load Zone Image     tab  and turn on the map you  would like to use for the  application  for example  we  will convert the N Fert Lb to  46 0 0      m    11  Select the    Intra Layer         Math    button  This will run  the selected mathematical  function over every pixel in  the surface     12  For this math  we will select     Divide by the Value    and     Operator Value 0 46      click    OK        13  The map is now converted to  LBS of Urea  46 0 0   Re   name or  Save As    to 46 0   O grd as shown to the right  and delete the  N Fert Lb        14  Confirm the Correct Rates     Load Zora Image Sc Tere  Results    View Muliiont Mapes  ia       Stap I Load a Zane Map    ur     Goes VAT Zone Creabor    Temen  Rx Mapon      Mem Fatt   Ehe    Tiya huvia ol pet m  ii  Bar A Tor ine    Fe mmp to Bii Sie Pe    Ser     ee Tr ie  Fe re Gn ie  Create Weker bacon pr cherie  De  ur ae  ie  ee ee  bhie fe Vie  bi  be jy oe le    bhigi Ler fii ae                Fulig Shealg tI Lapar  N Fa Li g  un  wna GA Rt ZB a if XH me  E Wgm    WEED ii    Neu Une VAT Zone Creaton    pm Fur Fa Mapping       Feeict Shih Layer MA gr      menm  OQeRh       GF t a  MEE AUT S    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Nutrient Layers       Using CSV   XLS So
232. g Tile Plan   Outlet Points       Data Collection   GPS Example    We suggest using a pickup or an ATV for  collecting field data  However  many times in  topography data collection  you cannot get to a  location to collect a point with a tractor  pickup  or an ATV  Have a grade rod with a mount for  the GPS at the exact same height as the          i       pickup mount  GPS must have at least 25    of HL gap  Lal ie anc Mo  Drag Curso the dire  cable to get to ditch bottoms or culverts  Use m    m DEMO    Quick Marks in ADMS since other marking tow   Farm Demo Farm    devices may  or may not  log elevation values           Tie Gemo Feii    Data Collection   Laser Example Tai     1195 4  fered    Get a survey rod and setup Laser at a 0 grade     zum x gt                             Mark a GPS point in the field            Take a Grade Rod reading  on paper  ay A     amp   Reading 4 3    nl  gt   1156 4  th    Auer  Fed    Mark a GPS point near your Culvert or Ditch  bottom reading  Take a Grade Rod reading  on paper        Reading 7 8     Subtract the two values 7 8   4 3   3 5 Drop    wit Mn Ve ana     Create a New SHP file  Create Layer from  Template       Sample Point       Check on Sample Point shp and Click  Draw  New Object       SHP    button    Mark a point in the bottom of the ditch just in  from your GPS Mark Point        FE ALTITUDE grd    Get the Value from the    Field Reading    off the g     ae          Cursor    value   1156 9    W  S4P SamplePoints shp    Go 
233. g the Flow Accumulations  Main Ditches  Boundary templates and any custom Tile  Worksheets you may have     For this project  a 1 4    drainage coefficient and using the idea that the pipe will always be  at a minimum grade of 0 10   we are going to write down a few numbers so we are not  jumping back and forth to the calculator     At this point  you may want      to use a combination of Acre Capacity   0 10  Grade  paper and software for  taking notes     Tile Size Draingae Coefficient    In this example  we are  draining about 65 acres  total    NE   Hole is 11 acres   From  flow accumulations  amp  7 68  acres from boundary        gt  gt  gt  gt  THANKS  lt  lt  lt  lt  lt     The values in this chart are  copied for the    Pipe Size  amp   Acres Drained Calculator     produced by Prinsco  amp   University of Minnesota  Extension       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 196    Creating Tile Plan   Drawing In Sized Tile       You should now have all the pieces of the puzzle and be able to draw out your tile plan   We recommend drawing in the smallest size pipe first  This helps provide direction on  where to more appropriately place the mains on the plan  Also  calculate a    Distance     value i e  4    tile   1 4    Drain Coefficient  amp  0 1  grade     5 ac X 43 560  sq ft ac    217 800   100  tile spacing    2 178  Max footage for 4                1  Turn on all the
234. ght Chek m Frniah       few   Chem GK Usar Manual              7 Farm Spielibe Images    Mew   fat Shely 5 SE E B      i W    ai              ball    fat KATI Lam we  Field Billy p GEE Glot Layar Miti    i   hisy ihi    Bazar be  Ox    EL bere  foot    Zah    MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    46    Creating Zones From Imagery       Creating Boundaries      Save Boundary from a CLU    1  Make sure the bottom active layers  has the address of the CLU   Example  Layer  Norman CLU shp    2  You need to select the polygon of  the field you want to save  You will  do this by clicking on the    Select  Mode Replace    on the top tool  bar and click inside of the polygon   it will appear Light Green to show    it   s selected  Hold down your    Ctrl     key to select multiple objects      Note  the    Selected    on the top  toolbar  Should match the   of  objects selected     3  Select the    Save Selected  Objects to New Layer    on the  upper toolbar  Make sure you are  Saving in the correct location      Name    the object  Example   Boundary FSA shp  and    Save           N hg Data Viewer Ih Meg no        E Be moona Pea ipot Sep Heck proot Me Het    Ex     urn    TEIRA IT pE A         Faid Eir wi    TE    LERE AOE    zu Fangen kepet Setup Teoh fm hic me    ar So pA er pi sone        Men   Pw Satelite magan    I    few   Fai Shely B SE E Onc                      sale  OQeeHke hAAELOBEX    i        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fif
235. ght shows an example of some dif   ferent layers that are available through the Minnesota  WMS server     e These layers can be placed in folder structures  emailed   and are treated like other layers that ADMS automatical   ly recognizes           e Turn on a boundary or reference layer to bring ADMS to the field level  sr ERSTE  e Turn on the WMS layer to be extracted    2013 cir FSA wms       There are several different ways that the layer can now be extracted     1  Right clicking on the layer in    Layer Selection              710 Fa 7    en ih Med Taheyeeke TEE Ma zwar      re    This brings up 3 different extraction options   1  TIF World   Saves the image as a TIF file  This is recommend for image processing and zone    creation        2  BMP World   Saves the image as a geo referenced BMP file   Choose Cell Size of Output Raster        3  JPG World   Saves the image as a geo referenced JPG file        e Choose the output resolution  For most field situations 1 2 meters    0 5 Meter    is adequate   e Click    OK       1 0 Meter  e The file will automatically be named and saved back to the    Field l    Data    file structure  or  e Click    Save       EE Sheby GSE e lagers  gt  Werema    a hi pr TE Fils  ah           Grower Folder     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 54    Extracting Images From Web Layers ry       Using Custom WMS  Web Map Service  Layers   Savi
236. gistering LAZ extractor program    If you are running ADMS v 7 1 or newer you will find a file called laszip exe in your C  GKData   _DB lastool Folder   Jf you dontt find this file  contact your ADMS support staff      Go to your C  GKData Imagery Lidar folder  or the location where you have your LAZ files         Right Click    on a LAZ file This PC  gt  OS C      GKData  gt  Imagery  gt  LIDAR    A      Name Date modified Type Size    Choose    Open with                k 04825246 laz 10 22 2013 4 25 A    LAZ File 12 342 KB  Ww WV    Choose Default Program Open 10 22 2013 4 25 A   LAZ File 12 278 KB    d Fr P  T Zip   4019 INOA SD A  A LAT Fi  11 089 KB    Open wi  gt  laszip exe 11 738 KB  How do you want to open this file   48 Include in EaseUS Todo Backup Choose default program      11 179 KB                    Jf Use this app for all  laz files         In the    How to open    window  Windows Media Player   gt  Choose    More options       Windows Photo Viewer   gt     Look for another app on this PC     WordPad   Browse to C  GKData _DB lastool Folder and select the    laszip exe     Look for an app in the Store     This PC    OS C    gt    GKData  gt  _DB  gt  lastools   2 Name g Date modified Type Size  Look for another app on this PC  2 laszip exe 3 25 2013 11 24 A   Application 796 KB       If done correctly it will open a    DOS    window like below        Creating a xxxxxx las file in the    Lidar    folder    From here on out the software will automatically conv
237. gs   e A window will appear that says    Done     i   e Open the Map Window  All the panels will be docked the same way they were when the soft   ware was first installed         a tie Broce manas peeps Hape pap Doh indem Help    SOF 0 opie pt ee     i  pe    FI     i    bat    atii          GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 21    Top Map Toolbar       Map Window Toolbar  Saf Hee   DR or         nA    w  amp  Zoom to Project Extents   Zooms out to the full extent of all the layers that are  open     i  yu Zoom to Rectangle   Zooms to the user drawn rectangle on the map      a Zoom IN   Re centers the image to wherever you  Left Click  and zooms in on that area    Right Click  to turn off tool         Zoom Out   Re centers the image to wherever you  Left Click  and zooms out on that  area   Right Click  to turn off tool        Move    Left Click   hold down and drag on the map   when you release the  Left Mouse    Button   your image will move   Right Click  to turn off tool      Tape Measure   Allows you to find distances and heading by left clicking around your  screen        d 3 Print   Takes you directly to the  Print Map  function     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 22    Top Map Toolbar       Map Window Toolbar  SOF Seg er    Select Mode  Replace   Sets the mode 
238. he test prescription  a function called Intra Layer Math can  be utilized with the extracted NAIP    grd file  that will be used as the test prescription  it is found on the    bottom toolbar    a  O8ee  be   FF 79 7 MEG 4 H    This function can be used to quickly add  subtract  multiply  or divide all of the values in the map  This    allows for quick value changes to get as close as possible to represent the actual rates that will be  applied in the field        This example will be for a corn seed prescription map   1  With the   grd file as the active layer  select the Intra Layer Math    button on the bottom toolbar     opursion wii fhe currert    A A   For example 8c add S bo a  2  A window will appear to  ahama in tea ipar  aiaa    heh    e Choose the value you will be using for the math operation     Operator Wale  bee ore  obok  OK    3  This example will at the value of 30 000 to every pixel in the map  Sulect Mach Onarebor    4  Click    OK      Add the vale    Zubbaci Gee Wale   Ursche bry fre Vahi  Miuhpiy bey tha Yee  All of the map values will change with the statistics and the histogram    remaining the same  Operate  Value   30000  Since this is not an in field situation  it is only important to get close to  the rates that are gong to be applied  The goal here is to get something    you can test the controller with to make sure everything is working  properly before heading to the field     A          A   1023 Area  29 97 Acres Average  30102 3 Area  29 97 A
239. heck the box in  front of the file name    Boundary shp     this  will make it the Active Layer     Go down to the bottom tool bar and select  the    Draw New Object    button     Once this is selected     Left Click    on the field    edge  Notice the blue line dragging behind the    cursor  The line will not draw until you    Left    Click    again at your next location  Jf you mark a    M inch Pipe  O5 inch Pipe    06 inch Pipe  O8 inch Pipe  10 inch Pipe  12 inch Pipe  15 inch Pipe  18 inch Pipe  24 inch Pipe       Headlands  Hill Top  Intake   label  ModArea  New Boundary  Notes   Salty Area  Sample Foints  Test   Vision WPT    point at an incorrect position  hold down the    ALT    key    and left click to undo your last point marked   Once    you finish going around the field     Right Click       to complete the drawing  When you    Right   Click     the software will close the boundary   by snapping the line back to the first point   marked    a  Take note that as you draw a line  there  is a tool at the bottom   center of the  screen to help you  Giving you the line  lengths and headings to help guide you     Once you have finished creating your  boundary  save the boundary by selecting     Save    on the bottom toolbar  This will  open a save window   click on    Save        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad           zer Tt        ee ee  Layers Skstraticn   Query   GPS Mari  Naming Teel Selected  Left Chieh each Pest  ta Deflen the Maw Chjert Fi
240. hese items are available at http   www yourcablestore com   We also have  these in stock     Any good precision ag tool kit should contain several of these setups along with various  gender changers  which are also available on this site     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com                               Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 252       Veris Logging  a  S O ftw rs r e S e t u p Data Storage   User Interface   Unit Of Measure GPS Settings   GPS Config   UTM Zone   Veris Settings      Yield Settings      Port Settings  GPS Port  com3 v   Bafity  None   Be    Settings for Veris logging mostly have to do  with obtaining the proper communication ports  to which the equipment is connected      gt  On the main screen of Ag Data Mapping  Solution  click the    Settings    button  or  click Tools Preferences  The dialog to the  right will appear  Click the    GPS  Settings    tab     Settings    If you do not know the comm ports that are  available on your system  click    Open Device  Manager     click the         sign next to ports   You can see that on my system  I have 4 usea   ble com ports COM2  COM3  COM4  and COMS5     Many computers will have a long list of  Bluetooth ports  either write down  or make a  mental note about what is available  COM17  and COM18 on my computer are serial ports on  my Blackberry  You can then close the    Device  Manager    dialog     Choose a COM port and baud rate sel
241. his makes for the selection of P or K at the MakeMap varia   ble     Private Enum Output  P  K   End Enum       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 235    More Complex Functions       Wrap Up the P and K as Functions    Below we add some more necessary calculations  and wrap it into a Function     Private Shared Function CalcNitrogenNDSURec  EXPYIELD As Single  NitrogenSoilTest As Single  OLSENPST As Single  _  MinimumApp As Single  MaximumApp As Single  NProductNConc As Single  _  PProductNConc As Single  PProductPConc As Single  MinPApp As Single  _  MaxPApp As Single  As Single  Dim NFromP As Single  Dim P2App As Single  Dim NtoApply As Single    P2App   CalcPhospateUofMRec  EXPYIELD  OLSENPST  MinPApp  MaxPApp  PProductNConc  PProductPConc  NFromP     NtoApply    EXPYIELD   1 2    NitrogenSoilTest   NFromP  CalcNitrogenNDSURec   NtoApply   NProductNConc    End Function    Private Shared Function CalcPhospateUofMRec  OlsenPST as Single  YieldGoal as Single  ProductPConc as Single  _  ProductNConc as Single  ByRef NFromP as Single  as Single       The ByRef Keyword allows the function to Modify the NFromP value  in Effect Returning how     much N is coming along with the Phosphate Product    Dim PProdPounds as Single   Check To See If it Is Less Than 20 ppm  If OlsenPST  lt  20 Then  P205    0 7     044   OlsenPST     YieldGoal  Else  P205   0  End If    If P205 lt 0 Then 
242. i pi p  wA       p   i   2 shape Gnd E ce OAIE eee o pe EO 9 SE a Zi  bet  eer  herr Gaerne I VAT fone Grasi kiaj Tech Ait Fe      hee Flin l FEE Fia  Hr Foe   A Mapping AOFI Sahne Files    pm Sal   Shoals 1 Si    3  E tgi  a Fils Lara air ged  en Pnesphonwe mi  agers Maier gid       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 135    Export Prescription Maps   FODM Device       Exporting Prescription Maps         Export Rasters to FODM Device    window and under the Field Info make sure the  Grower  Farm  and Field are correct    N      Select the field boundary     Ener                      Next     Assign   Product To Each Layer To Be Exported     This is done by       Selecting    or    Highlighting    the Prescription name and choosing the correct    Product     from the drop down list     NOTE  Default rate must be set in the    Setup     amp     Fertilizers    buttons     4  Choose your    Task       Expert Minnie tn PONM Devica  Jii  a was      Iv JE are        y m  u   i    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Export Prescription Maps   FODM Device    Exporting Prescription Maps      Choose the Task  Machine and Operator  for the application  If you would like to  add a Task  Machine  or Operator  this  can be done by Going to    Setup     gt  gt   Tasks  or    Setup    g
243. il Test Results    1  Next  select the Soil Test Results  tab on the top of your Nutrient Layers  window     2  Select the Load Sample Results File  button     A  These soil tests are normally  exported from Agvisor Gold software  as    Agvise with Recs    as CSV   Comma Separated Value   ADMS can  accept files from other sources as  long as they are in a  CSV format     3  Locate the  CSV file and open it   We  recommend storing the soil test in the     Client       Farm       Field    and    Year    when  you import results       Note  There is an option where to start  browsing for soil sample results  Go to  Tools  gt  Settings  gt  User Interface 2  At the  bottom of the window there is the option  to  Start Search Results in Field Fold   er     If this is checked windows explorer  will open up to field location  If it is un   checked it will open to the last location     4  Step 3     Select the Column that  contains the Zone ID     select the  appropriate column to reflect the Zone  ID   Color  usually  Sample ID                                 Soil Test Results         View Nutrient Maps       82          Using the drop down boxes next to each Zone Color Select the                                                 GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    s Step 5  Zone from the Soil Test Results that matches up withthe Zone   PhosConvert    Create  Bl 7    0 Color Min Mean Max Ara CoVar  nn   __ Enter Result Manually
244. in Citur Dalai EFE E      FT 200  Gibea Viet ew        i WH  j     ker vi  uhr r ri  ee ee a Mein ee lie  a ea il  i E i BETE H      sity    HRH 7 d i  iy NE EIN SIE   m   u pa 7 F  Bi T All Hb  BERUHEN rtt td hi pe i    ree          Herssesersens eae nFf   oesoosceososszssuamf    Eat AL TAI  Lam BEE NIE BS Mie  Lo Fala 20  Sorban Paid coe Capper JOG  Bryan Tebii      ale 6 Bee 2 AU   be  i sx    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 205    Importing KB GK Yield Data       Beet   Potato Yield data is stored in the C  GKYield folder on your PC you use in the har   vest tractor  Data is actually stored in a file called GKYield mdb  the raw MDB file has  Yield and Topography  To access the Topography data you will need Microsoft Access   The yield files can be processed on tractor PC or copied off and processed on a different  computer  If moved  I suggest moving the whole GKYield FOLDER and re naming the  folder to    GKYield2011    for example to identify the crop year     To process this data you will need to have 4 pieces of software installed     GK ADMS   Ag Data Mapping Solution    FO Viewer    GK Truck Crop Yield FODD    Yield Editor    More coming   Not finished with the KB   GK Yield Section       O Thi seminary Dea mem    wite mri ea  Husar Lig F    A Hesri       ATS Tapk Ctre   HH    tgp   CHR Vea  Dee    ete iria     ESAI Shari    Ss          Karma   auch  Fee Parry 
245. inage plan  Enter application values  create pre   scriptions  Create background data sets for control   ler or infield display  Write prescription to controller  Print    Hard copy    map for taking notes  amp   Print    Hard copy    map with total LBS of taking to the field  product    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 10    Settings Window       Data Storage       These next pages will walk you through the base settings for ADMS     ee Settings  gt          ee ll 7            J  Cinta Strenge Liper Ink   Liser Interne 2   OS Sting   GPS Conky UTM Jone   Vens Seinge Yield Senga         These re thee default date locations for the different types ol data stored       County Data should be stored in a strectured mannor in the  CountyDiata    lolder     Sanberl  rten   erisgpemy should be spored in thas  eruscpery    Meale    j Hom Dwa Fodder COR Deata iii Eria     Tatar Data F eek et oR Delay Coun OSE Elec  iepgory Fiia CGR Datla man Hermenn  Fmi Fal Gein Fodar   Ehrmann  Operator Hama Peh Sa    Use the    Browse    button to set the location where the software will look for the different data sets   Software DEFAULTS are shown above     Root Data   Grower   Farm   Field data sets and the location of many operating files  color tables  tem   plates  blend groups  scripts and base operating database      County Data   Location where you store data relative to your County or
246. inc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Using Satshot Website for Downloading Imagery       Step 3   Finding Images  amp  Downloading    e If you want to choose or turn on other state or regional layers  Choose the ee    Layers    tab 5 wale    GK does not suggest turning on any more layers  iy tore          Lusan   Layer   Se    e Go to the    Scenes    tab          e Choose the    Month     amp      Year         NAIP TA  7  NAIP_USDA      Click    Get Scenes          e Click on the image you want  to see     N  50888064 E727 1815 UTM Zone 14  Northern Hemisphere Ji   patha     This may be slow     Click    Extract MultiBand     Your images will go back to your    Field    folder and will be placed in an     Images    folder     Scare Tias  Fer T Ga Soares j    Scene if  Scene Dome Sabhe Pingo  AEgide 2M Pucad D  Hr dm  OHH Lahana 20  FST 3 Raped 5  Afri  mut_ 3104 0817 Fuga ff  BERS   A Argud 5    pS       M5081501 EFF UTM Zone 14  Northern Hemiphere       Examples of extractions  These extractions will be in  grd format         0 03 0 17 0 37 0 57 0 76  0 18 0 0 18 0 36 0 54    REz Jul02_14 NDVIR REz Jul02_14 NDVIG    It is suggested to leave the    SatShot Interface    window open as long as you are working on ex   tractions  When you are finished  return to the    Map Window    leaving the    SatShot Interface     open     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User 
247. indow or    Map Window        Setting Up a Grid   Field Data County Data Imagery  1 Check the boundary of the field under    Field Die      You can do this in the    Log and Sam  BEH Boundary shp   Imagery  Data   a Traverse County    ple       i Traverse NAIP 2009 sid  2 If you wish to have a background ima                 Traverse NAIP 2010 sid         Go to your    County Data    tab    Check a NAIP Image for the county you are working in   If the boundary is selected first  it will zoom to the field    3  Once you have the boundary and background images both selected  go to the     GPS Mark    button on the top right of the layer selection options     Layer Selection    4  N   h uN   i 7 n      ae a ae aE ext  select the    Grid    butto      Layer Selection  om SE ee  Layers Query GPS Mark  Fam Se GPS N  t Connected  GPS   Mark   Quick Grid   Guide  N Field  pi  fole     ink        Field Data County Data Imagery Latitude  Longitu    Altitude             Fe I Boundary shp Speed    Heading  Dif Age       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 98    Grid Sampling   Setting Up A Grid       5  From the drop down menu select your boundary which was turned on     Click    Apply       6  Check the    Show Grid    Box           Bound the Grid to this Layer       X Grid Size Y Grid Size   Appi      Grid Area 0 0 Acres    330 0   330 0      EA                        Grid Area 0 0 Acr
248. ing   Creating Custom Grid Points                    eer    Common Name Mapping    If you have not done this before  a    The information below will be used to create new layers when  data with this short name is used to create data in the future     lt will help to provide consistent naming of output layers     window will appear and ask you what    Short Name  PointiD you want to call your new layer   Full Name  CustomGrid   7  ee       DO NOT name it according to the  Units  Units acre  field     Decimal Precision      gt  This name will be used every time    Color Theme       you create a grid from polygons and    use PointID as your source column    Your grids should now be colored and    Jae f  gt  Make sure you fill in all the infor   look similar to this    mation or you will get an error   Cropping to Field Boundary  To make sure your points will be within the field  crop this  layer to your field boundary    reld Data County D  1  Click    Cl Map        u x VE Boundary shp  2  Check the boundary under WR CustomGrid grd      Field Data       3  Check CustomGrid grd file           Lan Ea Grid shp  fen   8   GridPoints shp       4  Make the boundary your active layer Field  Field 3 Layer  Boundary shp    5  Click inside the boundary in the Map Window so  it is selected  it will have green hatching on it     6  Make your colored grids    grd file  your ac   tive layer    7  On the bottom toolbar  select    Crop Raster B   to Selected Polygon    Click on    Just this Lay
249. ining a GRDOOOOO bin   TaskData xml   tc xls files   Boundary   is required to be turned on and selected from the drop down list   Assign each map to its appropriate product   Output resolution   normally set to 8 meters  Note this is raster based prescription map   Select Publisher   ATS Task Controller Publisher   Browse   Save the file back into the    Field    folder location     Cell Size   8 meters  Value same as previous screen    Cell Merge Mode   Average   Choose the appropriate device    Note  Multiple maps for the same field MUST be exported at the same time      Cell Rate Method   Value at Cell Centroid    Task Controller Version   Final Draft   Version 1    Merge   No on first export  Yes if you want to send more fields to same card    ISO Compliant   No    CA Fagecrt Ranieri 15 FODA Darrer    Feki dis  Gees VRT Aya Ciia     Ea Fg hiy  Fig  i Paa  jande  moniy      4 Jampan Pinkas i Lech Leer To De Eee    E20             ol sy Pier iz     peruse Ferne  e Fani H Cael Siri A main  D mir   Cel Ame Met Wus m Call Cente  Gales Ui i   Semmy   Yale  z Task Controller Van  Fra Liat   Vere    Ap ou Klappe Fu  che aid Cheers E O Campia Me  je  Swell oe     Teni a  w F                          GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 140    Export Prescription Maps   FODM Device       Pro 700   IntelliView Plus II   ISO Compliant  v2 0      Extension Created   Multi File system
250. l Test Results Phosphorous Conversion         s  sessssessssssssas 83 84  Jema  Bond TO U ee ee 87  Enforcing Min and Max Races een ae 88  Creating a ModArea or Check Strip  amp  Editing Raster Values         ssssssessssenssrererrsresnne 89 90  Creating Yield Goal Map   Adjusting Range        ssssssssssrsersnrensnrsrrnrsrrnnerrerrnrrrenrrrrnnre 91 93  Creating Yield Goal Map   Assigning New Values        ssssessssenssnsrnnrsrrnnsrrerrnrrrrnrrrenere 93 94  Pa NOTES aorar E EE E EEE EAEE 95  QUICK Notes TOF GHG SAMPUN asec ee eae eee eee eens 96  Grid Sampling  setting Upa Grd a an erat a Re 97 100  Labeling Grid Points cassceaasanvancerseacaiaieisiaiesiegnacacecieaepannanalaiaaeead oeaeasasedaniaaciuanaonaaess  101  Moving Grid POINUS sanatnancaata adores es ovuas eases ee En 102  Creating Custom Grid Points ars een 103 107  Creating  Nutrient Layers sepa een se ee are eier era 108 114  Creating Nutrient Layers Phosphorous Conversion       ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeenes 110 111  Conon Name Map DING vase een ee ee ne se ones see 113  Printing Gria Nutient Layers ee aa neigen  115 117  Using Scripts to Write Prescriptions  aaa Bee rear 118 120  Samii MNOS ee nee ae essen  121 122  PE N ee EEEE EEEE EEEE 123  Making a Test Prescription ee een 124 126  Exporting Prescription Maps  Shape Grid   Export OvervieW    ee aa an RE 127  Shape Grid   Supported EONtrolleis    anne 128 132  Shape Contours   EXport PEOCESS te a aa ee a 133  FODM Device   ExXPOrt O Vel NeW ea a ea 134 136  FODM
251. l sae    f    Fe muing home    e Smoothness Value  How close the boundary  follows the original points  The lower the value  the smaller the search radius will be    e Subset Value  How many points are used out  of the whole collection   e g  If the subset val              umem oe ue is set at 3  every 3rd point will be used  Leg TCDS a GAL  Pari during the calculation  Likewise  if it   s set at 20  it will use every 20th point    Fun Beaman Futuna      The boundary routine can be run multiple  times before saving the final boundary  This  Chummy Fe Sage allows you to adjust the smoothness and sub   Retreats ae set values     e It is recommended to keep the subset value so  it uses less then or equal to 10 000 points                                      iH a         GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 48    Creating Zones From Imagery       Creating Boundaries   Boundary Creation From Mass Collection    4  The smoothness and subset values will automatically be set by the software  but can be adjust   ed to change how the boundary follows the points   5  Click    Run Boundary Routine      PunBounday Routine    6  Adjust the    Output File Name    if needed  If the name is changed make sure the   shp exten       stays on  Otherwise the boundary will not be recognized in the software     Output File Name 7  Click    OK         a 8  The polygon will be saved back to the data tr
252. le rate control  with several aftermarket rate controllers  The  current list includes   e AgTron Drill Manager   GK Technology Relay Interface    Hiniker 8605   New Leader Mark III and Mark IV  Raven 440  450  460  660  750  760   4000 4600 5000   Rawson Accu Plant and Accu Rate       a  Conii Tajin  m  Come Fas COM    art Eee  Rawson z  ote Mee T     z u a   Eer  Hion LEM r Fam Pai       ibea   mi r  T  ieri  ei arte Pipe Tp  il     i   E T    Rawson Configuration     Rawson controllers need to be set to GPS  mode  The value that has been set for the  center rate position  and the Step Percent   ages and the swath width need to be  entered in controller setup     The cable required is a straight through  male female serial cable     GK Technology Relay Interface     Contact us for more information  The relay  interface can be configured to trigger  clutches or valves or trigger other events  based on values in a map     The controller is a pass through device that  lives on the same serial port as the GPS     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    VR Control Quick Start Guide    248       Start GPS     On the main map window  click    VR Control    to start   Note that there are three main tabs  GPS  Controller  amp   LightBar     Under each of the tabs  there are three tabs  In the case of  the GPS tab  you can see that they are GPS  Mark  and  Quick Marks     The first t
253. low the Map Window     Field Name Layer Boundary shp    6  On the  Bottom Toolbar    click on the    Draw New Object    button   a  7  In the map window area  follow the instructions at the top of the    Map Window     Drawing Tool Selected  Left Click each Point  to Define the New Object  Right Click to Finish  Note  if you make a mistake while drawing   Hold Down the    Alt      Key and    Left Click    to undo last  point   8     Right Click    to finish the Polygon   9  If there is a second  amp  third boundary  interior or exterior  repeat 6   8   The next page will create the    interior   exterior    polygons  10  Once finished drawing the    Boundary     click    Save    on the bottom tool bar  ei  Tool Selected  Left Click tach Paint  1o Define the New Object  Right Click to Firm             JU    Lat 47472220 Lon   9579026 L5 Leni foot LSBem23 Tot len  3i7 Foo PP Beard 1 57 Miles  Finkd  200 Wiheet Layer Boundary shp    Oeagehhe  LAREZERZOBEX w        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Drawing Layers  Polygons  Lines   amp  Points     GK Drawing Tools   Merging Boundaries    Exterior   Interior  Polygons  Creating Poly Polygon     1  Turn on your Multiple Polygon Boundary    2  Open the    Database    tab  lower left corner       3  Click on the row tabs in the  Database    that contain exterior poly   gons  this will highlight the whole row and the object will
254. lstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    247    VR Control Quick Start Guide       Selecting a Controller     On the Controller Tab of the Controller Tab   you will see a Setup button     This is where you select the controller that  will be connected  You need to know the  com port that the controller is connected to   the baud rates are pre selected     Select your Controller Brand and Controller  Model and the Boom Offset from the GPS to  the point of application in feet     A delay time is provided for fine tuning the  application  Since the GPS position that  arrives at the computer is already where  you were 1 second ago and it takes another  second to send the rate to the controller  and a couple of seconds for the controller to  change rates  the delay time needs to be 3   4 seconds for most applications     Several controller specific settings may also  be on the bottom of the form     Raven Configuration     For Raven controllers to function properly   several settings need to be made in the  data menu     Refer to the individual product manual for  additional help making these settings     Applications are made with switch in Rate 1  position     e Trigger Units Seconds  e Trigger Value 1   e Baud Rate 9600   e DLog On    The required cable connection varies by  model and can be found in your Raven  manual  Or contact us for assistance     The Variable Rate Unlock in Ag Data Mapping  Solution provides for variab
255. ly      Boundary    4  Click    Create Watershed  4  Select    Draw New Object    from the bottom toolbar  Layers     auto saved   5  ss a new field boundary to represent the    Drainage    of this Create Contours  ield     Note  This boundary is usually    Smaller    than the fields tillable acres   6  Save the  Boundary shp    on the bottom toolbar     4  Go to    Layer Info     amp   CLEAR MAP       1  Create Contour Layers   set     Break Points    to    1 0     Click   Create Contour Layers     FINISHED wicca    U N    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 157    Creating Topography  amp  Watersheds       This section of the help guide we will be looking at extracting topography data  cleaning   merging and turning the point files into surfaces  Once the topography surfaces are creat   ed  it will be processed in the Watershed Modeling  creating a series of water management  layers     Start up Ag Data Mapping Solution and select the    Map Window    button        Creating  GROWER   FARM   FIELD    1  When the    Map Window    opens up  select the desired    Grower        Farm    and    Field      If they do not exist  click on the    New    buttons to the left of the name  An    Input  Required    window will open up in the middle of the screen to enter the new name  do  so and click    Apply     Now the desired field is selected     2  When selecting    Grower    make s
256. m    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    198    ADMS   AGPS Export       6  Choose the    Drawing Layer    that contains     Control Point       Assign the Database Column    Latitude    Longitude    Altitude    Choose the Coordinate System of the       Tile Plow    AGPS PC    Click    Next       7  Under the    Description     Name or De   scribe each Control Point  Make it something  meaningful to the Tile Plow Operator    Note  these were your    Selected Points       Click    Next       8  From the drop down list select the    Print    Map to Bitmap    background image     Suggestion   If you are using    Steering Lines     or loading all the    Tile Lines      DO NOT doa  BMP with tile lines on it  Suggest using BMP    WITH Control Points and Labels as shown     Click    Next       From a iypded Topo bekennt w Guck hiari ent a control Punt dor thiu Ranch    amal Pani hom the Actin Map Window  meng Layer Canimi Pomi    Latitude em    Longitude  tangtuds    Aituude MPa    Matern O omawiana  Fost    2  185 012  67    Corte  Point Mamirg    Add a poni ioe gach of the omini pone en    AAG  SUSE 167889  TASAL Zanes S7123          a cay E     elect a Bnckgroamal Map  Saleni a Map layer tn depay m bescingraumd map on iha AGPS apis       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    199    ADMS AGPS Export       9  Check on the tile lines you want exported and    assign colo
257. m m orders  reference your order  You will receive an e mail notification that your order is complete in  S l te   Yo u a y be   l ited to th e n u be r as little as  5 Hour s  52 Minute s   This time is a minimum and is dependent on order    volume and system maintenance  It is not exact  Using the function allows  1 d load of   leted bef tification i tf Iti it ders  A  of downloads you can do at a time due SESS ee  place several orders in sequence  This way  other users will have an opportunity to place          and download orders   to file type  file size and connection  speed     Your order will be deleted after the confirmation email has been sent to the email  address that was given with your order           GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 258    Downloading USDA Geospatial Data       19  Check Order will bring you to a win   dow where you click the    GO    button  behind your email address     fou mug eer you al screen to get a h   perderme piara Stee fel peer or aniar ee Ser nur kr pea tha mmia of  ur ode  ware the ori no in geparul oF oof the dele of ee onder fren wu Ber of orien    20  Clicking on the    Success  Download Sis iki SR  Now     button  Link   you will go di     rectly to a FTP download link from the  USDA site  You may be limited to the  number of downloads you can do at a  time due to file type  file size and con   nection speed              21
258. me application according to recommendations should amend soil pH for 8 10 years  Even  if variable rate lime application has occurred according to a grid sampled map of pH  it should  not be necessary to grid sample for soil pH for 8 10years after application     Residual Nitrate Sampling  Grid sampling for nitrate N is not recommended because annual fluc   tuations in nitrate levels would require annual grid sampling  which is not cost effective for most  crops with current fertilizer prices  In   SPUSUBBE stead  residual nitrate sampling  to a  depth of 3 feet  should be done on a  directed sampling basis        Sane pe       Credit for the above information is given to UNL  http   cropwatch unl edu web ssm   soilsampling    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 123    My Notes       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 124    Im       Making A Test Prescription    If you are creating prescription maps that are for seeding or fertilizer  it is always a good  idea to create a test map  This will allow you to make sure that everything is working properly before it  is time to be in the field  Often the best place to do this is right in your farmyard or by your shop where  the equipment is located         zu ZI  Domo MAP we  MM 2006 Osceola NAP od               E npe  7  1  
259. n   F O ppm 2   in one column to convert to the other      value  In this example the Olsen val   Bray Cohan a te ues will be converted to Bray  P B1    i en  4  After the dropdowns are filled in click    Pare oH t      Run Conversion      Mahich 3         Zn ppm      Salli  Salt       cans m    5  After clicking    Run Conversion    the missing values will be    updated        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 111    Grid Sampling   Creating Nutrient Layers Phosphorous Conversion       Using CSV   XLS Soil Test Results   Phosphorous Conversion    Creating New Columns    If soil test results are reported as one value  but they need to be converted to used in recommen   dations or scripts it can be done using the same tool  Instead of updating an existing column it will  create a new one based on existing values     1  Click on the    Phosphorous Conversion    button     Merge Tables    irl ttt      ad Phosphorus Conversion    This Utility will update soil test columns from Phosporus to convert differing soil  test method to contain common results in all columns   2  The    Phosphorous Conversion    win  Select at least one column that you would like to update   dow will open   3  Select the existing Soil Phospho   rous column from the dropdown  Olsen Column  gt  P O ppm  4  Select   lt Create New gt   for the soil  test value that needs to be con  tec  verted   5  Click   
260. n Datsbas      the database tab on the bottom of the map window  Objects Selected  0 DB Operations Select By           7  With the database open  right click on any column header  and select    Add Column        8  Acolumn name will need to be entered  data type will be  Character     9  When the new column name is entered and data type is  selected  click Save     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 215    Landsat Data Processing   Cutting to Trade Territory    u         Min Werni    10  After clicking Save  a new column with the entered name will appear in    the database     Territory    A name will have be entered in the column to define the output folder     11 Double Click in the cell under the new column  Territory   This will allow for a name  to be typed in     12 Type the desired name  but keep it shorter than 15 characters  Hit the enter key on  the keyboard and save the shape file  m     13 A shape file will exist that      The output folder will    be named SE SD        1  Defines a specified area    2  Has a character column added    3  Aname will be in the character column under 15 characters  This will define the  output folder     14 With the new shape file turned on  open the Tif Extractor   15 Select the new boundary as the Drawing Layer and the newly created column as    the Attribute Column  et m      16 Browse to the Landsat scenes that will be extracte
261. n Excel 2003       One really neat way to debug and develop functions for use in Map Math is to use Excel to  develop that code  There are features like the ability to insert breakpoints and develop  tests for viewing how a script works    In Excel 2003  here is how to set up the scripting process    1  Start with a blank    Book1    then click the    Start Button       2  Click Tools Visual Basic Editor     3  Right click on    Modules    and Insert a Module                                                                           ji Ariat     j s  Bi  ae Fiss  a S    Seed tar   Ther eshte  Frosch  Cee re    hr Aue  Zar Karo  l    J yia Mead Ei Aer       tira rn Ete Arie       ia    Micron Wows  Rania   Aca     j Leer a les    Af pe pm Yew port Toone few       Sanana boa   Pesat w  rmer                        krat Farei Oech  BE sheet  et iega  BE et ee       eat   PA Conte      Wig uo kirrat   hy Madden     off Hmi       alt Mehr    EE hit       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    234    P  amp  K continued   Introducing   Select Case    Using Select Case is a way of re directing  which path the script will use when it runs     A simple example of using Select Case is  Shown below with the Infield function     If you remember the InField function returns  a TRUE if the current cell is in the field  and a  FALSE if it isn   t     Select Case InField  Case True     Do thi
262. n TIFF files will be satellite imagery scenes     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 301    Glossary       GRD   Grid files which are used to generate maps  Most raster data created within the software is automati   cally saved as a GRD file  However  these files can be manually saved as a BMP  JPG  or TIFF file and  maintain the geo referencing  GRD files contain two dimensional uniform lattices  regularly spaced   rectangular array  of XYZ data  e g  easting  northing  and elevation   may be in a binary or text for   mat  but is most often saved in the binary format    NIR    Is a method of light extraction  This can be used on ortho images as well as satellite imagery  The best  images to use this for are bare soil images  The NIR light is electromagnetic radiation with longer  wavelengths than those of visible light  extending from the nominal red edge of the visible spectrum  at 0 74 micrometers  um  to 300 um    NDVI    NDVI is best used on vegetative images which can be satellite or ortho images  It gives a good meas   ure of light reflectance on green vegetation  It is a simple graphical indicator that can be used to ana   lyze remote sensing measurements  typically but not necessarily from a space platform  and assess  whether the target being observed contains live green vegetation or not  NDVI is defined as NDVI    NIR VIS   NIR VIS    Geo referenced    To define
263. n box  select whether the in   put data for the elevation surface is in feet or meters  This set   ting is necessary for computing the slope of each cell in the  field  The horizontal units are in meters  by defining whether  the units are in feet or meters  the   slope is calculated  correctly    3  Fora starting point  leave the    Flow Density    set at 50  This  number can be raised or lowered  to provide more or less  detail in the flow accumulation layer    Raising this number provides more detailed flow paths    4  Click    Create Watershed Layers    in the    Create Watershed  Layers    Frame    5  When the progress bars disappear  a view like the one below  will be displayed  That view is the flow accumulation layer over  the top of the watershed   s layer    6  The flow paths should make    Fie iy tat ee eg we               sense to you when you look Dr re ee nr meter on    atthem  Ifthey do not    gt   S OPPS EPP     y   4   Lapet    inate   Gry   i   Winje Gap Set   rf Chirk and Hold  Deg Corpor m tha arg yoy sand te ede the map  Tham Meee K    ka a    there may be some false da                                      i Cenienigs in Migs  ta in the topography layer    that is not representative of Mn            ee   ES  what is happening in the real         tegen en  world  Looking at the de  a   u  pressions layer to see if the B aio name  areas defined as concave E saniey eo Saree     bowl    shaped areas in the Si  field are correct will help to T ne  H     us Men
264. n page without going through the    Satshot    button    Note  you can only have 1 boundary per field for all projects     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 278    Using Satshot Website for Downloading Imagery       Step 2   Logging into Satshot Interface    e From the ADMS startup page click on    SatShot Interface    button     or you will get to this screen by    Uploading a Boundary          Sat Shot interface    e Choose your    Server       Ulmer Hyrre gktech  e Type in  User Name    ee RE      US Sever or Canada Server    e Type in    Password    Not Logged In    e This data was setup on the Satshot website  Login         Server returned a fault exception   0  Mo such user gktechn     e If you type in an INVALID User Name           Server returned a fault exception   0  Password for user ght    e If you type in an INVALID Password   oe       Step 3   Finding Images  amp  Downloading    e Upon opening into the ADMS    SatShot Interface    the Map Window area will automatically  zoom to the    Field Boundary        e Only    Field Names    that have    Field  Boundaries    will show up in the  Grower Farm Field list     e When choosing a new    Field Name     the software will automatically zoom  to the Boundary             N  5089 3917 E727  7712 UTM Zone 14  Northern Hemuphere       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktech
265. n that  contains the elevation values    e Set    Label Height    to 1 or 2 feet            e Set the label color of each data set to differ  FE    ent colors  Example Red  amp  Black      at OP oP Prion PPP    Click Apply Layers Statistica   Query   GPs mart ehi blip Tat m ag Hait Chig Curtis on the dittan yina wal fee Tihi e ae ee          few Gea GE Leser Mamim    After applying labels to each of the SHP files        a    you can zoom in on the overlap areas and find   m  mem       points close to each other and check the    8a ae ot ye ee ae BI  elevations between the points  Look for any ee Br   mail  s i  large differences  Keep in mind not to get too E TA   picky  standard error of an RTK receiver is 0 16   feet     Lat eee om i LT    We suggest taking five or more readings and sa jx jue   sperctrnon ss  use an average difference   Consider putting     s __ O8eeh gt  LAYEBE     into Excel  Ex  860 59   858 46   2 13 differ  EEE  ence       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Creating Topography  amp  Watersheds    Merge SHP Files with Z Adjust    When you have two layers of different eleva   tions that need to be put together  the     Merge SHP files with Z Adjust    will take  care of the problem   Do Not use on Yield Data     1  Make sure that both the layers are turned  on and you have done the math to know how  much you will have to move the given layer  up or 
266. naL mal    Above are suggested setting for    Soil Sampling    only  not collecting field boundaries or topo data   If these Criteria are not met the GPS status bar will flash    RED    and you will hear a    Ding      GPS Status at Least   logs data that has a GPS Signal of at least this or greater  ex GPS Only   HDOP Less Than    only logs data that has a value less than this number  ex 3 0    Differential Age Less Than    logs data that has a value less than this number  ex 30    PDOP Less Than    logs data that has a value less than this number  ex 3    VDOP Less Than    logs data that has a value less than this number  ex 3    Horizontal Error Less Than    logs data that has a value less than this number  ex 0 10 meters   Vertical Error Less Than    logs data that has a value less than this number  ex 0 10 meters   Continue Logging and Mark Operations if these criteria are not met     Checked will allow you to continue logging if there is any valid GPS signal   Not checked the software will stop ALL logging  amp  application functions     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 15    Settings Window       GPS Config  GPS Cursor               Peer ana ne eaten     Ce ine GPS Conky UTM Zone   Vers Setinge   Yield Sefinga  z        Warming Crima GPS Compo Damin Canig Genma Condy    Dhindi Lee Yi 3       Above are optional setting  not software defaults     Size   is in the num
267. name  A Got ge 38 CisenPST   Rasters  Soil P Olsen      Value mapping so you    ara ala 33 KST   Rasters  Soll K    Value won   t have to re   JM Sot pH grd a0    SST   Rasters    Sod 5   Value name all the layers  A Sot Satts  gra   ZnST   Resten Soil Zn    Value  ner 42 OM   Rasters  Soil OM    Value  TE Yield Goal ged   Are   bape chr pa  Eu 2073 Zone Out 43 ExpYieid   Rasters    Yield Goal    Value  l a Sci Turtulimer cy Ad    Bahn tha 45    Output maps   N 46 0 0 P 11 52 0 K 0 0 60 SAMS Zn ZnS04  FEP Grid Points  shyp 46   EE Gnd shp 47    Change the value behind the  Output  t NPK S Zn        GrdPons sho ET     cua 49 MakeMap   Output  P leeececece CHANGE HERE  lt  lt  lt  lt  lt cecee lt e  Lad MAP Images S0  pe Fon gen 51    Enter the N Rate Multiplier for the amount of N to be Applied per Bu al Yield Goal    Sampi ari shp ae bovine    FE So Test Results coy Sn NMult   1 1    10 Select the output map to make  ex  Output P   This will make 11 52 Q product map  11 Enter the N rate Multiplier  ex  1 1     12 Scroll down to select any additional credits and Min and Max Values to be applied           Values above the BRK number will return the Minimum  Values below BRK will return a 0  MaxN   400   MinN   40   MinBRKN   10    MaxP   300    MinP   40  MinBRKP   10    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 120    Grid Sampling   Using Scripts To Write Prescriptions       13  O
268. nc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 274    Landsat Data Processing   Cutting to Trade Territory   Qu       As stated earlier  this process can be used with any shape file  not just a  county file  Often there is not just a single county that is covered in a trade  territory  Therefore  a custom polygon can be made to cover a multi county  region  or an irregular area     For this example  a county file will be used as a guide to draw the custom polygon   1  Turn on a county file so all the counties are visible        2  From the bottom toolbar below the layer selection window  select  Create a 5 H  New Layer From Template     Select Boundary     SHP       3  With the new boundary file checked on and set as the active layer  select jms     Draw a New Object    on the bottom toolbar     4  Using the county file as a guide  draw a polygon that covers the desired area     Example  I am an agronomist that covers Clay  Yankton  Turner  and the South Half of  Lincoln Counties in SE SD     A polygon is created to represent the area  covered  The Landsat scenes will be cut out  to the specified area   Represented in blue     Wikies       5  Acolumn must be created and named in the database of the newly created shape  file  This will tell the Tif Extractor how to name the output folder when    the Landsat scenes are extracted  Database  6  With the newly created shape file as the Active Layer  ope
269. nc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 194    Creating Tile Plan   Pattern Design  amp  Guide Lines       Pattern Design is a bit of preference and a bit of art  Spacing can change  due to soil types  depth and preferences        1  Zoom into an area you will be Grid or Pattern tiling  2  Go to the    GPS Tab    and    Grid       3  Set your X  amp  Y Distances  ex   X  100 and Y   1500 or greater   In this example  X is the pipe spacing  not always the case    4  Click    Apply    then check the    Show Grid    box    4  Rotate  amp  Align Grids as you see fit and check    Save Grid     You may need to have many different angles and spacings    5  Click    Save Layer    to name it to define the object  If you have many areas  plan      E Tor kat nee Pati Fr    fe om pad potle Droe jap Tech Window Help     ioe  im  om    Bound this Cite  i hia Layar    K   ri flare Y Ori Birs  100 0   1500 0       irul denn 144 Acres   Anpa      345 00C   1  Ran Gt    u    MER  im   af    F Show Gia  Save Poni    Sayalaram   F  Save Gad       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 195    Creating Tile Plan   Calculating Tile Size    You will need a Drainage Slide Rule for this part  Slope  amp  drainage coefficients  how much  water is drained in a 24 hour period   amp  soil types play a large role here     Usin
270. nce  usually expressed in degrees  minutes  and seconds  of the location of a  point on the earth s surface east or west of an arbitrarily defined meridian  usually the Greenwich  prime meridian   All lines of longitude are great circles that intersect the equator and pass through    the North and South Poles     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 299    Glossary       Vector   A coordinate based data model that represents geographic features as points  lines  and polygons   Each point feature is represented as a single coordinate pair  while line and polygon features are  represented as ordered lists of vertices  Attributes are associated with each vector feature  as op   posed to a raster data model  which associates attributes with grid cells    Point    Zero dimensional and do not have a volume  area  or length  Points have many uses  they can be  yield  mark areas in the field  define elevation along with many other types of data    Line    A path that is connected by at least two vertices  However  multiple consecutive vertices can be used  to create a curved line    Polygon    A combination of multiple line segments that represent a closed shape  Polygons are vector data  and can be grids or boundaries    Raster    This is how images are displayed within the software  Where each pixel has one or multiple values  associated with it  This gives increased accuracy and m
271. nce everything looks the way you want  select    Compile Script       F Scnpi Errors     Tha Sirp Compii ea eeroee              Dype sion int Layers      Dejs Raser l ayors                   real att            Add ma Reireah       N    rasen    i  Biri   aye Owinut Hisia             a  3   a m   z M  nd  n bres   4    D   i Pui     LS        Lol a EL Comal Set Cutpol Cheectory   i          E Then    Select     Cemi  N   B     Cam Sonpt    Dup Tahe fee Cu Ran  Add Yar  ble    Eeng      A      14  If there are errors in the script  it will show under script errors  fix any errors  and  compile again   I Script Errors   i Line 98  Col 0  Error   Statements and labels are not valid between    Select Case  and first  Case           Run  15  Once you see there are no errors in the script  click    Run Script         The Script Compiled without errors                  Client  lt   16  You should now have a layer called    Map Math    Output     This is the 11 52 0 product map u    17  Click    Save As    on the bottom toolbar Field    gi    18  Save this map as 11 52 0 Bold Data Toun aia   aoa  19  Make sure and rename each product map  If you a IE 2013 Grid Sample         cH IS 2013 Zone Output  leave it as    Map Math Output    it will be replaced each  LEE Boundary shp      l GR Grid Point ID grd   time you run the script and create a new product  EIE Images    m Map Math Output grd  ch    NAIF Images    E Xtra Images       Field Data County Dat        cy Fa 2013 Grid Sample  cH
272. nes or use in scripts  You must have all your  Yield Data for the field merged into one Shape File or CSV     For Zones   1  Turn on the Yield shp or Yield csv   example will be using Yield shp   2  Right Click on the Yield shp    3  Choose    Create Grid    and    Create Grid from Points     Adjust settings similar to image to right    4  Click    Create Grid    button  At this point you can    Un Check    the Yield shp    5  Turn on the    Boundary shp      Left Click in map to     Select    it       6  Click on the    Yield grd    file name to make it the ac   tive layer    7  On the bottom toolbar click    Crop Raster to Select   ed Polygon       8  Save the    Yield grd    file    This file is now ready to be used for Management  Zones or Scripting    UN The Ag Dala Marin So m  ap Mn   em Froni rg ga bpon Setup    Joule    Window Hele    ies err   ai as De Be o h ee  amp     Finn Graer   WERTET  Men ai    EEE      Fang Oiti Coury fate et an     E Eururdiery she  Er   Me halal ate  BP Ginie   hp  y Genie ker mig  BF Comi Jahn  4 ioi  FEE vei oe          Lat AL pore TES  Feit Fakt Leger Pantie       C     Te  ____  _       2 Cas  amp   x IOE E Anne a k HEX    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 216    Scripting   2 Layer Merged Yield   Holes       For this script  you will need a Yield grd and a     Complete Field grd      any xxx grd that covers  the whole field as you w
273. ng  amp  Extracting Images    2  Right clicking on the layer in    Layer Info        e This gives you several different ex   traction options  If the RGB VI  Red  Surface  NDVI  or NIR Surface is  used the boundary MUST BE SE   LECTED first        NEE Gru it  FOA Wak ROA VI Soler  MOA Aah Meg heptane                    HEG Wisa ME Gage    ew Ti  HME   Ward  Pt  Wiis    x RBG  Red  Green  Blue  GeoTIF   Extracts the true color image as a TIF file  It is very im   portant that this is chosen correctly otherwise certain extractions  NDVI  NIR  RGB VI  may not  work correctly   x RGB With RGB VI Surface   Extracts the true color TIF file and it extracts and saves the RGB  VI Red  Green  Blue Visual Index  as a GRD map to the    Field Data       x RGB With Red Surface   Extracts the true color TIF file and the Red band is extracted and  saved as a GRD file    x NRG  Near Inferred  Red  Green  GeoTIF   Use this option if there is an inferred band in  the image  Usually you can tell if the image has a reddish color to it  This will save it as a color  inferred GeoTIF in    Field Data     It is very important that this is chosen correctly otherwise cer   tain extractions  NDVI  NIR  RGB VI  may not work correctly   x NRG With NDVI   Extracts the NRG GeoTIF and a NDVI GRD is created and saved in    Field  Data       x NRG With NIR Surface   Extracts the NRG GeoTIF and the NIR band is extracted and saved  as a GRD in    Field Data       x BMP   World   Saves the file as a geo reference
274. ng Yield Data       In normalizing yield data  there are two concepts to keep in mind  1  Data Extents or Data Range     GOOD   Combine 1  amp  Combine 2 cleaned up to 10 bu to 90 bu wheat  BAD   Combine 1 cleaned up to 5 bu to 110 bu wheat  Combine 2 cleaned up to 10 bu to 90 bu wheat  2  Data sets are coming from comparable or similar areas   GOOD   2 combines    following    each other will normalize and merge  very well in most cases   BAD   Combine 1 harvested the East 80 and Combine 2 harvested the West 80  cropping  history  soil types and drainage all could be major issues        We are going to be working with data that is cleaned to meet the above specifications   This Example   Combine 1  amp  Combine 2  1  Turn on    Combine 1       2  Go to your    Database    tab in the bottom left corner    3  Find your    Yield    column and Left Click on the header  Dry Yield for this example    Take note of the    Mean     value on the bottom of the Database  4  Click on the    Preform Math Operation on a Column      Divide by the    Mean     value  61 99 in this example   5  Go back to the    Database    click on the    Yield    column header   Take note of the    Mean    value now   1  if not 1  clear map and start over   6  Click on    Save As    button  amp  add    Normalized    to the name  Ex  Combine 1 Normalized shp                                      7  Repeat steps 1 6 on    Combine 2    and    Combine 3     amp     4     amp  so on     ee       eer ha            
275. ng up files so you have all the xxxx las files in  the    LIDAR    or    County    folder     Fiir emer  JAH E      Prze Folder       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 292    Downloading  amp  Processing USGS LiDAR   Earth Explorer       The USGS is a source for downloading many different GIS data sources        ESETE  Earth Explorer site has many options  these instructions will walk you through how Magar  to find and download LIDAR data     NOTE  We at GK Technology prefer to use the USGS   GLOVIS for doing satellite imagery  downloads and the Earth Explorer for LIDAR  You can download the satellite imagery on  the Earth Explorer also  but you can NOT download LIDAR from GLOVIS     To get started go to http   earthexplorer usgs gov                 CTE EEROIEN    File Edit Wew Favorites Jools Heip  i           Tt Earthlrpiorer     e e          xrar USS      Eee OE A i       i i en      e q   a   pe    WSS Home    a N a dr  AM i 4 onimi USGS  rt eir z te M  Lee      EsrihEapl  rer       eee Osta Sots    1  Enter Search Criteria   h    ip  Map   Satellite  To ande your search area type e an ackiness of      pisco nama  or  ber Codes or Click thao map Io  define your search area  for advanced map tenes  ww  I ihe bep doserigniehen  endian chose n dake range    pamon Fra    cc  presets ares        i       Donate seiocted  Cs    lisis ham pee Cops       Search fom  Sri be  ORT
276. o back to its nor                                                                       mal color  m 9   t     Go to the    Imagery Tab    and select TETTE R  the image s  year and month you want aan ee Er  to extract  eS      Satellite imagery is not perfectly geo        gages hea ZOmY as  referenced and is often low resolution       20 to 30 meter pixels   The geo  Se er FR  referencing may be adjusted by going    to    Image Properties                     0  A new window will appear which has  arrows to update the image position   11 Once the image is aligned  e Click    Update Position       BE UUM AY Tieluten to   D Nana   E Eo rat   WAUTA Aner Week Oute JIE TF  We O AUNO ht ddI TF   7ER 1007 1 1921 TF   WO AND Aw  12 TF   2000 JULI Lt Coud23 17   VER 2008 OCI 1027 15 N   TOTA AIRIS JOZ 12 Mama  2000 SEP w MUT LA homas   100 SEPIA Dertuad 1   OE MFI LS ANIS Maenan it          Lee TAPETY lon  SEITE 3 2  Fielt ZOOS OT THNIT iS Ae Layer 2005 OCTY MOF  IE Nowean it    OQ4eEH  Se4uh00E            24 Dar                   GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 58    Creating Zones From Imagery 7     amp            im      Automated Zone Creation    Alan irae    WS  The  Ag Date Mapping Sahsteen   Map Window      1  Go back to the    Automated Zone    Tab  Sa          ees me en a 22707  FG T   PEP IE NST DE saast F pe Rd gs i            Step 1  Saed Souidary for Clipping         
277. of selection to add a single object for all the  select tools  allowing selection of a single item  of Active  Drawing Layer              Select Mode  Add   Sets the mode of selection to add multiple objects for all the  select tools  allowing you to add multiple selections  of Active  Drawing Layer               a Select Mode  Subtract   Sets the mode of selection to remove multiple objects for  all the select tools  allowing removal of multiple selections  of Active  Drawing Layer               pc Clear Selection   Clears all the selected items  of Active    Drawing Layer        SSS    Selected  9 Selected Objects   Shows you how many objects you have    Selected    in your  y Drawing Layer         Select With Click   Allows selection of a single item in the active layer  must choose     s the  Select With Click  button for every object  of Active    Drawing Layer               Select By Rectangle   Allows selection of multiple Points  Lines and Polygons by  drawing a    Rectangle    around them or intersecting with object  of Active  Drawing Layer                  0 Select By Polygon   Allows selection of multiple Points  Lines and Polygons by draw     gt  ing a    Polygon    around them or intersecting with object  of Active     Drawing Layer          Save Selected Objects to New Layer   Once you have selected your Points   Wl Lines and Polygons from a layer  you can  Save  these items to a newly named layer     am a       Multi Layer Map Math   Opens a new page in which 
278. ogy  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 17    Settings Window    UTM Zone       T    p a 2 GPS Semgn   085er   UTM Zune Vers net Sean    UTM divides the earth into 60  zones  The continental US  occupi es   O of therm      oa a i        it    GE ET pa    Zeieri    Your UTH Zora Fiom fa above Man       Choose the correct zone for where you are working  One of the major drivers for what UTM you  use is the FSA   NAIP imagery  We suggest setting your UTM to match what the Government  has assigned for the Imagery  If you are in an area where there is no NAIP imagery  use the  UTM zone of the Landsat data that best fits your area  Questions here please contact your sup   port staff at GK Technology Inc     UTM    Acronym for    Universal Transverse Mercator     A projected coordinate system that divides  the world into 60 north and south zones  6 degrees wide  This is what everything is projected in  within the software  Being in the correct UTM zone is critical to ensure the location is accurate     Other Notes on Projection and Units for ADMS   ADMS supports Vector data  SHP  files in UTM or LAT LON coordinate systems  All images com   ing in must be in UTM coordinate system  ALL UTM objects must have the units in METERS  for  Northing   Easting      GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 18  
279. olygons    10  Leave the settings as they auto populate   DO NOT   Rename    11  Click    OK       Coum Name tor DBF Na6 9 0    12  Created a SHP   46 0 0 shp   Check    Database    if controller is limited polygons        Output File hame  Without Extenmon   E Waki Gk User Manual  GKT Fammi SH 8 SE 2012 Zone Output 46 0    13  Re Name to Field ID 46 0 0 shp   Ex    SH8SE 46 0 0 shp  New  ee u    New   Farm GKT Farm v    SHP files are now ready to move to Controller     New Field SH 8 SE v    Note  using this process the total LBS of prod     m  uct may change a significantly  C EA       g  1E 2014 Zone Output   VIE 46 0 0 9rd      o  AISE  SH8SE 46 0 D shp         You may want to do a  Create Grid from Poly   gons    to create a new application grd to print     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 134    Export Prescription Maps   FODM Device       Exporting to a FODM Device    Exporting Fertilizer Prescriptions is recommended only in  Map Window     You will  need to go to this window to print out your maps     Make sure you have the    Field Boundary shp    turned on and the Surface Maps you want  to export  Nothing else should be turned on at this time     NOTE  You can only export 1 FIELD at a time with multiple products per FIELD     See the Following Pages for Instructions for YOUR Controller     fila fence bee lime Tee bass   ae Tobi Mine  He                as Pee e q
280. omed into the area to download  1   E   gt    e Draw a polygon to select LiDAR tiles to download   left click to m    drop points and double click to close the polygon    e After drawing a polygon a popup will appear in another window  with the download links and instructions on how to   m  download the data  See next page        Iowa Lidar Mapping Project                   GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 291    Downloading LiDAR   lowa LIDAR Mapping Project       Once the new window opens     Note  you do need  7 Zip    for unzipping  files     If you are downloading a lot of files  you  may want to use the    Free Download  Manager     Do NOT install the    Software  Informer    or other additional installs      Copy   res Go to the File menu  then Import  then    an hep DE Lite Be gree    1 will ae you to choose a group  Junt the  5  Select  Click on by default      LIDAR download       6  Click on the    LAS Links    to download        7  Click    Save    when the download window  opens     In saving the files  we suggest you save the files back to your C  GKData Imagery LiDAR folder  It  is recommended to save all your files back to a    LIDAR    folder to keep things clear  If you are  working with more than a couple counties of data  you may want to create    County    folders within  the LIDAR folder     Once saved there  the data must be UNZIPPED  Suggest cleani
281. ommended software  but others may be used     1  Follow the previous steps to order select the data to download    2  Download a copy of FileZilla  It available at  https   filezilla project org   3  After the download and installation of FileZilla open up the software    4  To Connect to the ND site a Host  Username  and Password are needed          nu     bie dat yas Je pev  oime   Help  i  ee inke en   Hirn Late foa ttt Tigil Ept     F  i Daa mam a aki La mkaa E A    5  The Host  Username  and Password are located on the information panel after the data  is selected     ftp   lidar swc nd gov   The Host will be ftp   lidar swc nd gov followed  using the following credentials  by  temp 154540228c5890           username   swe  password   water    These will have to be copied and pasted separate   ly into FileZilla  The last part of the address will    change for every order   Once Connected  goto the     temp 154540228c5890     The username   swc and password   water  These will not change     Host  29 154540228  5890  Username  swe Password                             6  After this information is entered click Quickconnect        Password   see8      EB User Manual    aj DB a   amp   Client E  b Lidar                Filenarne   U      J  B06045370 zip    4  B06045372 zip    J  B06065370 zip    J  B06065372 zip    Filesize Filetype            Im t    I  Empty directory        4  il    4 files  Total size  90 487 052 bytes    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halst
282. on  Meters    Resolution of surfaces created using Auto Zone  amp  Extract  Image to Zone tools   Minimum Profile Depth  Feet    Depth of the Yellow to Green line in    Drainage Window     Maximum Profile Depth  Feet    Depth of the Green to Orange line in the    Drainage Window       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 12    Settings Window           User Interface 2    ie Senirgs a Oo _  y Ta 7    Be ge Mk ae CHS hetings   GPS Conky EN FORSTER Y  rld Setinge            Mag Bectgraund Coin Wihrtis          Cursor Codines Lire Lattuied ongtude Decamal Depr        Aiea Mepis Linu          Linan Wieamure Ure Fe         Abie Boo Grade Wirt FEA          Poe Results Folder Name done wpa            Gnd Reeuin Foder Name Gid Sampis               a  4       Dura  Sein    J  Glen Search tw Semple Rasidi n Pave  Folkd       Above are optional settings  not the software defaults     Map Background Color   Able to switch map background color to Black or White  Suggest using  white for mapping  the black is useful for GPS   in field use    Cursor Coordinate Units   changes the values at the bottom of the screen as you move the     mouse cursor    around the screen   has no effect on the maps or projections    Area Measure Unit   changes the method by which the area of the surface and area of polygon  drawings are calculated    Linear Measure Unit   changes the method of measuring distanc
283. or how much to move  the  shp  est  50    south and 30    west              6  Right Click   RTK Points shp  Ditch Bottoms shp  see    choose   Utilities o a    Adjust Geo Reference        Unload Layer   amp  Zoom to This Layer    Order     Appearance          Convert Point SHP to Path  Merge SHF Files with Z Adjust  Merge All Visible SHP s             F    N i   G  Create Grid Adjust Geo Reference      7  Use the    Arrows    or type in the values to move TE         Ge AE Save As    Send To Recycle Bin         Offset Points By Heading  Buffer Selected Items    the data  Click    Apply       8  Repeat step 7 till the data  lines up perfectly  Then  pan around the field to confirm   Example Adjustment   Ended up 33    West  51    South    9  Suggest clicking    Save As        Ditch Bottom Adj shp     or something to identify  what was done    Or  Just    Save          GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 179    LiDAR RTK Merge   Adjusting Geo Reference   Moving LiDAR       Need to decide which data set is the    control    for setting your    Control Point         In this case we are using the    RTK    as the    MASTER        Moving the LIDAR DATA       Turn on data in this order    1  Black Points   Ditch Bottom shp    RTK Mobile  Base        Note the    Geo Reference        CROSS     is at    Road Intersection       Collected by driving the center or the  road east   west  
284. ore detail when creating application maps  It  is a Spatial data model that defines space as an array of equally sized cells arranged in rows and col   umns  and composed of single or multiple bands  Each cell contains an attribute value and location  coordinates  Unlike a vector structure  which stores coordinates explicitly  raster coordinates are  contained in the ordering of the matrix  Groups of cells that share the same value represent the  same type of geographic feature    Multiband Raster  Image     A raster image that has more than one value associated with it at every pixel   Each band  reference to the color band on the electromagnetic spectrum  represents a segment of  the electromagnetic spectrum collected by the sensor  When displayed the image is a color compo   site of each band  An examples of multiband images are ortho and satellite images    Single Band Raster  Surface     An image with one set of values per pixel    Image   In the software an image usually is the county data or satellite imagery scenes before any data anal   ysis has been done  It is a representation or description of a scene  typically produced by an optical  or electronic device  such as a camera or a scanning radiometer  Common examples include remote   ly sensed data  for example  satellite data   scanned data  and photographs    Surface    In the software surfaces are represented by almost any type of created raster data  This include  elevation  yield  application raster maps  and s
285. ork     In order to fix this  we need to  figure out how far the offset is from  the GPS to the planter  If you are the       Database    Objects Selected  2    DB Operations Select By Query                          LONGITUDE LATITUDE ELEVATION DISTANCE HEADING GKT_IDX  grower  you pro ba bly kn OW this num   gt  E 4  13292235   809 02001953  66 90000153   188 3999939  1      j    97 22771454   49 18293381  808 98999023   124 40000153  188 69999695  2  be r  if not  we will have to fi gure It out   97 22771454   49 18294144  809 01000977  90 19999695   188 69999695  3    i    97 22771454  49 1829567 809 04998779   138 69999695   188 69999695  4  by ZOOMING IN ON a ZIPPe red area and   97 22774506  49 18279266  809 04998779 1828 19995117   8 5 E   97 22774506   49 18281174  809 070007322  232 199996955  8 39999962    measure the pea k to trou g h of the   97 22773743   49 18283463  809 15002441  242 30000305  8 39999962 7     97 2277298 49 18285751  809 25 273 3999939  9  19999981 8  wave made by the zi pper   97 2277298   49 18288422  809 28997803 281 20001221 _ 9 80000019 E    97 22772217  49 18291092 2  s09 30999756   280 79998779   10 69999981 1    97 22771454  49 182933831  809 320007322   280 3999939   11 19999981 11    97 22770691  49 1829567 809 41998291  277 20001221  11 19999981 12   97 22769928  49 1829834  809 57000732  277 moo  22   l1 ssseee    13   97 22769165   49 18300629  809 69000244 1278   10 19999981 14  Peak  97 2276802  49 18303299   809 72998047  282 29
286. ou find a scene you want Click     Add       Use the    Prev Scene    and    Next Scene    to  scroll through the dates    Repeat these last 3 steps   keep adding  the scenes for downloading       O E aa    M M Te U      om LA ibe  een Y     ee ee ee     E     pale  Lee    Fr a  a  1 ii F Tmi  a a    um           p     f J         kiap Lape  iis  de Bien    u   Desrhtoailable           Hja a     he  Ws         D  m  Fath  Hinmy  Lai           H4 CHI    am     SS ET ER E EN          on  Lins Caja           4  Sa al HE mal  l ai  iir w   et      5    Tre tome   Sen Some  Laut 15 TU Sour Lin          i Limia       Se                 GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 265    Downloading  amp  Processing USGS Imagery   GLOVIS                   i E T  Siouas Cm Ty G G    Hig iz BEA  an 9 E     _ rer Scans    Looe 63 TM een Liat    euer  SEINE RECHTE ly  here te         Veale DER i    aaa        genet car    Ben Pa Lurie Sat    a          OD internet   Preteen  ivari O    Once you rn pantie the    nds Scene List        Items that show up with a    Lock        by them are ready to    Downloaded     LTS0280292009223EDc00  amp     Items with    No Lock    will need to be submitted for downloading     Once you have all the file selected into your    Scene List     click the    Send to  Cart    button               7 pn       Click    OK    to the Notice     Rah he wre iA pimi Weena  r
287. ou need to have at least two  but Layers     u   ak  you can turn on as many as you would like                GK General Processina      Field Data County Data                  Next  select the    Query    tab        Under the    Select Areas from the Input  Layer    drop down menu  select the layer you  want to mask           Variety grd    YLD VOL DRY  ard  Next  select the area of the layer you want    to analyze  If it is a variety layer where you  have a specific number of values  use the     Equal To      selection  If you are selecting a  range of values  i e  Ibs of Fertilizer appNed    use the    Greater Than  gt        Less Than  selections           When finished with the selection to be Laydys Stats un  e    masked  press the button                 Greater Than Or Equal To         m Than Or Ega To e    Use the above Mask to Intersect with  variety    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Under the    Use the above  Mask to Intersect with    drop  down menu  select the desired layer  to intersect with the previous  masked layer     Once selected  press the button       e    The map window shows what  area has been masked  in this case   variety 2   and is intersected with  the next selected layer  Yid Vol Dr      The statistics windows show the  range of the intersected layer in the  masked area     Below the histogram is the Area  of the masked layer  also  the 
288. ounty Name folder  Douglas    IMPORTANT     These files have to be in the same    Folder    as the LAZ files                     A i m Gilles t Tragen   LEE p Doe  10  Double Click on the Zn nn     unziplas bat    file eee    th hah oe a   T    11  A    DOS    window will open up ed  Homappup we  like below  DO NOT CLOSE IT  It RER  will close automatically  A Computer Pass   L Local Deak  fi    lii    a ls     E e index omen       Note  It takes up to 30 seconds  per LAZ file  so be patient  tig hime ert    i rem    12  When finished  you will have a  folder that looks something like  this     13  Suggest creating new folder  named    Processed LAZ    and  moving all your Processed LAZ file  here so you don   t have the    laz  extractor    re processing these  files  TALM ITM  Sh iidas    E  Woe         ite order meil    14  Go back to the    Processing eer  Lidar    section of the user manual     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 290    Downloading LiDAR   lowa LIDAR Mapping Project       A source for importing LIDAR data in Iowa is the    Iowa Lidar Mapping Project        http   www geotree uni edu lidar  Make sure there is no pop up blocker on and they are allowed for this site           1  Select an area by boundary type  e g  counties  cities  watersheds    2  Use the zooming tools on the top toolbar to get zoomed into the area to download         e After getting zo
289. ous versions    Send to k       Right click  select 7 Zip  click Extract to    Wk         A folder will be created with the same name    as the file       Inside this folder will may have up to 12  different TIFF files depending on if the data    is from Landsat 5  7  or 8     30302013161LGN01    11 11 2013 1 04 PM File folder       1 758 470 KB       Show how to open this file  303020     Run as administrator    File    303020 R File  303020 File    980 810 KB    157 471 KB       7 Zip      Scan with Microsoft Security Essentials       Restore previous versions    Send to b      Open archive   Extract fil   Extract Here   Extract to  LC80290302013161LGNO1    Test archive    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 270    Landsat Data Processing   Merging Images       Merging Landsat Images    After the extraction process has been completed  the next step is to merge them into  one image  This is done with a utility in ADMS  The ig Dota Maggi Sah    e ADMS will recognize the correct band order for    er ee iT  the different types of Landsat data  if EEE   Dir Faden        eqs Pde    Marge fore Arpit    1  Open ADMS  the map window does not need to be  open for this process     Kirge tated Paes      yan Cele           Trani et este Abs  beport BLA TA     2  Select    Process    from the top toolbar   3  Select    Merge Landsat TIFs       Impa  t Fie el St Far  Dita tyr      erect 
290. p Winde     amp        These examples will start at the point that you have done Grid Zones  Created  Rx Maps and have Yield data back     Summarize   Grids  First Product     In this example we will run Grid Sample Results against Yield Data and 11 52 0  Each     summarized    product must be done as separate runs of this process     NOTES  Suggest only turning on the    Drawing Layers    and    Surface Layers    you are working  on  This will make things go smoother and cause less confusion     Turn on your Grid  Polygons  and your Yield shp for the first run  you could also use Yield grd  files also         Right Click    on the    Grid shp       Utilities      Summarize Another Layer    ne oO RE Sy BPP Pl some o AP Layer info     Or           Layers Stats   Query   Gis   Select By Polygon Set  Left Click Points to farm a palygan  Right Click to finish  un Je i Ji ogre bee Emne Teer id Tn Fee hr Vo N mn ar ns i                           i   Drawings g In Map l      Gnd  a       TE Merged   Uniosd Layer    MSofKg amp  Zoom to This Layer      Sai OV Appearance a   Sal ph   Create Grid     57 german ts ea  SP Aites lites   Convent Point SHP 15 Path             E osai Save As   Merge SHP Files with Z Adjust  i Sol2n   Send To Recycle Bin Menge All Vitibhe SHP  nt  na  i zu  Cunpan Adun Gew Reference    m  Bouneiaey ahg       Export Poor Ale to Lostal Projection  y al    its u Olivet Points By Haring Sg gang re  Buffer Selected Items   ee  bee  I Ds otarasiti akr iia akabera   
291. p gt Extract Here  7 zip must be installed for this to work     14  The   las files will now show up in the same folder and can be imported into ADMS as   elevation data  After extraction the   zip files may be deleted to save space      For detailed instructions on FileZilla visit     https   wiki  filezilla project org Tutorial    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 287    Downloading LIDAR   MN DNR   FTP  Site       On this site  you will be downloading right from the Minnesota DNR FTP website  This site  contains LIDAR for Eastern  amp  Central  amp  Southern Minnesota  counties that are not in the  RED RIVER BASIN   We strongly suggest using Internet Explorer for navigating this site   due to the fact that other browsers can corrupt the    Unzipping Tools     On this site  you  will be downloading    LAZ    files  Zipped up  las files   These files can not be unzipped by  Standard zipping tools        2    HETE i          Note  All of the data on this site is in UTM 15    Starting Point for Downloading       ftp   ftp lmic state mn us pub data elevation lidar    When you first enter the site  it will look like the window below     oe O X  E FIP directory pub           To view the FIP ate n Windows Explorer press Akt  ciek View  and then chek Open FTP Site in W E New Window Ctrl N   amp  Cut Ctrl X  Es   Copy Ctrl C    272717 72013 OTt OEE 12 072 jat Tije Brosassing Dein
292. ple   Combine 1  amp  Combine 2          If the data is cleaned up when it comes into ADMS  skip the    Cleaning Data    below     Cleaning Data   Selection Tools     1  Turn on    Combine 1     for this example   2  Go to the bottom toolbar  Click    Thematic Draw Settings      Adjust setting like    Thematic  Mapping    below     Source Yield   Ranges 21  Rainbow   7 ft point size   Circle   Equal Interval    3  On the top tool bar  Click    Select Mode Add    and    Select by Rectangle     or    Select by Polygon        4  Draw a rectangle around data you want to delete   note     Selected       of objects top tool bar   Repeat step 4 to select more objects    5  Click the    Delete Selected Objects    button on the bottom toolbar   Repeat 4  amp  5 as needed for this SHP file    6  Save the SHP file when finished   Optional      Save As    name it    Combine1Cleaned shp    keeping original data     7  Repeat steps 1 6 on    Combine 2    and    Combine 3     amp     4     amp  so on                 se eee i ee r                 pene   LAA  gt  ea PP pt eee o PO Ed Re w    Laan Sa   Query   GPS            New Fo   SCOTS  a m             E  to    ea     ee u  oe a        o oo E       E 22                 0 78 Miles                     Current Layer  SK Farms SK  Farms Wandas Harvest_2009 Whea Databa       2  I  BBX        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 212    Normalizi
293. port will create a Shape file which exists as a xxx shp   xxx shx   xxx dbf files      Note  All 3 files must be sent out to the spreader  SHP   SHX   DBF    Boundary   not required to be turned on for this export  1  Select all the files to export  2  Select one layer as master  3  Note the    Precision    Column for exporting low rate products like Micro Nutrients   change the    0    to a value of 1 or 2  1 digit after the decimal point or 2 digits after the  decimal point    4  Adjust your    Output Resolution        Recommend   S8 meter for FMD  amp  FMX  max of 30 000   sum of all prod       EZ Guide Controllers MAX Cell Count 1 500 Polygons      Cell Merge Mode      normally set to    Average        Max Count Rate      set to    Infinite        Precision    column   set to    0     this is   of Decimal Points     Export Selected Rasters        File Name    use the Field Name    WO ONO UI    On the data card  the SHP SHX DBF must be put in a folder named    AgGPS   Prescriptions    on the root of the data card or USB     Save   O fahi Fetis Mage    a tee  TH Aprii ators Magee whi  LETEA lt hp    EST ver ai                 gt  GE We   Hier WEO O 0  Ceti OEE Den   Citi CE Blend 3       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 133    Export Prescription Maps   Shape Contour       Shape Contours to All Controllers    Below are instructions for exporting Shape files as  Contoure
294. posed Main  Salty Area   SamplePoints  Soil ID  Test  Vision WPT  Wet Area             4  Now you should have a new shapefile called     ModArea shp    appear in your data tree  If you do  not  click the    Refresh    button  Ei                           5  Now Check the    ModArea shp    to turn it on  amp  make  it the Active Layer  Shown here in RED      6  Now click on the    SHP    button on the bottom       Eh He shelly 21 Fall 2014 csv  se u   fones 2013 grd        Drawing Tool Selected  Left Click each Point  to Define the New Object  Right Click to Finish    7  Now draw your modified area   Take note of the  Length and Bearing to help with drawing   To the right is a  example of a check strip  ModArea        8  Finished Drawing the ModArea  Go back to step  6 if you want to have more areas in the field   Repeat as needed     9  Click the    Save Changes    when finished     Paat Et Laer   aS    Vase            GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 90    Nutrient Layers       Creating a    ModArea    or    Check Strip     amp  Editing Raster Values    1  Make the    ModArea    the active layer    2  Select the    ModArea    objects you want to amend  by    Left Clicking    in the object in the MAP WINDOW   Hold the    Ctrl    key to choose multiple objects     3  Turn on your Surface Map to amend  Ex  46 0   0 grd     4  From the bottom tool bar  click on    Apply Mod 
295. preferred LIDAR data type is LAS file    UTM coordinate    X amp Y units  METERS    Z units   Feet or Meter Sienet                                                                               E ates  Low Point  Noise   Low Vegetation J  Water   L  Medium Vegetation Overlap Points  Ouput Resolution    V  Convert Metersto Feet      V  Import only area under selected objects    Resources for data in this slide  UpperLeft Y Width Lower Right  5260405 719 5259686  UpperLeft X Height Lower Right X  665772 503 666275    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 169    LiDAR   Registering    laszip exe    LAZ Extractor       LIDAR data comes in a variety of different formats  ADMS software prefers the data to be in a LAS  format  We can also work with LAZ formats  Basically the LAZ format is a    zipped    or     compressed    format  that takes up much less space  On average the LAZ is 1 10th the size of the  LAS file  You can store your data as LAS or LAZ  we suggest choosing one file format per folder for  faster processing     We suggest saving all your LIDAR data  LAS or LAZ  to a single    Lidar    folder in your    GKData   Imagery    folder  If you are covering large areas  we suggest creating a    county folder    in the     Lidar    folder structure     LAS   files are ready to be used by the software     LAZ   files need to have an    Program registered    to extract them   Re
296. ps are NDVIR from July in 2008  2009  and June in 2010    e This table can be read top to bottom  or left to right     e From the values it can be seen that the same map correlates perfectly with itself  each time     ur 262    0 324 0 039    2008_JUL14_NDVIR  2009_JULO1_NDVIR  2010_JUN18_NDVIR    Correlation Value Meaning e Now this tool can be used as part of the image selec   Less than 0 3 Not Meaningful tion process when choosing NDVI images to use in zone   5   creation    e Looking on the table  it can be seen that Corn Yield  2010 and 2010 JUN18 NDVIR have a 0 685 correla     07 10 Saure comelatoss tion value meaning it is MODERATE  This would be an  1 PerfectCorrelstion image that could be considered for a final zone map           e Other similarities can be seen  Such as how similar yield maps are from one year to  the other   Using the Correlation Matrix for Determining Blends       The correlation matrix can also be used for determining which products could potentially go  together in a product blend  An example of this would be if multiple products had to be  spread  but only a single bin spreader was going to be used for the application    1  Turn on all the product application maps  LayerNames 0 0 60 11 52 0 46 0 0    2  Run    Calculate Correlation Matrix     0 0 60 1 0 017    088  11 52 0  0 017 1  0 489    Bea  Ir soit woo os    3  From the results  it can be seen which products spatially correlate with each  other     e This example uses 0 0 60  11 52 0  and
297. r for the    Tile       Suggest  Looking at your tile lines in the software  and matching colors as close as possible  May be    slightly different due to limited color    Names        Click    Next       10  Choose the Surface grd that you used in the     Drainage Planning    window to create your    Profile  Lines    and tile design     Checking the    Create an FBG File    will create  a file for AGPS which will allow PTL   Note  These elevations will be created based  off the xxxxx grd and pull   extract values from    under the tile line in previous step     Click    Next       11  Choose    HOW    you want the files saved and as   sign    Field Name     Name they will see on AGPS     Choosing    Save Setup Files to Folder    will put  all the AGPS compatible files into a folder at  your set location     SUGGESTED  Choosing    Save To Self Ex   tracting Zip file    will put all the files in an  xxxx exe file that will automatically put all the    files into the C  amw data folder on AGPS PC     Click    Next       Add Clonee L ones  Sete A SHP Fin or Mulnphe SHP files for Gundaron Les    5HP ae Eich  fel inch Pipa       l inch Fpa  W  Hinach Pps    Hen FDG fin m anmai  Salat an Clewyhon aaier ty be weed ip mirat data    Ji Cream an Fiii Fia    Eimuaban Surses TORE    bane Bug Fie io Fobi 3 Sava To Sel Erecting Zip fil    Filed Mamie SHESIE  Tel       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   
298. r values and click    Run Query     yP   NOTE  The    Object Selected     in the upper left hand corner of the Database  window  this will tell you how many objects are selected in the Database        5  On the TOP TOOLBAR  select    Save Selected Objects to a New Layer     i  6  This will open into a    Save    window  ih  7  Notice it is saving back into the    Field    level data every  time    8  Name the object  you MUST Re Name the object      amp  click    Save           GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 33    Drawing Layers  Polygons  Lines   amp  Points        GK Drawing Tools   Hand Drawing  Polygons     e Using the hand drawing tools  you will need to have a    Layer    turned on that you can  Trace  or Mark  on top of for geo referencing purposes   Accurate  high quality data is  needed     e Look at drawing Polygons  amp  Merging Interior   Exterior Polygons  Poly Polygons          Polygons  Drawing   Field Boundaries   1  Hand Drawn is done using either field collected data points or 1 3 meter aerial images     Both giving geo referenced data to trace     Zoom into the field as close enough to see and draw all details     At the bottom of the    Data Tree    Select    Create New Layer From Template         Select    Boundary    from the template list  PIE Boundary SHP Aa DSE    In the    Data Tree    check the    Boundary shp       nd  Note  ACTIVE LAYER   Be
299. rd  en   GE Salt 1 grd    e You can change the year of the output folder  Go to Tools     Settings User Interface 2 and change the current season    PGE Soil pH grd    oS aa    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 115    Grid Sampling   Printing Grid Nutrient Layers       Starting at version 6 4 1  there is an option within the software that allows 2  printing of the nutrient surfaces while automatically changing the labels on the    sample points to correspond with the nutrient maps  Merge Grid Results       After following the steps to build nutrient maps  stay in the Merge Grid Results window     1  Go to the    View Nutrient Maps    tab            a    Pi     i j    oly    g F al bator E      Load Data   Seu Test results   View Nutrient Maps    2  The nutrient maps will be displayed in the window  The labels will be automatically  turned on to correspond with the correct nutrients  If they are not visible  click on one of  the nutrient maps on the left side of the window         3  Fu fl Tr          3  If the map does not fill the entire window  click      Zoom to Extents        ET    Bei    Saal A  re 4  Before printing  there is an option to change  BH iS Eee the label colors if desired      Note this will change all of the    i ji i i i   i   x j labels to the selected color    Standard Colors  EE U ZEBHEBEN         More Colors          5  After the desired label color
300. red rates are   entered    Save Data    before   moving on to the next prod     uct     a         Fee          Applying Min  amp  Max Rates    The min and max rates will be applied to maps created by entering results manually or using a blend group to create  products     Entering Results Manually   1  Click    Enter Results Manually     Step 2  and enter the product rates    2  Before building maps put a check mark in front of    Enforce Product Min and Max Rates       3  Click    Build Maps    the values that were entered in the database will be applied to the product map     Enforce Product Min and Max Rates    Using a Blend Group   1  Follow the steps on creating nutrient maps from a blend group    2  BEFORE clicking the blend group to create products put a check in front of    Enforce Product Min and Max  Rates     If it is selected after the blend group the rates will not be applied to the products and the blend group will  have to be reselected    3  Click    Build Maps           GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 89    Nutrient Layers       Creating a    ModArea    or    Check Strip     amp  Editing Raster Values          1  Turn on the map that is to be modified   i e  NH3 De ee  or Urea VR map   a E  2  Click on  Create New Layer From Template              DE meh    3  Select    ModArea    from the list   You may have fewer options         Notes  Pivot  Point  Pro
301. res  DR 5432  1 0 4 Acre    voor ausu    bort  7 est        gt  wre      eo  GK Technology  vw Agriculture          en oT     a   GK Technology  a Arrana             GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com             Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 149                  Printing  Print Map  Batch Print Surfaces m m  Pint Map to Bamap Print   Multi Map Layout  l dem da Sonat  Layer Selection CAFS CSE Spite ps lern    Layers Statistics   Query   GPS Mark APOE iii x      This function will print 7 maps on 1  page        If you have Multiple Surface Maps to  print out  turn them on in the order  you want them to be printed        First map turned on goes to the middle   Then top to bottom  amp  top to bottom    Lat  4747464739  Lon   36 80060947   107 112 107    Field SHBSE Layer G Com Seed grd       Go to Print  amp  Multi Map Layout       2a  De   3 OQeehh gt    Bu Ca  verage 3 Area 59 09 Acres     a u 105 sts  1000705  v   Aone    LJ Aone  GET Farm   SH 8 SE E  A 46 004 18 46 0 we to be Fal appled     18 46 0 has a    Check Step    the not an Nore v  7  Aone    Gower GK User Manual  Fam GKT Fam  feid SHESE  pores  s51       Type the  Custom Header       Re order or re locate maps by click  the drop downs above the images     Type any    NOTES    you want in the      GK User Manual middle box   limited to roughly 15  SHA SE    50 1 Acres Gh K re  hnolosy lines of text     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East
302. rking on the top left of the  window and move your way down               Prescription File info  Author ohn Doe       Product Map and Rates    Field  100  Meets fe  T      Notes  feid    Set Application info for Each Layer       p    Lece fea fi  A  aed   si  k Se        Tei klein    tim ar Lies   ug acti m Br ana Tore      CC Fi      Ars 100 2000       5  Fill in your name as the    Author      This  is optional      6  Verify the    Customer        Farm      amp     Field     cells are correct  this should be filled  automatically      7  Select your    Area Units     i e     acre       8  Type in any desired notes  optional      9  Next  set the application info for each  layer  This has to be done for each  product and follow this process through  for each product tank before moving on  to the next product     a  Set    Product ID        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 144    Exporting Prescription Maps       Export a Prescription to a Topcon X20   Zynx    b  Type in the Default Rate  numbers Example  only   Look at the    ZERO    rate on this map        i P The Red area was set in the thematic    ENOBSENETEISUUER Typen color to min of O and a max 0 00001     d  Select the    Units        Lyra Fresingbon Export   gt  D  ii  Pe rn Fie rio Prod  Mac and Aaien    e  Then click the desired rate  radio  button      i  Use Minimum Rate   Drops the  App Rate to the min val
303. rom Logged Data     Create Veris Shapefile from Logged Data    10 Create Grids from Logged Data  11 Clear Maps  12 Client Farm Field Selection Dialog    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 255    Downloading USDA Geospatial Data       1  Go to the USDA Geospatial site    http   datagateway nrcs usda gov     2  On the top menu select Dura Gebr     Get Data     f a ee PDA NCE Gecnpatial Duta Gateway Home S       m  gt  Eee pye Tee e       USDA ed      2           GEGBBAMAL DATA GATEWAY    1 a r r i   2    he   a g    4 zn   Set  ie Bait   es Dan FA hep Amn  Gmini Le    3  Select the    State    you want to work in  4  Select the    County       5  Click on the Button to the    Right    labeled     Add Counties to Your Selected List             Note  can select multiple counties so you  don t have to repeat this procedure  Limit  to FTP size of request 8 GB of Data     6  Click    Submit Selected Counties        i  o      S778 Tae    j j   1 LA cep    Y  ra fame Teal Hals    i wr Fronten ADANC Geoana Des Gamer Oeder Data o  g        BET niae  fies Wee of aorreulbues  H F 1 ne aan C    ai  Natural Hasoutces Conmstintion Service   _GeoSpatialDataGateway    2   j a    a 238    er i   iy   i  Last Ba 21418 LATALI A Hirer Tantra He FARO Cottet le Ki    he Am  1  WHERE WHERE YOUR  order by County   Counties    Lena e par are Pheer Fe ba Courty Co  Bii tie te bor wou order  A  bat TF 
304. s  and they also need to convert the nutrient pounds to product    POsprec    0 700     044 x  Olsen P ppm   x  expected yield  KoORec    1 166    0073 x  Soil Test K  ppm   x  expected yield   Dim P205 As Single Dim K2O as Single  Dim OLSENPST As Single   Rasters  P_OLSEN   Value Dim KST As Single   Rasters  K_UNSPEC   Value  Dim EXPYIELD As Single   Rasters  2005 Corn Yield   Value Dim EXPYIELD As Single   Rasters  2005 Corn Yield   Value  If Infield Then If Infield Then     Check to See if it is Less Than 175 ppm     Check to See if it is Less Than 20 ppm If KST  lt  175 Then  If OLSENPST  lt  20 Then K20    1 166     0073   KST     EXPYIELD  P205    0 7     044   OLSENPST     EXPYIELD Else  Else    It was over 175 ppm so apply O     It was over 20 ppm so apply O K20   0  P205   0 End If  End If       Send the Value to the Map     Send the Value to the Map Return K2O  Return P205  Else  Else    Wasn t In the Field Send a NullVal to the Map     Wasn t In the Field Send a NullVal to the Map    pounds   They could easily be modified to handle that chore  but along with combining the scripts   we will do that in a more robust fashion in the next pages  Later  we will build a Product  object to help with those calculations     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 232    Opening a Script Editor in Excel 2007       One really neat way to debug and develop functions for use in Map
305. s  grain header vs flex head      Separating Data Sets     1  Import or Save SHP or CSV files back into the ADMS   GkKData client farm field structure   Note  We prefer the SHP file format from most software  There are some exceptions     2  Turn on the Yield File for the Field  SHP or CSV      3  Go to the bottom left corner and open the    Database    tab  Look through the columns to find an  item that will allow you to    Identify    each combine   In most cases     Machine    or   Unit ID    will work    4  In this example  the    Implement1    column has 2 unique values Flex Header vs Grain Header             i   liste inte i a ar Searnen b F  o   gt A  amp  de als    hd ice m     1  Ex    le    i in i lbw Gase SK Farms  Mow F SK Farms       5  Use the    Select By Query    and  select to    Implementi    and      to and    flex head      You will use your unique column        wugen    6  Click the  Blue Up Arrow    to  Run Query   7  Click on the    Save Selected LT  objects to New Layer    top   Toolbar  name Combine 1 shp        ir  E  k  E  13         Repeat 5 7 for Combine 2                      GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 210    Cleaning Yield Data in Ag Data Mapping Solution       Now we have two combines in separate SHP files  You may need to clean up data  a  This Example   Combine 1  amp  Combine 2 Wa     bta i he wp          Tf the data is cleaned up 
306. s Roads Yield Data     3  GK Drawing Tools Hand Drawing  4  Collect with GPS Using Ag Data Mapping Solution    e     d      Importing from Another Source    Polygons  boundaries   lines and points that have been collected using  another source such as a tractor  pickup  ATV or hand drawn  in other soft   ware   all of these would be coming from a different software package  If  these files are coming from another software package  export the files out  as Shapefiles   shp  and save them into the appropriate Grower   Farm    Field  C  GKData xxx xxx xxx   If you are copying these Shapefiles  make  Sure you get all the extensions of the shape file  Min requirement  shp   shx   amp   dbf   Paste them in to the appropriate Grower   Farm   Field   C  GKData xxx xxx xxx   ADMS does handle    Imports    from certain  sources  Generally  you need to have the original data cards from the equip   ment  Find out by clicking on the    Import    tab while using    Map Window        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 30    Drawing Layers  Polygons  Lines   amp  Points     Extracting Drawing Layers from a Mass Collection   FSA   CLU Field Boundaries Roads Yield Data     To use this function you must    SELECT    the Drawing object you want to    SAVE    or     CREATE       There are three ways of selecting these objects  To use them you must first turn on  the drawing layer that contains 
307. s done by dragging and dropping  files in ADMS  once you have all the  files unzipped        Norman    File Edit View Favorites Tools Help         pack    gt  wa     gt  Search Folders EBE  7       ac    Name   Size   imagery compliance fsa _MAIPMOS_634769_05   common land unit CLU _634769_01 zip 3 157 KB  imagery_compliance_fsa_NAIPMO4_634769_04  zip 44 102 KB  imagery_compliance_Fsa_MAIPMOS_634769_05  zip 171 792 KB  topographic_images_ MDRGNRCS_634769_02 zip 65 566 KB             Address  m  CGkDatalCountyDatalNorman                Color scheme for DRAWING layers       Saar  Dh    Dch bie Fliegen Dapper  a fe bekkp  i   i  My Decisis  a heey Corer eee  eee ei  2  ail  ip Correlate  a mm    kig Fert   DE a  pre    w Tee   a DASH Mia  E    ka Shia  Meuni  I Ap Diui  Ti Pii hiai Fe  G Ptr A  Leal Ta         biy Einen    E je paas rer ee    eae a bee    Field Data   county Data Imager    oe  RE ND Counties shp  ea       at Norman CLU shp    si Norman County Boundary shp    ES Norman DRG sid  u  Bi Norman NAIP 2003 sid  u  L S Norman NAIP 2004 sid  z  Bi Norman NAIP 2005 sid  z  L S Norman NAIP 2006 sid      I EE Norman NAIP 2008 jp2  x  L S Norman NAIP 2009 sid    bip je    ee Fo       CLU   1 pt lines   LightSkyBlue   300    LSE Norman NAPP 2010 sid    jee cf  SHR Norman Railroads  SHP    Counties   3 pt lines   Yellow   15 000            Norman Roads  SHP    Cities   2 pixel   Black   Red    3 000     Places   2 pixel   Black   Red   300       Railroads   1 pt lines   Black 
308. s if I am in the field    Case False     Do this if I am not  End Select    An example to the right demonstrates using  an Enumeration of the map to build in a  Select Case statement     In this case  it will determine which output  map will be created     It is a very powerful Tool that allows for  compound tests like below  This example has  nothing to do with Map Math but demon   strates a way to Divide by Ranges    Dim Number as Integer  8    Select Case Number  Case 1 To5  Return 3  Case 6 to 10  Return 8  Case 11  12  Return 11  Case 13 To 15  Return 15  Case Is  gt  20  Return 20  Case Else  Return 15  End Select       Dim P205 As Single  Dim K2O As Single  Dim MakeMap As Output    Dim OlsenPST As Single   Rasters  P_OLSEN   Value  Dim ExpYield As Single   Rasters  2005 Corn Yield   Value  Dim KST As Single   Rasters  K_UNSPEC   Value    MakeMap   Output P  If InField Then    Select Case MakeMap  Case Output P     Check To See If it Is Less Than 20 ppm  If OlsenPST  lt  20 Then  P205    0 7     044   OlsenPST      ExpYield  Else  P205   0  End If     Send the Value to the Map  Return P205    Case Output K     Check To See If it Is Less Than 175 ppm  If KST  lt  175 Then  K20    1 166     0073   KST     ExpYield  Else     It was over 175 ppm so apply O  K20   0  End If     Send the Value to the Map  Return K20    End Select    Else       Wasn t in the Map Return a Null Value  Return NullVal  End If       Outside of the Main Function these 3 lines need to be Added      T
309. s men Cununt Layer  determine if the data is cor    peT    ogee am NE  rect  Excessive area showing TE Feowkxursarer on See  a i brTan  Aa r A     up in the depressions layer  may indicate that an outlet  for water was not repre   sented correctly in the to     pography map     FE aiara gr Lat APS Len  Ad PDT     Fiski Shelly  BE Layo Fike comulohoir an ger       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 173    Using the Point Offset Routines to Adjust for Better Topography Maps       Some GPS data logging packages use an offset while collecting data  This is visible  in planting data from both Deere and Ag Leader     While it makes sense for the planting data  the altitude attribute that is written to  the file is for the altitude at the GPS receiver  not at the planter  And a topography  map with the appearance of the one to  the right is the result  Note the zippered  appearance of the edges of all of the  features of the maps     To correct for this problem and to make  better topography maps  we need to try to  correct the data using some data in the log  file     In order for this to work  there has to be    an attribute in the database for the direction    of travel or    Heading        Below right is a Deere GS2 collected    database  imported using the    Import Topo     menu in Ag Data Mapping Solution  It is im   perative that there be a heading column to    make this w
310. s tool will NOT work without a SURFACE Checked   At the bottom of the    Data Tree    Select    Create New Layer From Template        Select    Sample Points    from the list     Check the    SamplePoints shp    in the    Data Tree    M SamplePoints SHP  Click    Multi Point Draw Tool    on the bottom toolbar below your map window   this is a toggle on off     Feld Field I Layer  Sampa omi schen    BELLE he RP EK wo      Click out the points in the order you would want them sampled and in the spot you want sampled     When you are finished deselect the    Multi Point Draw Tool    your new points will automatically save     Freak  Fiekl 1 Lapeer  Sample  oirite shp    Oa  gehhe ART  48       10  Once finished click    Save    on the bottom toolbar        Lat  47 473811 Lon   96 79461 5 Zone ID  Field  Shelly 85E Layer  SamplePoints shp    GBeaQge28H gt  LARP AB X 100      Database  Objects Selected  1   DB Operations Select By Quer   al E   A             Longitude  MPVal            96 795093    3 61910  214 2410         21  47 4752213     96 797885    1 ERE  236 520       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 37    Drawing Layers  Polygons  Lines   amp  Points        Collect with GPS Using Ag Data Mapping Solution  Map Window     1  Turn on all layers you want to view for background maps  2  Check on    EXISTING       Boundary    or    Ditch Line    or    Sample Point    if you
311. sed to filter GPS points  collected to try to ensure that collected data meets your quality specifications    Vi GPS Status at Least GPS Only  GGA Data HDOP Less than    Differential Age Lees Than      POOP Less Than 3  VDOP Less Than 3  Horizontal Eror Less Than 0 10    GST Or Garmn RME Data  Vertical Eror Less Than    v  Continue Logging and Mark operabons if these critena are not met       ST ey Senger _       You should see a series of PORT numbers similar to below  Pick out the one that  matches the port you are connecting to  If you are unsure  it may be a trial and error method    in Ag Data Mapping Solutions     Suggest Using    Find GFS    i  NOTE   and set the    BAUD RATE        3  Data Bits  8    Parity  None    Stop Bits  1     Should always be set like this        RTK Fixed          Baud Rate    set value to match the    GPS RECIEVER           Find GPS    button will find the    GPS PORT       Minimum GPS Quality   set to either    GPS Only    or       c iGomputen Management  m Fie Action view Window Help         Amta 2TA   Ra    Computer Management  Local        ii  System Tools     E gu  Event Viewer     Shared Folders     d Local Users and Groups     Performance Logs and Alert   Device Manager          Monitors       BB Network adapters      Y Ports  COM  amp  LPT      Bluetooth Communications Port  COMS   F Bluetooth Communications Port  COM6   F Bluetooth Communications Port  COM    F       SB Processors       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Ha
312. sired UTM zone     10 Click    Run      Ose 11 This utility will cycle through each image   nn create a folder for each county that it co   vers  and save it in the selected output di     rectory  The progress will be indicated on  the right side of the window     Input Image Files    2002 JUN28 2930 15 42354    2013_JUN10_2930_L8_ 53464      HAlmageny  29 30       Output Options  Source Image Projection       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com          Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 3   Landsat Data Processing   Cutting Images by Shapefile cz     al Errei    Tree Tot tore    EG Mule ages nee peg TP rage Leg a dan   Leper Ane je ee re Da Te ay ae cf free eab fiat ty  rupee    a THP bee d corti leech Ghoti ie San of fe Coury feet  le s Laer beage ee the rgd erage The ig a he en of inci  uch haar hies  ns ine Bi eee ell eg ey ae    cai       Le      Teng Lear su  Atbtuis Cour    cone      Tim Mei    i      Jee Oy bajei HE    inca enge Fri  pee JA Zu S Ton  3 AN a LE SHE                Urach   Exteachraj  kr Hier  Demirg baada  Siehe heen   a Zn 1   Geary U  Frau bein  SAW  Dii H kuaga BAJ p imagery   3 0   GW Comes C   Chanje     m ua a hijap    Daas all E sam Them tahk  ar Femme  B omnira d dma  E laip b Pesala  L bami Aas a bon bere  4  hopin    Ihmehsngn  lle  Sieben D Chasen Mite  ap bragie Ine i 0s     Denon  ag H   Douglas  il Clear D Grea      Dacula A Hmn     Fee Deenload Manage Iennloada d Phage  al 
313. stad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    143    Exporting Prescription Maps       Export a Prescription to a Topcon X20   Zynx    1  Rates   The Zynx export uses the       values in the    Thematic color    table for  rate definitions     If you set your map to rainbow with  255 colors and you have    10 rates    in  the field  you will still get 255 actual  rates  If you open the object and edit  with the thematic color tool and take it  down to 5 zones  you will get 5 rates   It doesn   t matter if you    interpolated     the map or not   Pay attention to the  color table in the lower right hand  corner of the Zynx Export Window        Start ADMS Map Window and then turn  on the prescription files  i e  82 0   O grd  in the order that the machine   air seeder spreader  tanks hoppers  are arranged  The order that the layers  are turned on is the tank the product  goes to   You can   t change them out in  the field either     So if the air seeder  is a 2 bin and has seed in the 1   tank  and 11 52 00 in the second  turn on  the seed grd file 1    then turn on the  11 52 00 grd 2        e Unused Tanks   If the machine  has a tank or a    channel    that is  not being used  you need to  assign a blank map to that chan   nel   tank       Now to export  on the Menu toolbar   click    Export     amp     Zynx     amp     Variable Rate  Map        e A Zynx Prescription Export  window should appear  see upper  right        Start wo
314. t  Coloring  amp  Zoning Raster    1  Make sure your zone grd is the active layer   2  Useful tools at this time  if needed   e    Reduce Border Effect    gA  e    Trim End Values    K    e    Invert    47 z  Click on    Smooth Filter    5x5   two times          esired Number of Zones 5        3    4  Turn all images to be merged  Open Multi Output Map Math  lt  gt  x   5  Open    Average Of All Layers    script   gt  Compile   gt  Run   6     Save As    Zones grd U e a   7  Click on    Thematic Color    rage ge ge ees stil  8  Adjust  Number of Ranges    to desired zone   na omm ge a   ee ee  9  Adjust the settings like the window to the right ow a ge  10  Normally use    2 Std Dev    or    K Means     eget en  11  Mouse over the    Color Chips    to adjust and use the    Scroll sex Seach O Khare    Wheel    on the mouse for custom coloring   12  When finished  click    Apply        Saving for   Soil Sampling    1  Right click on the file name grd in the data tree and select  Save as BMP  most soil samplers      save as Google Earth  KMZ     Or go to    File     amp     Print Map     amp     Print Map to Bitmap       me 74 Area 50 39 Acres  Sid Dey 12  Talat bie Bu          GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 43    Creating Zones From Imagery       For this section of the help guide  we will be looking at Extracting and Handling Imagery   In the reference to    Handling    
315. t  color theme these values can be ren SEN   Sr Eau iru  manually adjusted to skew the color ge t   a Ee    table in one director or another  ma any w   ae ae    This example will use Soil K  We will  say that anything 40 ppm or below will  be lacking in nutrients and represented  by the low end of the color table  Red    Likewise  anything 300 ppm or above  will be represented by the high end val   ue of the color table  Purple   Any val   ues between 40 300 ppm will be scaled  accordingly     AL Wer ne 4  5 Arena 108 5  Acre     Si Dev  4068 Total Zul       Nutrients Low Val High Val    P Olsen 3 20   P Bray 3 35 Here are some common value  Nitrogen 1 150 ranges to consider using for  Sulfur 5 80 different nutrients    Potassium 40 300   Zinc 0 2 2   pH 5 8   CEC 7 40   OM 1 6    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 77    Nutrient Layers       Color Layers By Theme    5  In the area that says    Minimum Value    enter    40    and in the area that says    Maximum Value     enter    300       6  In the preview window the color adjustments to the map will be visible  Since there is no values  below 40 ppm there is no red in the map     by THernatc Fasie haera r                              Caine Mare bare  tees hi Am crs  n     um i  dll gt i l m i  ae  ye 14 al   a BUHE mr  nm a2 03   a a 40 og ri      HTF LE EF   G  IE   4 ET z a E m aa ma La    late  rd   m u     Ts dene a
316. t  gt  Operators                 Now you need to select the controller  you will be using  Under the    Final Set   tings     use the    Select Publisher    pull   down menu to find the controller you  are using for application   Note  Missing Publisher     Controller   go to the    Help    button       Use the    Browse    Button to select  where you want the file exported   Usually save to the C  FODDExp       Now  you are ready to export files   Select the    Export    Button  This may  take several minutes  When the Export  is complete  copy the files to the appro   priate media and take the files to the  controller or applicator     ii Layer Selection    Layers      File Process Import Yield ImportTopo Export   Setup   Tools Window Help    Fertilizers            Crops       Blend Groups  Hybrids  VRT Zone Creation Add Map Units      Mark Attr  butes         Trial Period Code  Online Help    ADMS Release Notes Page  ADMS Install Page  About       136                                  ei ag  er tu        cae Fee  Eyr i j  F 9 ur    Im     ei T   a 3 SED  horcey   o      hopes 1  Meee C  Meu    we p ei 2 m r boo      x         anh   el zu ii baag zieh H   is  7 Browse For Falie E    Las Pht fire j  Eda m  att ii  Toe aud  rei a  Palas fii   i    a Copier  m      n  Toms  bel i   al       L Y     ep Lhi   i 4 j a Eur  P Arie  Me   er  ki Herne ei  eee  FETE ii Fam   a  si oe  q     ns    es ee  hs   Se ce    ee    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855
317. t 100 5  controller card  con Se peso   SHBSE    Grid Res  meters      We recommend leaving the    Grid Res   meters     at    3     This should work with al    Step 3  Check he Senings tor each product  then Click Export    most all field sizes   eb  3   Reducing this down to 1 meter is recom  un tm Oe  mended if you are doing test strips in the LayertD  Con Seed    i Product Name Ra Type Out Of Reid Rate  field    er  gt  s  Tzs    LayeriD  18460    Out Of Field Rate    Rate Count  aaa      le  This is the number of    Rates    that will be    Out Of Field Rate    written into the map  For seeding  drop the a     Rate Count    to the number of different Out Of Field Rate     seeding rates in the field   You may want This is the rate used when traveling outside  to reduce this if you are exporting a Corn of the field boundary     seed map that only has 8 rates      Lost GPS Rate     Field ID  This is the rate used when the GPS signal is  This will automatically populate  You may lost     need to shorten the name due to the fact  that the finished product will pull its name Unit of Measure     from this column  This is the unit of measure for the desired  application  Match this to the prescription  Export Path  map     Always write the GRX files out to the root  of a jump drive or a data card  Also  you Rx Type   can only have 30 prescriptions in the GRX e Liquid applicators get    Application By    folder per data card  Do NOT save a GRX Volume      folder within an existin
318. t East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    73    Nutrient Layers       Creating Prescription Maps   Manually      Next  select the    Soil Test Results    tab  on the top of your Nutrient Layers  window     Enter soil test results from a printed soil  test or just click    Enter Result Manual     ly      From the    Select Products    window   select which products you will be using    for the application  One or more products  may be selected       If you do not see the product you would  like to use  Cancel and go to the     Creating Fertilizer Products    section  of the guide       The    Zone_ID    is already selected as     Column that contains the Zone ID          Select the Test Result to be associated  with the appropriate color from the Zone  map  If there is no test for a color in  the map you must select    No Test     next to that color          Now enter the product totals from the  soil test results to their appropriate Zone  ID and Product  These values are the  actual units of product that will be  applied by the controller  100 Ibs N  should be entered as 217 for Urea   46 0 0       You can use values as LBS of Nutrient  and convert later using steps 10  13    or change the values in the    Soil Test  Results    table       With all these items selected and values  filled in  check    Interpolate Output  Maps    and click    Build Maps      By NOT  checking the    Interpolate    box you will  get 
319. t to    Average    CornSeed grd map may need  6   Max Count Rate      set to  SMS 255 to be written K Seed Acre   7  Precision    column   set to    0     is   of Decimal Points   8     Export Selected Rasters    Meaning if you want 32 000  9     File Name    use the Field Name sds  your map should be en     tering a value of 32       On the data card  the SHP SHX DBF we suggest putting the  files in a folder named    RX    or  rxMaps    on the root of the  data card or USB drive        warn Fat Feia Maga    testes  Ty Appin ator eee wji  Bn paba y a    E OkttamiCIEMC  LT  Cate Blani 3    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Export Prescription Maps   Shape Grids    129       John Deer 2600  amp  2630 Controllers     Export will create a Shape file which exists as a xxx shp   xxx shx   xxx dbf files     Note  All 3 files must be sent out to the spreader  SHP   SHX   DBF    Boundary   not required to be turned on for this export  1  Select all the files to export  2  Select one layer as master  3  Note the    Precision    Column for exporting low rate products like Micro Nutrients   change the    0    to a value of 1 or 2  1 digit after the decimal point or 2 digits after the  decimal point    4  Adjust your    Output Resolution       Recommendation from GK   6 to 8 meter  less than 30 000 polygons     Recommendation from John Deere   15 meter  50 foot     Cell Merge Mode  
320. ta    3  Create a new line file    4  Draw reference lines from the NAIP image  This will be used to help georeference the satellite imagery     Selecting Polygon   Boundary             1  A Boundary is needed for this process  Refer to the creating boundaries section to create a Boundary   2  Turn on Boundary shp and make Sure it is the active layer   3  Go to the    Automated Zone Creation    Tab   Click    Set Selection Parameters     4  Click inside the Boundary shp polygon in the    Map Window    eT ee en  5  The object will appear  Lime Green     korz Select Boundary for Clipping  6  Go to    Automated Zone Creation    tab   Click    Set Selected Boundary         7  Go to the    Automated Zone Creation    Tab Parameters  Step 2  Load or Select an Image   Click Below  Cutting the Raster 2006_APR23 423    2006_AUG25_Aster WestHalf Clouds 312 l  1  Turn on All the Satellite images you want under  Imagery Tab   2006 Seros  Fa 3  2  Turn on the Guidelines that were created  rE ueu ouds      3     Automated Zone Creation    Tab Click on the Image Date to extract     9   Red ND    Green NDVI    NR  4  Choose the    Extraction Type    Red NDVI Vegetation NIR Bare Soils  5  Click    Extract Images    Sergei image  6  Use the Alignment Arrows to move Image  if needed  according to Step 3  Align the Image with the Boundary  guidelines  7  Choose    Desired Number of Zones     8  Click    Finish     Repeat 2 7 for all the Images     Step 4  Finish         k   C  Reduce Border Effec
321. ta    to make it the new active layer     Field  Farmyard Layer  Seed grd          2011 Osceola NAIP_ext tif    9  A window will appear that gives you math operations that can 2011 Osceola NAIP_ext_NIR grd                            be performed on the area under the polygon  Choose    Replace 7 a soc  with this Value     Enter in the new rate that will be under the Mod   men  Area  Click OK  LAURE ModArea shp    10  Make sure the test grd is the active layer and    Save Chang     es      i      Note the color table has changed due to the zero rate  The other areas  will have the same rates that were entered earlier     Export the test map    e Follow the instructions in the Export Prescription Maps section  to bring it to the controller that will be used for testing        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 127    Export Prescription Maps   Shape Grids       Exporting to a Shape Grid    Exporting Shape File Notes     Exporting files as shape grids is used for sending files directly to some controllers  It is  also used to export maps to other software for map creation or for data transfer  Keep in  mind  these output settings can cause controller problems even if you are going through  other software  So be aware of the limitations and capabilities of your controllers and    software     EEE NETTER HET            Ek  U o _ Bacon   fetan Insert  took Wm ai a   F H          
322. tad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 217    Processing Yield Data   Net Profit Map       1  Turn on the    2007 Soybean Yield csv    in ADMS     2  Right click on and it and click Save As   gt SHP File and save it as  2007 Soybean Yield shp        3  Turn on the    2007 Soybean Yield shp        4  Right click and click Create Grid   gt  Create Grid from Points        5  In the    Create Grid    popup window  select    Dry Yield    in the  drop down menu and click Create Grid     6  Turn on the new    2007 Soybean Yield grd      It  should be the Active Layer      7  Select the    Intra Layer Math    button     eee   1 a el       i a M x  8  Click the    Multiply by the Value    radio button and Ths function wil pefom an  enter the sale price of that crop unit and click OK       For example to add 50to the  values inthe Select    Add    9  Now  make sure the    2007 Soybean Yield grd    is  still the    Active Layer   10  Select the    Intra Layer Math    button again     11  Click the    Subtract the Value    radio button and en   ter the input cost per acre  click OK        12  Now click the    Surface Properties    button  EB Set Raster AE    Dre     3 M Adjust Geo Reference    WE  C OETA MCE  ee Columns 449      r menn Rows 241           13  Select the proper Units for the crop and click Apply  Eang  n    Update Position         14  Click save on the bottom toolbar  You have now    successfully turned a yield data map in
323. te is set to   To  collect at 5 Mhz you must be set to 19200 or higher on  your Baud rate     Mhz of 1   sneds out information 1 per second  Mhz of  5   5 per sectiond and 0 5   1 every 2 seconds     3 GPS NEMA Strings  required    National Marine Electronics Association      GGA   GPS fix location  supplying Longitude  Latitude   number of satellites  signal quality  and altitude    GSA   GPS quality DOP  dilution of precision  of active  satellites     RMC   GPS time  date  speed  and heading infor   mation  If RMC is not available VTG can be used and  the data and time will come from the computer  RMC is  preferred      With Ag Data Mapping Solutions running  go to the    Settings    button and go to    GPS Set      tings     pictured above      1  GPS Port   To find out what your Com  Communications  port   is  got to  your    My Computer    icon  gt  Right Click  gt  Select    Manage     This will open your     Computer Management    window  Select    Device Manager    and    Ports  COM  amp  LPT      mE             Data Storage   Weer intetace   User intedace 2 GPS Seinge GPS Config   UTM Zone   Wens Setting  Port Settings  GPSPot BEE      Pety None v  Bari Ame 4800 e     Use RTS CTS  Lists Bis 6     Fed GPS  Stop Bits One     View GPS Data  Date Storage   User interface   User interface 2   GPS Settings GPS Contig   LTM Zone Verte Settings Yield Settings  Wam  ng Crtena GPS Cursor Garmin Contig General Contig    Check the boxes next to define the critena that will be u
324. tellite    Google Labels  Google Terrain  f     Yahoo Map   Note  If another image is currently loaded in Yahoo Satellite  the software the web layer may not be visible Yahoo Hybrid  since by default it is loaded behind all other lay  en  ers  Other    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com       Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 51  Extracting Images From Web Layers en    Using ADMS Web Layers   Saving  amp  Extracting Images    TT    2               eves sy CT Ss  GEL    Lieven    dain                   5  In the    Layer Info    panel under     Images In Map    the web layer  will appear     6  To save this layer to use offline  or for zone creation Right Click  on the layer name  e g  Google  Satellite      7  After right clicking choose       Export     A menu will appear   Clear Images  with several different extraction RGE GeoTIF   Epot    methods       RGB With RGB VI Surface   To use the surface extractions the RGB With Red Surfa  Use This Option if the Source Map ts Red Green Blue Image   boundary MUST BE SELECTED NRG GeoTIF  first  NRG With NDVI   NRG With NIR  Surface    BMP   World    x RBG  Red  Green  Blue  GeoTIF   Extracts the true color image as a TIF file  It is very im   portant that this is chosen correctly otherwise certain extractions  NDVI  NIR  RGB VI  may not  work correctly   x RGB With RGB VI Surface   Extracts the true color TIF file and it extracts and saves the RGB  VI Red  Green  Bl
325. th  In  some projections it   s not flat in the sense that it follows the earth   s curvature in one direction and  has a known scale of error in the other direction relative to the distance of the origin  The most well   known coordinate system is the Universal Transvers Mercator  UTM   It is very easy to work with   fairly accurate over small distances making measurements such as length  angle and area very  straightforward    UTM   Acronym for universal transverse Mercator  A projected coordinate system that divides the world into  60 north and south zones  6 degrees wide  This is what everything is projected in within the soft   ware  Being in the correct UTM zone is critical to ensure the location is accurate    Datum    Point  line  or surface used as a reference  The datum defines an ellipsoid and through set points on  the ground they are related to points on the ellipsoid  the center of the earth is defined  There are  many different datums used for measurements locally and worldwide  Common datums are WGS84  and NAD83    NAD 83    North American Datum of 1983    Datum defined to remain consistent over the years for the North  American Continental Plate    WGS 84    Most well known datum  Gives a good approximation of points over the entire world and in theory  remain consistent over time    Latitude    The angular distance  usually measured in degrees north or south of the equator  Lines of latitude  are also referred to as parallels    Longitude   The angular dista
326. th Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 47    Creating Zones From Imagery       Creating Boundaries   Boundary Creation From Mass Collection    With some tools within ADMS boundaries can automatically be generated     To automatically generate a boundary a point data collection is needed  This can be anything as  long as it   s point data  A few good sources are    e Yield Data   e Elevation Survey Data   e As Applied Data   Make sure there are now outlier points in the collection otherwise this process will take much  longer to run     Note  If yield is being used and has been cleaned up some of the data around the edge of the  field may be missing and the boundary will be inaccurate  In this situation consider exporting the    raw data for the purpose of boundary creation     Field Data County Data   In    1  Turn on a data points file  SHP or CSV     EN 2007 Wheat Yoki co  2  Right Click on the field in the data tree and mi  select    Generate Boundary           ke Generate Boundary    3  After that is selected the    Generate a Bounda   ry from Points    window will appear  This win   dow gives instructions along with different op   tions of how the new boundary will be creat   ed                a  2 ee eee el ee el ee A nd eg  ihe Ems meer ee   NE two options on this window are the  pre biar gap w  h rang    Smoothness    and    Subset    values        Wis tart full Mis bubs me Gee oe Seed wen er DH el
327. the objects to be saved  CLU Yield Data Roads Topo  Data   Key to this process is watching your    ACTIVE LAYER on the Bottom Toolbar      T   1  Select by Click   Simply left clicking on or in the object   gt    tS   2  Selecting by Area   Basically drawing a boundary around the object     3  Selecting by Database   Using the    Database    tab and choosing the object out of  the dataset        The next examples will explain these functions         Selecting by Click    Example with    POLYGONS      1  For this example  turn on FSA  CLU  field boundaries  Multiple SHP file Object      2  Select    Select Mode Replace    Nt  amp     Select with Click       on the top toolbar      Note  This is selected by default when software starts     3     Left Click    inside the Polygon  Boundary  you want  By holding down the    Ctrl    key  you can select multiple objects   4  Note that the Polygons have turned    Lime Green    showing they have been selected   5  Top toolbar  note number of       Selected     objects BE DZ de  6  On the TOP TOOLBAR  select   4 ce weer F        Save Selected Objects to a       New Layer       7  This will open into a    Save    win   dow    8  Notice it is saving back into your     Field    level data every time     9  Name the object  amp  click    Save        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual    Drawing Layers  Polygons  Lines   amp  Points     E
328. they  will show up as a dropdown option     2  Choose the corresponding columns    3  To update values two columns must  be filled in  ADMS will use the values  in one column to convert to the other  value  In this example the Olsen val   ues will be converted to Bray  P B1      4  After the dropdowns are filled in click       Run Conversion           GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 84    Nutrient Layers       Using CSV   XLS Soil Test Results   Phosphorous Conversion    Creating New Columns    If soil test results are reported as one value  but they need to be converted to used in recommen   dations or scripts it can be done using the same tool  Instead of updating an existing column it will  create a new one based on existing values     1  Click on the    Phos Convert    button     St   Using the drop down boxes next to each    one Color Select the  IEP 2 Fone from the Soil Test Results that matches up with the Zone       ad Phosphorus Conversion    This Utility will update soil test columns from Phosporus to convert differing soil  test method to contain common results in all columns   2  The    Phosphorous Conversion    win  Select at least one column that you would like to update   dow will open   3  Select the existing Soil Phospho   rous column from the dropdown  Olsen Column  gt  P O ppm  4  Select     lt Create New gt   for the soil  test value that needs to be 
329. this value to match the GPS receiver output rate   Data Bits    always set to 8   Stop Bits    always set to One   Parity    always set to None   Use RTS CTS    Request to Send   Clear to Send  function required by some GPS units  and can be useful in trouble shooting other serial communications problems    Find GPS Button    Searches through all the COM ports  amp  all the BAUD rates looking for a  valid GPS signal  Function may not work if you are indoors and have no GPS signal    View GPS Data Button    Shows GPS ete strings in the window below to confirm you    have signal  View GPS Date Stop Tes  ADMS GPS REQUIRES    the source GPS to supply the following data strings    GGA    GSA      RMC  or VTG can be used in its place     GST  this data string is OPTIONAL     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 14    Settings Window                 GPS Config  Warning Criteria    jaj Settings a 8    lt  p E   F    oo seer isea   Liner interes 2 OPS hetings OFS Conky al Tink Senge  I               Wamo Crima GPS Cursar Gamin Canby Genma Ceeig       Check the boxes next to define the criteria that will be used to filter GPS points    J GPS Status ei Loms GPS tnly    HGP Less then    Ciaran Age Lena Than    POO Less han    DEP Less Than        Haiti Error Lem Than 6 tt m  GST Or Gamm AME  hate Kahn  Verbosl Error Less Than 530            Gentine L  ng nnd Miiri Haans if thir miana ma 
330. tiplies the Standard Deviation by 2  Then it adds and subtracts that value from the mean   These are the new high and low values   e 98  Stretch   Recommended for imagery and zone creation     1  of the values are taken from the top and 1  of the values are taken from the bottom end   e Equal Interval   Recommended for topography or prescriptions when creating contour polygons     Makes each color have an equal range of values   e Equal Area   Not commonly used     Each zone has equal area    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 71    Nutrient Layers       Creating Fertilizer Products    Before getting started with writing Prescription maps it is suggested that  you confirm that you have all the    Products    you would want to use     1  On the top toolbar  select    Setup    and    Fertilizers      2  At the    Edit Fertilizer Products    window  select    Add New        3  Enter all the values for the product  custom PK   Keep names less than 12 characters     N Conc    is the   by weight analysis  If you enter all the    Conc    values on the right   the product will be available for    Blend Groups     Seed products do not enter    Conc    values       4  When finished  select    Save          __  5  Create as many Fertilizer Products as needed by starting at step   1    6  When finished    Close    this window             os  Yen  Soe D ae 50 Pe Som  i  ul Uria Le Hr Di
331. to    Average           Max Count Rate      normally set to    Infinite        Precision    column   set to    0     this is   of Decimal Points      Export Selected Rasters        File Name    use the Field Name   On the data card  the SHP SHX DBF must be put in a folder named    rxMaps    on the root  of the USB drive or data card     DON U         Sua i  Finkel 7 Factiva Mapa    Pee year eT 1a   teren  ag Export Rasters as SHP File      Eee are  Cell Merge Mode bip Eiern A Manny stp      N  yee Resolution    Average        Minimum                   Export Options       Below is a List of Surfaces that are cu    Select the Surface that will be the Ma  Approximate Output Cell Count  gt  Maximum for each Surface that you have select    3159 Polygons            Max Rate Count The Master Layer is the layer that defi     Infinite there is no data in the master layer ap           APEX  8  Once a Master Layer has been select    Export Selected Rasters     JD Ax 1175  changed  an approximate polygon co        SMS  255                    Products To Export  ss  Source   DEB Fieldh ame   Precision    CAGKDatavagExp M46_0_0 0     O CMGKEDataAgE  p N11_52_0    CAGKDataVAgExp Blend_1     CAGKData4gExp Blend_3      Export   Master           x  lt 1 kl    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 132    Export Prescription Maps   Shape Grids       Trimble EZGuide   FMD   FMX Controllers     Ex
332. to  Selected Polygon         5     Modify Pixels Under Drawn Area    Window will  open  You can now assign a value or add   sub   tract   multiply   divide the pixels in the ModArea        6  Click the    Save Changes    when finished  you may  want to do a  Save As     amp  Re name if you want to keep  the original object         Bee A Sy S pE setae 1 A HO bd So or N        DE mairal 7014 oe       D Zanes 2013 grat     Let dT AL    Let  STELLTE  1 fees  ao rs a   amp  Felt Snel TSW Lee Aber  za0 8  Qasa    980  BEG AEEES     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 91    Creating a Yield Goal Map       Adding a Yield Factor  e Often a yield goal will be used in the equations for creating fertilizer prescriptions     There are several different ways you can obtain a yield goal map  1  Using Imagery Zones   Adjusting Ranges  2  Using Imagery Zones   Assign New Values    Creating a Yield Goal Map Using Imagery      Follow the Creating Zones From Imagery section to obtain a zone map with an  accurate representation of the field you are working on  e Once you have an acceptable zone map  yield values will have to be associated with it     Method 1   Adjust Ranges of Imagery  Zones        1  Select the Zone map   grd file and make the active layer  2  Click    Save As    on the bottom toolbar below the map window    ep r   GData p Liver Manual    Client       Caleb    i La EE    irae 
333. to a net profit  map                 GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 218    Processing Veris Data       Importing Veris DAT Files    In this section  you will be importing Veris DAT Files for a field and combining  them into a single SHP file for surfacing     1  Start Ag Data Mapping Solution and go to  the top tool bar  select the    Process      wo  item  then    Veris Data         News I mode    A EA DMA A     Beundary GET wA Leer Bei a Ce  En under a ER Fe aM A  Bourian ih DAP Hah i    y ha  ME Maie A ELAT AA    2  Select the Correct    Grower        Farm    and     Field    for the data you are importing        3  After selecting  or creating  the proper  Grower Farm and Field  click the    Explore  This Folder    icon in the data tree  Paste in  the Veris DAT file or files you wish to  process  You may also want to add a  Boundary file if you have one     4  Click the    Import Veris DAT Files    button   Choose one or multiple DAT files to import   If you choose multiple DAT files  all files  will be merged into one    Veris Points       shapefile    As the data is imported  bad data such as   negative values are filtered out of the a   data  Oagehe ba aA ORTX       5  Columns named    NormSurf    and     NormDeep    are added to the data  These     values are the normalized values for the ee Ee                surface and deep data layers  5 oe   oy  cme 32 0 FF 
334. to the    Database    tab and enter 1153 4 in en DB Operations Select By Query    the Elevation column  1156 9   3 5 Drop                                                           GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 188    Creating Tile Plan   Modify Topography Maps using ModArea                 1  Turn on the topo file that is to be modified  i e  Q     Merged points Altitude grd     a    2  Click the    Create New Layer from Template    button   3  Choose the    ModArea    template   4  Check it in the data tree   It should now be the Active Layer      5  Zoom in to the area that needs to be modified     6  Select the    Draw New Object    button     TEE 2 4 EN host       REIOBEX       Lat  45 25382252  Lon   96 6860577 1 157 019 Feet  Field  Topography Demo Layer  Merged points Altitude grd    9  Now  make the    Merged points Altitude grd    the Active Layer     x      wr      7 a   E 7   En Fr Ha DialogModArea xj    7  Draw a polygon around the outlet area  this will normally be a  culvert or ditch bottom with a KNOWN elevation      8  Use the selection tools on the top toolbar to select the ModArea   Again  this is indicated by the green crosshatch making sure only  one polygon is se  ected               Modify Value  1155 55   __ Cancel      10  Check the    Apply Mod to Selected Polygons    Magic Wand button        11  In the popup    Modify Pixels Under Drawn Area  
335. u have Credits and an Account you can use the GK Satshot interface     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 277    Using Satshot Website for Downloading Imagery       There are three functions for accessing Satshot  Step 1    Uploading a new boundary to Sateshot  Step 2    Logging into the site   2    Step 3    Finding an image and downloading   Step 1   Uploading Boundary    e Create your boundary as you normally would in ADMS     You can only upload simple boundaries to Satshot  NOT poly polygons       Boundaries cannot have    knots    in them This is a    Knot            gt        e If your boundary is a Poly Polygon  see the section on    Decomposing Poly Polygons       Simple Polygon Poly Polygon    Not OK                e Right Click on your simple    Boundary shp    name       Select    Utilities    and    Extract Images from AgriImaGIS       Field Data County Data   imagery              oe En sone Culpa Convert Point SHP to Path  an   Zi BE Merge SHP Files with Z Adjust  CIRE Boundary CLUPohPolshp    Unload Layer Merge All Visible SHP s   UE Esn World imagery ti  E  Zoom to This Layer Adjust Geo Reference  E Google Satellite bf   E Orde d Export Point File to Local Propection  see Im ee A HEERES  TR Grant NAIP 2003_exatit Lt cant u    Buler Selected Items    ME Grant NAP 2004 ext tf Ei Utilities   Extract Images from Agrima        This will bring you the Satshot logi
336. ubtract  amp  30 43 ene  4  Click    Apply    and    Save    Oper Voie MAN  To Adjust the GRD LiDAR Data Pe    opers  on wh Ehe curfertl    1  Make LidarImport grd the Active Layer Men ir tha heer  Daha ek      a Vale  amd ee ie          Yale bes are  clack  2  Click the    Intra Layer Math    on the bottom toolbar    a    Acid tha Yale  3  Choose column to amend  amp     Add    or    Subtract     amp  enter    Value    Subtrari tue Vinha  This example    Elevation     amp  Subtract  amp  30 43 Divida by the Valua  Buiepiy by the einen  4  Click    OK    and    Save    Oiii k AS    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 181    LiDAR RTK Merge   Adjusting Elevation  amp  Merging Rasters       Both the LIDAR  amp  RTK are adjusted to match on the X   Y   Z axis  The final step is go   ing to be    Merging    the data sets  There are two methods of merging that could be  used in ADMS  merge as    Rasters    or merge as    Vectors     This example will show  you the    Raster    method        Start by    Clearing    the map   1  Turn on Ditch Bottom shp  amp  make it the Active Layer  2  Right Click on the Ditch Bottom shp   Note     Point Size    will effect the next step         ER Appearance LEG 40S LOM             o bot     Generally use 10        World Size    Fe Create Gid JE een HO  3  Select    Create Grid     amp     From Polygons    ER Wanhat SP Wien  gt   3P Create Grid 
337. ucture  If you are a farm with only one  1   entity  then use this structure   ex  Grower      Johnson Bros Inc     amp     Farm Johnson Bros Inc     then your Fields   Take note of Field    Sec 32  NE Qtr     it is populated with folders of years   At the end of each year  place all your data in   to a completed year folder  Using some sort of    Ag Data Mapping Solution    ar GK Technology Ag Data Viewer    Map Window       Eile Process Import Export Tools Window Help      Layer Control   Quern Image   GPS Mark   kS g      Grower  Farm  Field    Field Data   County Data   Imagery       E 2003   Sa 2004    2a 2005   OE 2006   J  pa Application _M aps     EF 11 52 0 grd     IGE 2004_Jun28_heat grd     Ean  IGE 46 0 0 grd   ji Boundary  shp    Johnson Bros Inc   GROWER ag    Johnson Bros Inc   FARM ww   Sec 32NE Gt   FIELD wa                el  rl Ef ee FE  EY       file structure similar to the    2004    example   Application  Imagery  Yield and Topography  folders   If    Topography    data is only collect   ed every few years  you may want to move  that up one level to be stored in the    Field     folder  Only create folders for information  that is there  having an empty    Topography     folder stored in a    Year    folder can be confus   ing  It may make you think data was collect   ed that year when it really was NOT  If the  field is farmed as one field year in and year   out  the    Boundary    file should stay in the     Field    folder  If the field is farmed dif
338. ue     This  means it is not a 0 to 1 000 000 000 value  it is a NULL VALUE  See the scripting sec   tion on    What is a Null Value     for further explanation     If in Field   if there is a hole in one surface  no data in an area   then there is a hole in the  output surface of that field  Because there is data missing in one map the math opera   tion will NOT run on that area  returning a NULL VALUE  not zeros      Upon creating your    MapMath    layers  we suggest  SAVE AS    and renaming your layer to rep   resent your newly created map      Script Explanations     2 Layer Add   Will Add 2 surfaces in the    Same Field     using    If in Field    logic       To assign different    UNITS    on line 7  default  Units Ac      Assign Input Surface names on lines 19  amp  20  Add as a Value      The    Math    is done on line 24     Useful for checking total seed in Soybean    Offensive Defensive Soybean    Seeding  maps     Creates a new Surface named    MapMath 2LayerAdd grd       2 Layer Difference   Will Subtract 2 surfaces in the    Same Field     using    If in Field    logic       To assign different    UNITS    on line 7  default  Units Ac      Assign Input Surface names on lines 19  amp  20  Add as a Value     The    Math    is done on line 24     Useful for checking your    LIDAR vs RTK    Elevation maps     Creates a new Surface named    MapMath 2LayerDiff grd       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag 
339. ue Visual Index  as a GRD map to the    Field Data       x RGB With Red Surface   Extracts the true color TIF file and the Red band is extracted and  saved as a GRD file    x NRG  Near Inferred  Red  Green  GeoTIF   Use this option if there is an inferred band in  the image  Usually you can tell if the image has a reddish color to it  This will save it as a color  inferred GeoTIF in    Field Data     It is very important that this is chosen correctly otherwise cer   tain extractions  NDVI  NIR  RGB VI  may not work correctly   x NRG With NDVI   Extracts the NRG GeoTIF and a NDVI GRD is created and saved in    Field  Data       x NRG With NIR Surface   Extracts the NRG GeoTIF and the NIR band is extracted and saved  as a GRD in    Field Data       x BMP   World   Saves the file as a geo referenced BMP file    x JPG   World   Saves the file as a geo referenced JPG file     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 52    Extracting Images From Web Layers       Using ADMS Web Layers   Saving  amp  Extracting Images       8  After choosing the extraction option you wish to use a box will appear asking which resolution  to export it as  The higher the resolution the less detailed the image will be  For most field situ   ations 1 2 meters is adequate  By choosing    Other    a custom size can also be entered     Cra   Pelee Yorke  H    a  H  rinpeur  er  a Lical Doak  TS  a  County Bete 
340. ue of that  zone     ii  Use Average Rate   Makes the  App Rate the mean of that zone   Most common      Use Maximum Rate   Increases  the App Rate to the max value of  that zone     NOTE  Pay attention to  App Rate     on the color table in the lower right  of the export window  You will see  the  App Rate    column does not    ID Create    Color By Value  Table    populate until you click  Use Aver  een  age Rate      Some Rx maps will NOT   o 9 47    0 72236 73  722 89 201 16 7    89 201 106 7 20 8  106 7    1165 76  116 5 1275 19 8  127 5  139 16    get rates on a tank as a result      e THEN go back to the next layer and  start this process over for each layer   Problems have occurred by not  checking the ID  Rate  Type  Units  and etc  in the correct sequence           10 Click    Build Files      It will create an     xml    file with the Farm  Field   amp  Year in  it  see below    Average  107 98 Area  89 75 acs    Std Dev   24 54ibs Total  9691 lbs       11 That should do it  Now place that  Xxxx xml file on the hard drive of the  controller under the    C  Lynx    folder     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 145    Exporting Prescription Maps       Rx Map to a John Deere GS2   GS3  2600   2630  as GRX    na       Step 1  Check layers to Export Step 2  Check these Settings    Layers   Check the layers to be exported to the rate 2    Gid Res poetens  3 v  RateCaur
341. ugh the common name mapping database when nutrient  layers are created     1  Load Fixed Thematic Table   Bottom Toolbar    To load a fixed color theme on any raster the button on the bottom toolbar can be used    1  Make sure the desired map is the active layer  in red on the bottom of the map window    Field  Delaware 10 NW106 Layer  Soil K grd   2  Click the  Load Fixed Thematic Table    button  This will bring up a list of all the color themes  that are currently saved               Meier  E15  En    3  Click on the theme you want applied to the active layer  Bilal   4  The theme will be applied  Bu CEC Ph nag   5  To go back to the original color table use the    Change rl A ED ppm  Color Theme    icon on the bottom toolbar and choose Sail CR 1 6    the original color table  Sal F iray 3  3  ppm    feel A Dle 3 0 opm  a eh H  ze    za ind am       2  Load Fixed Thematic Table   Common Name Mapping Database    Color themes in the    Common Name Mapping    database will only get applied to layers created in  the Merge Zone Results or Merge Grid Results windows     When new layers are created off of a column heading that has not been used before the    Data For  Column Name    window will appear  The entries in this window will get applied to the    Common  Name Mapping    database and get applied to every layer created from that same column name     To set a color theme Choose it from the    Color Theme    dropdown menu after all the other infor   mation has been entered  
342. unten for that  u ee ied E  alia IE He Gene Poe ia  Bvallaite Combis Ihe se  nd  nn ney  are aod for mimi  ser  Deren De ee Ve  EI button to move those  our bo Eh Sekei  Lik  s lizi  fu fiar Pana    Cima  fema   p verig ia       e litte Fur P Fe    are wii po eher     tiranan art eke tive  cube Selected Courties KOCEM  m Sipe Tee Th u      Da een he Laer aera       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 256    Downloading USDA Geospatial Data       7  In the    What    to download window  check  the items listed below  amp  to the right         Suggested Download Items        e Public Land Survey System  PLSS  Townships a ee    2 Eee u ne  r Public Land Survey System  PLSS  Sections   br jt dees Con Ey hon marae pes  S  Geo Jopi zu   jatal sate Nay  e National Elevation Dataset 3 Meter   Sim tet he WAG  Cauca aS AA    e National Elevation Dataset 10 Meter  Also download Quadrangle Index 1 12 000  e National Elevation Dataset 30 Meter  60 meter AK     e Geographic Names   Populated Places    gia Orth Coury Bipa of PT ghida br A   Da r   IOUS Natiin A   Ji National   a inge  i F Tham Pilger ays i a0 oi    HI  Pieri A  bragar Pi    e Geographic Names   Non Populated Places   e NRCS Counties by State   e Digital Ortho County Mosaic of 7 5  quads by NRCS  e 2003   2014 National Ag  Imagery Program Mosaic  e Soil Survey Spatial and Tabular Data  SSURGO 2 2   e Digital Raster Graphic 
343. ure to select the    Farm     amp     Field    also     i Drm tee      Norm be a et  5    a Fie rp Vie ioina pen Se   re ni Haie    mE oa Ie   mi ii in ee ee SS    a       I oe a ORY 12        Ir   Cher GE User Manuia      New Foam OTK Process e    Jan Dows26 NW LDAN     Tl    Era ma Pde Foih ren    kat FAT Lon EEG  Feli  aoe 2 A LOAR Lra ni    oaeeeRh       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 158    Creating Topography  amp  Watersheds           Importing Data           Survey Pro Text  Trimble AGPS 170  AutoFarm Log File             Once selected to the desired     Field     select    Import    from the    menu and choose the source rer 2  where the files were created  E aR    ntellsiope      LIDAR LAS Import    CaselH    Next     Browse    to the desired files La rs  Sangeet Files  j   Ee Fi POTION DAA Iin  or select where the data is stored  See  ee el in    Select the desired import files     biy  uin    uar 17 1 Payer  e ha    Select the desired destination  Grower   Farm   Field   Note   some imports are automated by AA  the    Names    used at the collec   tion time      Coy Feat CoV    Sw_17_1_POSITION_010306_1  Sw_17_1_POSITION_070306_1    Sw_17_1_POSITION_310806_1    Click the    Import    button     Training v       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 159    Cre
344. us Conversion    Soil phosphorous values may be tested and reported in several different ways such as Olsen  Bray   and Mehlich 2  amp  3  Do to variables like pH differences some samples may be tested as one type  and other samples tested as another  For example a high pH test may have an Olsen result where  a lower pH may have a Bray result  ADMS cannot distinguish these differences  So there are some  conversion tools to update columns that may have zeros in them  or create a new column if the  phosphorous result needs to be a certain type for recommendations or scripts     Updating Existing Columns    If there is a column that has only some values reported in it  It can be updated using the other  Soil P column  For example these results have three zones reported as    Olsen Values and only one zone reported as a Bray value  P O ppm P Bi ppm  g 0  To report everything in P B1 a conversion must be ran before the maps 7 133    are created  0    1  Click on the    Phosphorous Conversion    button     Merge Tables    5    The    Phosphorous Conversion    window will appear     Thee Unity well pe So test coimas from Phospotus fo convert denny po    baai mele 10 Gn ee Pee m al Coir    Fresaphreun i Tei    i Phap es If the columns have values in them they    will show up as a dropdown option     Selec ai kon one cohen thal you woud bee lo pet          2  Choose the corresponding columns   3  To update values two columns must  be filled in  ADMS will use the values    Olsen Colum
345. weed lo create data m tho tuhuma    e A default color theme may also  be applied  Refer to that sec   tion of the book for more ex   planation     ar       Date tor tahun Mone ME     m 11  Once you have a name     The information batow will bo used to croato new layers whan   units  and decimal preci     O fala wiih the short name m  used Io create data m tho tuluma   sion assigned  click    OK     It wali help to proada consistent  nanang of oulpul layer      and go on to the next one     that Pere n  e Do this until the Data    for Column Name boxes    stop appearing        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 114    Grid Sampling   Creating Nutrient Layers  Inverse Distance  amp  Kriging        12  Select the    View Nutrient Maps    Tab on the top of the screen  You can now view  your created nutrient maps for the field     a File Process Import Yield Import Topo Export Setup Tools Window Help  Load Data Soil Test Results View Nutrient Maps       at FP PUFF Sx    Load Data   Soil Test Results View Nutrient Maps    Pen e Created With ADMS  Inverse Distance                         Load Data i Soil Test Results View Nutrient Maps    e Created With Surfer Kriging         Field Data Cou              IB 2013 Grid Sample    e The newly created nutrient layers will be stored under  The of 54  Merged Sample     LIE OM grd  Year    Grid Sample folder under    Field Data    JGR pH g
346. when it comes into ADMS  skip the    Cleaning Data    below     Cleaning Data   Query Tools     1  Turn on    Combine 1 shp     2  Open the    Database    tab and select the    Yield    column  Dry Yield in this example     3  You will notice the values on the bottom toolbar  O   265 bu ac   Avg 58 4 bu ac  You will need  to select the values to clean the data up to     4  Use    Select By Query    and    Less Than  lt     and for this example using 20 bu ac    Run Query       Click the    Delete Selected Objects       5  Use    Select By Query    and    Greater Than  lt     and for this example using 90 bu ac    Run Query       Click the    Delete Selected Objects       6  Save the SHP file when finished   Optional   Save As    name it    Combine1Cleaned shp    keeping original data   7  Repeat steps 1 6 on    Combine 2    and    Combine 3     amp  4  amp  so on     Make sure you use the same values or value range  will affect normalizing  merging and color tables    20 90 for this example or 30 100 be acceptable  value range of 70 for both     Tat FSP Pee SPR ERE       irae          TO 0 40 BEE 2       m  a  SE  sah EB GE a ee  Mi   i T  at ae a  i  L                                        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 211    Cleaning Yield Data in Ag Data Mapping Solution       Now we have two combines in separate SHP files  You may need to clean up data   This Exam
347. will be using to access data from John Deere Greenstar 1 amp 2 systems   the original Ag Leader YLD as well as Insight data  and Case Voyager data  is the FO   Viewer tool from Mapshots that is installed with the FODD runtime     In Ag Data Mapping Solution you can start FOViewer if it is installed by click   ing Import Yield  amp  Launch FOViewer     FOViewer will startup in the    Device Selection    menu ready to import data   That will bring up the box below right that will show a list of devices from which data  can be read  Highlight the device type you wish to read from and the type of data you  wish to read  for example Deere GS2 and Deere GS2 Grain Yield  then click    Next        If you need to re access the    Device Selection    menu  click the arrow to dropdown a  menu                                he   ieh    ara a2oao    Damm hare   ferment   pin    Sey de aber  Fear Ada ban GE hits  Hirsi  Fair aki A  Harz Lra ee de La Sa Be                             ied Wot tired   ee Frau ent hie map kan ae loaded Mino layers arm inadied    Eur  ar be  fh Tere e na courdy idee armad weh the solestei trues     Paie J  The Tgeriemagery date for fe selected county   fot matae  1  There ara mo Goundanes dren for any fake n the gelected buses    j Thes m no Spann monahon i the dc pou aie irg to pori       GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 202    Processing Yield Data       
348. xterior Interior Polygons   Creating PolyPolygon     section       More GPS information in the    Using GPS Controls    Section of the manual        GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 38    Drawing Layers  Polygons  Lines   amp  Points        Decomposing a Poly Polygon    Some boundaries may come in or have been built as Poly Polygons  These interior polygon may need to  be removed  These instructions will show you how to do this  This example will show how to remove 2  tree rows from a field     1  Turn on our Poly polygon boundary  note I turned on NAIP for this example   2  Click inside the Boundary  making it a    Selected Object      Lime Green     3  On the bottom toolbar click on the  Decompose a selected PolyPolygon to its  component Polygons       4  This is a good time to do a    Save As     amp  Re Name  ex  Boundary 2012 shp    5  Make sure the active layer is Boundary 2012 shp   6  Select the polygons to remove   either by Clicking in them or using the Database   7  Click on    Delete Selected Objects    button on bottom toolbar     8  Click    Save    on the bottom toolbar     Boundary as Poly Polygon Boundary as Multiple Polygon    TILAA A ne a DS pE saa 1 pb    E    or OF Sh MSE pl s 2 pA            Lat 47 375870 Lon  96 34837 4 96 95  Fiaki  Example Fie  Layer  Boundary OL ULshpe     Ste 2 Ar HDARZERIOBEX  na     Ofocs fuod   OD Operabone Select By Quer   r
349. xtracting Drawing Layers from a Mass Collection   FSA   CLU Field Boundaries Roads Yield Data     Selecting by Area   Example with  POINTS          Select the    Select Mode Add    off the top toolbar  H J      Then select either    Select by Rectangle    or    Select by Polygon        Then follow the directions below the top Toolbar      Note that the objects have turned  Lime Green    showing they have been selected       Top toolbar  note the number of    Selectied     objects       On the TOP TOOLBAR  select    Save Selected Objects to a New Layer     Gi    This will open into a    Save    window     O ON DUN FWY MH    Notice it is saving back into the    Field    level data every time     10  Name the object  you MUST Re Nameithe object   amp  click    Save        Selected by    POLYGON    Selected by    RECTANGLE          ee gO ea a FM          1 _ Ee L  me SE a  eS    or   eg m N    TEAL EEE  ies ENT    nil ETT  UT AHNE  TN     N   AW III       GK _  GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechin com Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    31      For this example  turn on Yield Data  Veris Data or Topo Data as    Points    Shape file     Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 32    Drawing Layers  Polygons  Lines   amp  Points        Extracting Drawing Layers from a Mass Collection   FSA   CLU Field Boundaries Roads Yield Data     Selecting by Database    Example with    POINTS       
350. you can write scripts to perform  ar different functions and apply algorithms on your selected layers         Multiple Output Map Math   Consultants only option  Opens a new page in which    you can write scripts to perform different functions and apply algorithms on you selected lay   ers  This function will allow you to create    Multiple Output maps    in one click from a script     om   Quick Math   consultants only option  Allows scripts to be quickly run from a dropdown       menu that have previously been saved as a DLL     GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 23    Bottom Layer Toolbar       Bottom Toolbar   Basic Buttons    Remove Layer   Removes the selected layer from the map  does not DELETE layer    The layer can be turned on again later           Zoom To Layer   Zooms to the extent of the selected layer        Bring to Front   Moves the selected layer to the front of  or on top  all layers   Send to Back   Moves the selected layer to the back of  or bottom  all layers     Save Changes   Quickly saves any changes made to the selected layer     Layer Visibility On Off   Turns the visibility of the layer on and off     v DAD       Address Bar and Active Layer    Cursor Coordinates   Values will be in either Latitude   Longitude OF UTM   Northing    Easting of the    Cursor    location  adjusted in the settings     These values only show when drawing a LINE or POLYG
351. you have a variable called    YG     you can access the properties of that Raster in  your script  If you wanted to use a normalized yield goal     Normalized Yield Yield at a Point Divided By Average Yield for the Field  The code would look like this      If InField Then  Dim NormYield as Single  NormYield YG Value YG Mean  Return NormYield   Else  Return NullVal   End If    GK Technology  Inc    204 Fifth Street East  Halstad  MN   855 458 3244   www gktechinc com    Ag Data Mapping Solution   ADMS User Manual 231    Example  Minnesota P and K Recommendations for Corn                Table 8  Phosphate suggestions for corn production in Minnesota   Table 9  Potash suggestions for corn production in Minnesota    Soil test P  ppm  Soil test K  ppm   v  low low medium high v  high v  low low medium high v  high  Expected   Bray  0 5 6 10 11 15 16 20 21  Expected 0 40 41 80 81 120 121 160 160   Yield Olsen  0 3 4 7 8 11 12 15 16  Yield  Bdcst Band   Bdcst Band   Bdcst Band Bdcst   Band   Bdest Band  Bdest Band Bdcst   Band Bdest Band Bdcst   Band Bdest  Band bwacre muz zz    Olacre to apply  Ib acre                          ieee aE PO   acre to apply  Ib acre                        lt  100 100 50 75 40 45 30 15 10 15 0 10 15   lt  100 60 30 40 20   25   20   10  10 15  0  10 15 100     124  120   60 90 45 50 30 20  10 15  O   10 15  100   124 75   40   so   25   30   20   10  10 15 0 10 15 125   149  145   75   105   55   60   40   20  10 15  0 10 15  125   149 85 45 60 30   35 
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
Shenzhen High Power Tech C700 User's Manual  Operator`s Manual  Instruction sheet Steam mop JC-228  This is just a small selection of our electronic cards & controllers. For  Stretch HDMI  工事名:南部第2中継ポンプ場自動除塵機設備工事 特記仕様  American Standard Ceramica Decorativa 0544.000 User's Manual  Applying AUTOSAR in Practice  28 Modèles de lettres réseau  Samsung Samsung Galaxy S3 mini Инструкция по использованию    Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file